\begin_header
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
-% Präambel nicht verändern!!!
+% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
%
-% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt
-% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann.
-% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich
-% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden.
-% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
-
-% wenn pdflatex benutzt wird:
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
-
-% Fonts fuer huebschere PDF-Ansichten
-\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}
- {\usepackage{lmodern}} % if it exists
- {% wenn nicht vorhanden
+% This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
+% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
+% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
+% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
+% the documentation team
+% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+
+\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
+\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
+
+ % set fonts for nicer pdf view
+ \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
\usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
\usepackage{mathptmx}
- \usepackage{courier}
- } % Ende des Nein-Zweiges
-
-% Alle Querverweise und URLs als Link darstellen
-% In der PDF-Ausgabe
-\usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered, bookmarksopen, bookmarksopenlevel=0,
- linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
- pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
- pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
- pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
- pdftitle={Das LYX-Benutzerhandbuch},
- pdfsubject={LyX-Dokumentation, Benutzerhandbuch},
- pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
-
-\else % In der DVI- oder PS-Ausgabe
-
-% Alle Querverweise und URLs als Link in der DVI-Ansicht darstellen
- \usepackage[ps2pdf, colorlinks=true,
- linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue]{hyperref}
-
-\fi % Ende von: wenn pdflatex benutzt wird
-
-% Setzt den Link fuer Spruenge zu Gleitabbildungen
-% auf den Anfang des Gelitobjekts und nicht aufs Ende
-\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
-
-% Die Seiten des Inhaltsverzeichnisses werden roemisch numeriert,
-% ein PDF-Lesezeichen fuer das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird hinzugefuegt
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
-\renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{%
- \pdfbookmark[1]{Inhaltsverzeichnis}{}
- \myTOC
- \cleardoublepage
- \pagenumbering{arabic}}
-
-% Formatierung von Legenden
-\usepackage[labelfont={bf,sf}, tableposition=top]{caption}[2004/07/16]
-
-% Damit der Index den Namen "Stichwortverzeichnis" erhält
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\addto\captionsngerman{\renewcommand{\indexname}{Stichwortverzeichnis}}
+ \usepackage{courier} }
+ % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
+ % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
+ \pagenumbering{roman}
+ \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
+ \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
+ \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
+ \myTOC
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \pagenumbering{arabic} }
+ % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
+ \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
+ linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
+ pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
+ pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
+ pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
+ pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
+ pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
+
+\else % if dvi or ps is produced
+
+ % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
+ \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
+
+ % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
+ \pagenumbering{roman}
+ \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
+ \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
+ \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
+ \myTOC
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \pagenumbering{arabic} }
+
+\fi
% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
{LyX }}
+
+% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
+\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
+
+% redefine the greyed out note
+\renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
+ {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
\end_preamble
-\options bibtotoc, idxtotoc, BCOR7.5mm, titlepage
-\language ngerman
+\options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
+\language english
\inputencoding auto
\font_roman default
\font_sans default
\font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default
-\paperfontsize default
+\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
-\papersize a4paper
+\papersize default
\use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 1
-\use_esint 1
+\use_esint 0
\cite_engine basic
\use_bibtopic false
\paperorientation portrait
+\branch Question
+\selected 1
+\color #00ff00
+\end_branch
+\branch Answer
+\selected 0
+\color #aa55ff
+\end_branch
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 3
\paragraph_separation indent
-\defskip smallskip
-\quotes_language german
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
\begin_body
\begin_layout Title
-Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch
-\newline
-
-\size large
-(Version 1.5.x)
+The LyX User's Guide
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-vom LyX-Team
-\size normal
-
+by the LyX Team
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size normal
-Übersetzung und Bearbeitung: Hartmut Haase (
-\size default
-\noun on
-HHa
-\size normal
-\noun default
-),
-\size default
-Uwe Stöhr
+\noindent
+If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
+tion mailing list:
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\size default
+\newline
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\newline
+Version 1.5.2
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Wenn Sie Anmerkungen oder Korrekturvorschläge machen wollen, schreiben Sie
- bitte an:
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-href{mailto:lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's ExtendedInsets manual}{
+To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+ has to be installed.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Date
-letzte Änderung: 7.
- September 2007
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset FloatList figure
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Getting Started
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+What is LyX?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset FloatList table
+LyX is a document preparation system.
+ It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
+ letters and proposals, and even poetry.
+ It is unlike most other
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word processors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
+ editing style.
+ That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Section
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+, not
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Einleitung
-\end_layout
+Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section*
-Vorbemerkung
+.
+ LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
+ not the mechanics.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
-\noun on
-HHa
-\noun default
-: Ich habe ab dieser Version alle Unterstreichnungen von Menü-Befehlen weggelass
-en, weil es zu mühsam ist, die Änderungen während der Weiterentwicklung
- immer wieder nachzuvollziehen.
- Ein Befehl sieht jetzt so aus:
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Werkzeugleisten
-\family default
- an Stelle von
-\family sans
-Ans
-\bar under
-i
-\bar default
-cht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Introduction
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-\bar under
-W
-\bar default
-erkzeugleisten
-\family default
+
+\emph default
.
- Wenn Sie mit Tastenkürzeln arbeiten wollen, können Sie sich die unterstrichenen
- Buchstaben merken, wenn Sie einen Menü-Befehl aufrufen.
+ If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
+ Yes, we mean now.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem hat
-\noun on
-Uwe Stöhr
-\noun default
- in den LaTeX-Vorspann (siehe
-\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Handbuchergän\SpecialChar \-
-zun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
-\family default
-) Elemente eingefügt, die bewirken, dass in der druckbaren Version Einträge
- in den Verzeichnissen und Querverweise blau unterstrichen werden und wie
- eine URL angeklickt werden können.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Was ist Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-{}
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-X?
-\end_layout
+ describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
+ the format of all of the manuals.
+ If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
+ You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
+ of this one.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Klammerung {} verhindert, dass der Sonderbegriff LyX erkannt wird, ebenso
- bei LaTeX, TeX usw., und als solcher gedruckt wird wie in der nächsten Zeile.
- Notizen sind unter
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Notizen"
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- beschrieben.
+ describes that, too.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+How LyX Looks
+\end_layout
-LyX ist ein System zur Vorbereitung von Dokumenten.
- Es ist ein Werkzeug, mit dem man schöne Manuskripte, verlegbare Bücher,
- Geschäftsbriefe und -vorschläge und sogar Lyrik schreiben kann.
- Anders als die meisten anderen
+\begin_layout Standard
+Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
+ its window.
+ Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
+ There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
+ documents.
+ Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
+ of text.
+ This is the
\emph on
-Textverarbeitungen
+minibuffer
\emph default
- verhält es sich eher wie eine Auszeichnungssprache.
- Das heißt, wenn Sie eine Abschnittsüberschrift schreiben, bezeichnen Sie
- sie als
-\family sans
-Abschnitt
-\family default
-, aber nicht als
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+, which really means
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Fett, Schriftgröße 17, linksbündig, 5 mm Leerraum darunter
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+command buffer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- LyX kümmert sich für Sie um die Druckaufbereitung, Sie beschäftigen sich
- nur mit dem Entwurf, nicht mit der Ausführung.
+ Type
+\family sans
+M-x
+\family default
+ when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Philosophie wird viel ausführlicher in der
-\emph on
-Einführung
-\emph default
- erläutert.
- Wenn Sie sie noch nicht gelesen haben, sollten Sie das jetzt tun.
- Ja, wir meinen
-\emph on
-jetzt.
+Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
+ This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
+ When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
+ next line.
+ Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
+ only a vertical scrollbar.
+ There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
+ The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
+ This, however, is due
+ to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
+ WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
+ as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
+ The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
+ the LyX window.
+ You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
+ this doesn't work for equations yet.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
-\emph on
-Einführung
-\emph default
- beschreibt außerdem einige zusätzliche Dinge: das wichtigste ist das Format
- der Handbücher.
- Wenn Sie sie nicht lesen, werden Sie viel Zeit brauchen, um in diesen Handbuch
- zu suchen.
- Ihnen ist vielleicht auch mehr damit gedient, in andere Handbücher als
- dieses zu schauen.
- Die
-\emph on
-Einführung
-\emph default
- beschreibt das auch.
-\end_layout
+For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
+ at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Section
-Wie Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
+.
+ Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
+ing sections of this documentation.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+HELP
+\end_layout
-X aussieht
+\begin_layout Standard
+The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
+ You can read
+\emph on
+all
+\emph default
+ of the manuals from inside LyX.
+ Just select the manual you want read from the
+\family sans
+Help
+\family default
+ menu.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Das Hauptfenster
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic LyX Setup
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "LyX-Hauptfenster"
+name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Menüleiste am oberen
- Rand des Fensters.
- Darunter befinden sich die Werkzeugleisten mit einer Listenauswahl und
- diversen Schaltknöpfen.
- Einige Werkzeugleisten können Sie über
+There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
+ without resorting to configuration files.
+ First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
+ classes and LaTeX packages are available.
+ It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Preferences"
-\family sans
-Werkzeugleisten
-\family default
- oder entsprechende Knöpfe in der Standard-Werkzeugleiste an- und ausschalten,
- andere erscheinen automatisch, wenn sich der Cursor in einer bestimmten
- Umgebung befindet.
- Mit den gepunkteten Griffen links von einer Leiste können Sie diese verschieben.
- Dabei verwandelt sich der Mauszeiger in das Verschiebekreuz.
- Natürlich gibt es auch einen vertikalen Rollbalken und den Hauptarbeitsbereich,
- in dem Sie Ihre Dokumente bearbeiten.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unter dem Editierbereich befindet sich eine Statuszeile, die normalerweise
- Auskunft über das Schriftformat des Wortes gibt, in dem der Cursor gerade
- steht.
- Dort finden Sie auch Informationen verschiedenster Art, wenn Sie eine Aktion
- gestartet haben, zum Beispiel speichern.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem gibt es einen sogenannten
-\emph on
-Befehlspuffer
-\emph default
-, der zwischen Editierbereich und Statuszeile erscheint, wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Alt+X
-\family default
- eingeben oder ihn über
-\family sans
-Ansicht
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
+ settings.
+ Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
+ on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
+ new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
+ To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
\family sans
-Werkzeug-leisten
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Reconfigure
\family default
- auswählen.
- In ihn können Sie LaTeX-Befehle schreiben, wie zum Beispiel eine Makro-Definiti
-on
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "Makro-erzeugen"
+.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
\end_inset
-.
+ You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie mehrere Dokumente öffnen, erscheinen oben unter den Werkzeugleisten
- Karteikarten, mit denen Sie zwischen den Dokumenten wechseln können.
+\begin_layout Section
+LaTeX Setup
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie, dass es keinen horizontalen Rollbalken gibt.
- Das ist kein Fehler oder Vergesslichkeit, sondern Absicht.
- Bei einem Buch erwarten Sie ja auch, dass der Text am Ende einer Zeile
- in die nächste umgebrochen wird.
- Auch der Überlauf auf eine neue Seite ist prinzipiell eine vertikale Sache,
- deshalb benötigen Sie nur einen vertikalen Rollbalken.
-\end_layout
+LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
+ The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
+\emph on
+LaT
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt nur drei Fälle, in denen Sie sich vielleicht einen horizontalen
- Rollbalken wünschen.
- Der erste betrifft große Abbildungen, die WYSIWYG
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYG"
+
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
+\emph on
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+Configuration
+\emph default
+ that will be created when using the menu
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\lang english
-what you see is what you get
-\lang ngerman
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+Configuration
+\family default
+.
+ You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-HHa: Der Text wurde von LyX unterstrichen, weil er als englisch markiert
- wurde (
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Textstil\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Benutzerdefiniert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Sprache
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- Das hat bei der Rechtschreibprüfung den Vorteil, dass er dann übergangen
- wird.
-\end_layout
+ is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
+ More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
+, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+
\end_inset
- was du siehst bekommst du (ausgedruckt).
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dargestellt werden.
- Das liegt aber an einem Problem der Routine, die von LyX zur Anzeige am
- Bildschirm verwendet wird; sie sollte die Abbildung automatisch umskalieren,
- so dass sie auf den Bildschirm passt, so wie auch Sie sie umskalieren müssen,
- damit sie auf die Seite passt.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die beiden anderen Fälle sind Tabellen und Gleichungen, die breiter als
- das LyX-Fenster sind.
- Das ist in der Tat ein Problem und wird in einer der kommenden Versionen
- von LyX behoben werden.
- Zumindest für Tabellen existiert mittlerweile eine Teillösung: Sie können
- mit den Pfeiltasten horizontal in einer zu breiten Tabelle navigieren.
+\begin_layout Chapter
+How to work with LyX
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Dialoge
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic File Operations
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dialoge"
+name "File Operations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Praktisch alle LyX-Dialoge haben drei grundlegende Schaltflächen:
+Under the
\family sans
-OK
+File
\family default
-,
+ menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
+ advanced operations:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Übernehmen
-\family default
- und
+New
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Schließen
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Abbrechen
-\family default
-.
- Beim Öffnen eines Dialogfensters ist meist nur der
-\family sans
-Schließen
-\family default
--Schalter aktiviert.
- Erst nachdem Sie etwas ausgewählt oder eingetippt haben, ändert er sich
- nach
-\family sans
-Abbrechen,
-\family default
- und die anderen werden aktiviert.
- Viele haben auch einen
-\family sans
-Zurücksetzen
-\family default
--Schalter.
+New\InsetSpace ~
+from
+\bar under
+\InsetSpace ~
+
+\bar default
+Template
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-OK
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Schließen
-\family default
- sind wohl selbsterklärend, die Schaltfläche
-\family sans
-Über\SpecialChar \-
-nehmen
-\family default
- führt die ausgewählte(n) Aktion(en) durch, schließt den Dialog jedoch nicht.
-
-\family sans
-OK
-\family default
- entspricht im Prinzip einem
-\family sans
-Übernehmen
-\family default
-, gefolgt von einem
-\family sans
-Schließen
-\family default
-.
+Open
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Zurücksetzen
-\family default
- ist recht nützlich, wenn Sie in einem Dialog Änderungen vorgenommen haben,
- diese aber auf die derzeit eingestellten Werte zurücksetzen wollen.
- Für alle vier Aktionen gibt es auch Tastaturkürzel:
+Close
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-OK
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "OK"
+Save
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Save\InsetSpace ~
+As
+\end_layout
-\family default
- ist wie bei den meisten Programmen mit der Eingabetaste (
-\begin_inset Formula $\hookleftarrow$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- oder
\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
-) belegt.
+Revert\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+saved
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
\family sans
-Übernehmen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "\"Ubernehmen"
-
-\end_inset
+Version\InsetSpace ~
+Control
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family default
- wird durch
-\family sans
-Alt+Ü
-\family default
- aktiviert.
- (Falls Sie mit dem Ausdruck
\family sans
-Alt+Ü
-\family default
- nichts anfangen können lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Grundlegende-Tastaturfunktionen"
+Import
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.)
+\family sans
+Export
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Schließen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schlie\"sen"
+Print
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Exit
+\end_layout
-\family default
- ist auf die
+\begin_layout Standard
+They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
+ a few minor differences.
+ The
\family sans
-ESC-
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New\InsetSpace ~
+from
+\bar under
+\InsetSpace ~
+
+\bar default
+Template
\family default
-Taste gelegt.
+ command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
+ you for a template to use.
+ Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
+ the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+ They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
+ (see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Document-Classes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note: There is no
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Zurücksetzen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zur\"ucksetzen"
+default file
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or document named
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Untitled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family default
- wird mit
-\family sans
-Alt+Z
-\family default
- aufgerufen.
+scratch.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
+ space is just that --- a big, blank space.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Einige Dialogfenster haben weitere oder leicht unterschiedliche Schaltflächen,
- doch keine Sorge, diese sind meist selbsterklärend.
- Wir wollten nur die Funktionen
+
\family sans
-Über\SpecialChar \-
-neh\SpecialChar \-
-men
+Revert\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+saved
\family default
- und
+ and
\family sans
-Zurücksetzen
+Version\InsetSpace ~
+Control
\family default
- irgendwo erklären.
-\end_layout
+ are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem erscheinen in den Menüs hin und wieder andere oder zusätzliche
- Befehle, wenn Sie besondere Dokumentklassen auswählen.
-\end_layout
+If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
+ in LyX also.
+ Read
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar \@.
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Befehle und Schalter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Befehle in den Menüs und Schalter in den Werkzeugleisten sind nur dann aktiviert
-, wenn sie benutzt werden können.
- Ansonsten erscheinen sie in den Menüs grau-in-grau und in den Werkzeugleisten
- als graue Bildchen und können nicht angeklickt werden.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\noun on
-HHa
-\noun default
-: Wenn von Farben die Rede ist, sind die voreingestellten Farben gemeint,
- die in
+.
+
\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aussehen\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Farben
+Revert\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+saved
+\family default
+ will reload the document from disk.
+ You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
+ and want to restore it to the last save.
+ With
+\family sans
+ Version\InsetSpace ~
+Control
\family default
- zu finden sind.
+you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
+ can identify this as your changes.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Editing Features
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Editing"
+
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Section
-HILFE!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Zunächst die schlechte Nachricht: Das Hilfesystem ist nicht so umfangreich
- und einfach wie in vielen kommerziellen Anwendungen.
- Haben Sie Geduld, es wird daran gearbeitet.
+Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
+ on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
+ can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
+ The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
+ access them.
+ We'll start with cut and paste.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Doch nun zu den guten Nachrichten: Das Hilfesystem besteht aus den LyX-Hand\SpecialChar \-
-büche
-rn, die Sie alle direkt in LyX lesen können.
- Wählen Sie einfach das gewünschte Dokument aus dem Menü
+As you might expect, the
\family sans
-\bar under
-H
-\bar default
-ilfe
+Edit
\family default
- aus.
+ menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
+ Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
+ The basic ones are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
-{}
+\family sans
+Cut
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-X-Grundeinstellungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Grundeinstellungen"
+\family sans
+Copy
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Paste
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "LyX-Grundeinstellungen"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Paste\InsetSpace ~
+Recent
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Paste\InsetSpace ~
+Special
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, LyX zu benutzen.
- Die erste ist, LyX und alle Hilfsprogramme und -dateien auf Ihrem System
- zu installieren.
- Dazu brauchen Sie natürlich
-\emph on
-root
-\emph default
--Privilegien.
- Wenn das nicht geht.
-
-\emph on
-installieren
-\emph default
- Sie LyX einfach als Benutzer.
- LyX wird selber feststellen, wo es sich befindet, wenn nur die Hilfsverzeichnis
-se an den richtigen Stellen sind.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Find\InsetSpace ~
+&\InsetSpace ~
+Replace
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt einige LyX-Funktionen, die innerhalb von LyX konfiguriert werden
- können, ohne Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten zu müssen.
- Zunächst einmal kann LyX Ihr System untersuchen, um festzustellen, was
- für Programme, LaTeX-Dokument-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete verfügbar sind.
+The first three are self-explanatory.
+ One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
+ it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
+ That is, the
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+ keys also functions as the
+\family sans
+Cut
+\family default
+ command.
+ Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
+ If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
+ it with what you just typed.
+ You'll have to do an
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ to get back the lost text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX wird diese Informationen dazu verwenden, in der Datei
-\family typewriter
-preferences
+You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
+ The submenu of
+\family sans
+Paste\InsetSpace ~
+Recent
\family default
- vernünftige Werte für einige Variablen einzutragen.
- Obwohl diese Konfiguration bereits während der LyX-Installation durchgeführt
- wurde, gibt es vielleicht einige Dinge, die Sie lokal installiert haben
- und die LyX nicht sehen kann.
+ shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um LyX zu zwingen, Ihr System noch einmal zu durchforsten, sollten Sie
+The menu
\family sans
-Werkzeu\SpecialChar \-
-ge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Neu\InsetSpace \space{}
-konfigurieren
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste\InsetSpace ~
+Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
+Lines
\family default
- wählen.
- Dann sollten Sie LyX neu starten, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden.
- Soweit LaTeX-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete betroffen sind, finden Sie diese
- Informationen unter
+ will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
+ as
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ paragraph.
+ A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
+ Without
\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTe
+Join\InsetSpace ~
+Lines
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+, the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
+ will start a new paragraph.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
\end_inset
-
+The
\family sans
-X-Konfiguration
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Find\InsetSpace ~
+&\InsetSpace ~
+Replace
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der zweite Satz Einstellungen, den Sie vielleicht ändern wollen, besteht
- aus den allgemeinen Einstellungen für Dokumente, die Sie im
+ item opens the
\family sans
-Dokument
+Find\InsetSpace ~
+and\InsetSpace ~
+Replace
\family default
--Menü unter
+ dialog.
+ Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
+ Hitting the
\family sans
-Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
+Replace
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- ändern können
+ button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
\family sans
-.
-
+Replace\InsetSpace ~
+with
\family default
- Zum Ändern öffnen Sie irgendein Dokument, machen Ihre Einstellungen und
- speichern sie unter
+ field.
+ You can click the
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Als\InsetSpace \space{}
-Dokument-Standards\InsetSpace ~
-speichern
+Find\InsetSpace ~
+Next
\family default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Dokument-Standard"
-
+ button to skip the current word.
+ Hit
+\family sans
+Replace\InsetSpace ~
+All
+\family default
+ to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
+ The
+\family sans
+Case\InsetSpace ~
+sensitive
+\family default
+ option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
+ word.
+ If the toggle is set, searching for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- Dadurch wird eine Vorlage mit dem Namen
+
\family typewriter
-defaults.lyx
+Test
\family default
- erzeugt, die automatisch von LyX geladen wird, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument
- ohne Vorlage erstellen wollen.
- So stehen Ihnen Ihre Standardeinstellungen automatisch zur Verfügung.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt viele andere benutzerdefinierbare Optionen, die man in LyX speichern
- kann.
- Beim Start liest LyX eine globale Konfigurationsdatei mit dem Namen
-\family typewriter
-lyxrc.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+ will not match the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+test
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-defaults
-\family default
.
- Danach wird versucht, in Ihrem Heimatverzeichnis die Datei
-\family typewriter
-~/.lyx/pre\SpecialChar \-
-ferences
-\family default
- zu lesen.
- Über das Dialogfenster
+ The
\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Match whole words only
+\family default
+ option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
+ I.e., searching for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\family typewriter
+star
\family default
- können viele LyX-Voreinstellungen geändert werden.
- Das Dokument
-\emph on
-Anpassung
-\emph default
- enthält weitere Informationen hierzu.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+ will not match
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+starlet
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-X-Einstellung
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Undo and Redo
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LaTeX"
+name "Redo"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Undo"
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX benötigt viele LaTeX-Pakete, um ordentlich zu arbeiten.
- Die Pakete, die LyX auf Ihrem System gefunden hat, werden in
-\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
\end_inset
-X-Konfiguration
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
+ LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
+ Select
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Undo
\family default
- aufgelistet und beschrieben.
- Pakete, die dort als nicht gefunden gekennzeichnet sind, sollten Sie nachinstal
-lieren, wenn Sie das für nötig halten, und LyX neu konfigurieren (
+ to undo some mistake.
+ If you accidentally undo too much, use
\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Neu\InsetSpace \space{}
-konfigurieren
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Redo
\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mit Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+undo the undo.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-{}
+ The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
+ overhead.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
+ it was last saved, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-X arbeiten
-\end_layout
+changed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Einfache Datei-Befehle
+ status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
+ This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Im Menü
+The
\family sans
-Datei
+Undo
\family default
- finden Sie die 9 einfachen Datei-Befehle einer jeden Textverarbeitung und
- einige fortgeschrittene:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ and
\family sans
-Neu (Strg+N)
+Redo
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ work on almost everything in LyX.
+ They have some quirks, too.
+ They won't
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Redo
+\family default
+ text character by character, but by blocks of text.
+ That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Redo
+\family default
+ to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
+ surely appreciate how it works.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Mouse Operations
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Mouse Operations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+This are the most basic mouse operations.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Neu von
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Vorlage\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- (Strg+Umschalt+N)
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Motion
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
+Click the
+\emph on
+left mouse button
+\emph default
+ once anywhere in the edit window.
+ The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Öffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- (Strg+O)
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/file-open.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Selecting Text
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Hold down the
+\emph on
+left mouse button
+\emph default
+ and drag the mouse.
+ LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
+ Use
\family sans
-Schließen (Strg+W)
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Copy
+\family default
+ to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
\family sans
-Speichern (Strg+S)
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-\noun on
-HHa
-\noun default
-: Sollten bei Ihnen einige Icons, insbesondere die schwarz-weißen, nicht
- oder schlecht gedruckt werden, beschweren Sie sich bitte bei den Entwicklern:
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org"
-
-\end_inset
+\emph on
+Single click
+\emph default
+ the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
+ Right-click on them to set its properties.
+ Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
+\end_layout
-.
- Bei mir können Sie außerdem bearbeitete, druckbare bekommen (
-\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Über\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Tables
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+\emph on
+Single click
+\emph default
+ the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
+ the table.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Key Bindings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Key-Bindings"
+
\end_inset
-X\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ruhm\InsetSpace \space{}
-und\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ehre
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Key Bindings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
+ Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
+ and Emacs.
+ LyX's default is CUA.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some keys, like
\family sans
-Speichern
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Up
\family default
-
+,
\family sans
-unter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- (Strg+Umschalt+S)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Down
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Left
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Right
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+, and
\family sans
-Wieder herstellen (Strg+R)
+Down
+\family default
+, do exactly what you expect them to do.
+ Other keys don't:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Drucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- (Strg+P)
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+Tab
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "Tab"
+description "Tabulator key"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
+ If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
-\family sans
-Beenden (Strg+Q)
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bis auf ein paar kleine Unterschiede machen sie dasselbe wie bei jeder anderen
- Textverarbeitung.
- Der Menüpunkt
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Neu\InsetSpace \space{}
-von
-\bar under
-\InsetSpace \space{}
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
-\bar default
-Vorlage\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\end_inset
-\family default
- erfragt den Namen einer Vorlage, die verwendet werden soll.
- Mit der Auswahl einer Vorlagedatei werden automatisch verschiedene Layout-Einst
-ellungen aktiviert, die Sie sonst von Hand verändern müssten.
- Derartige Vorlagen können für alle möglichen Textklassen verwendet werden,
- sie bieten sich aber vor allem für Briefe an (siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Dokumentklassen"
+, especially section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Lists"
-).
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hinweis: Es gibt keine Standarddatei oder ein Dokument
+, right now.
+ Yes, right now.
+ If you're still confused, look in the
\emph on
-unbenannt
+Tutorial
\emph default
-, das automatisch geladen wird.
- Solange Sie nicht selber eine Datei öffnen oder neu anlegen, ist der leere
- Bereich auf dem Bildschirm genau das -- ein großer, leerer Bereich.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der Befehl
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Wieder\InsetSpace ~
-herstellen
-\family default
- lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte.
- Damit können Sie einen Text, den Sie aus Versehen editiert haben, wieder
- in den Originalzustand bringen, außerdem ist er hilfreich, wenn mehrere
- Personen an einem Text arbeiten.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Esc
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "Esc"
+description "Escape key"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie das vorhaben, sollten Sie sich die Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle
- im Dokument
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
- ansehen.
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+cancel key.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
+ Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der letzte Hinweis betrifft die Menüpunkte
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Schließen
+Home
\family default
- und
+\InsetSpace ~
+and\InsetSpace ~
+
\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Beenden
+End
\family default
-.
- Wenn Sie eine bearbeitete Datei schließen oder LyX beenden wollen, werden
- Sie gefragt, ob Sie vorher geänderte Dateien speichern wollen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Einfache Editier-Funktionen
+ These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
+ unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
+ or end of the file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie bei den meisten gängigen Textverarbeitungen können Sie auch bei LyX
- Textblöcke ausschneiden und kopieren, sich zeichen-, wort- oder seitenweise
- durch den Text bewegen und ganze Worte oder auch einzelne Zeichen löschen.
- In den folgenden vier Abschnitten werden diese Funktionen beschrieben.
+There are three modifier keys:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wie zu erwarten, finden Sie diese Befehle im Menü
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Bearbeiten
+Control
\family default
-, zusammen mit einigen weiteren Funktionen zur Textbearbeitung.
- Einige von ihnen sind von besonderer Bedeutung und werden später gesondert
- behandelt.
- Die grundlegenden Befehle sind:
-\end_layout
+ (Denoted by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Ausschneiden
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Ausschneiden"
+C
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, Strg+X
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/cut.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "C"
+description "Control key"
+\end_inset
+ in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
+ on which keys it's used in combination with:
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-
+With
\family sans
-Kopieren
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Kopieren"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, Strg+C
+Backspace
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/copy.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ or
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-
+With
\family sans
-Einfügen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Einf\"ugen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Left
\family default
-,
+ and
\family sans
-Strg+V
+Right
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/paste.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+, it moves by words instead of characters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Suchen\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Suchen \\& Ersetzen"
-
-\end_inset
-
- Strg+F
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die ersten drei sind selbsterklärend, lediglich ein Punkt ist erwähnenswert:
- Wenn Sie ein Stück Text, das Sie markiert hatten, mit
-\family sans
-Strg+X
-\family default
- löschen oder mit
+With
\family sans
-Strg+C
+Home
\family default
- kopieren, wird der gelöschte Text automatisch in den Zwischenspeicher kopiert.
- Unter
+ and
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einfügen\InsetSpace \space{}
-(vorherige\InsetSpace \space{}
-Auswahl)
+End
\family default
- finden Sie eine Liste der letzten 10 auf diese Weise gespeicherten Textstücke.
- Durch anklicken können Sie eins davon an der momentanen Cursorposition
- einfügen.
+, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einfügen\InsetSpace \space{}
-(speziell)
-\family default
-fügt ausgewählten Text mit allen Sonderzeichen, Formatierungen und Umgebungen
- (
-\family sans
-Einfacher\InsetSpace \space{}
-Text
-\family default
-) oder ohne sie (
-\family sans
-Auswahl
+Shift
\family default
-) ein.
- Außerdem bleibt das Eingefügte im ersten Fall markiert.
-\end_layout
+ (Denoted by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Tasten
\family sans
-Entf
+S
\family default
- und
-\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (Backspace) arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl
-\family sans
-Ausschneiden
-\family default
-.
- Auch müssen Sie aufpassen, wenn Sie Textstellen markiert haben.
- Wenn Sie in diesem Moment eine Taste drücken, wird der markierte Text gelöscht
- und durch den neu eingegebenen Text ersetzt.
- Sie müssen dann den gelöschten Text mit dem Befehl
-\family sans
-Rückgängig
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+Z
-\family default
-) zurückholen (siehe auch Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Rückgängig-machen-und-Wiederholen"
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "S"
+description "Shift key"
\end_inset
-).
+ in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
+ the text between the old and new cursor positions.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das Menü
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Suchen\InsetSpace ~
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Meta
\family default
- öffnet das Dialogfenster
+ (Denoted by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Ly
+M
\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "M"
+description "Meta or Alt key"
\end_inset
-
+ in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
+ your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
+ If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
+ the
\family sans
-X:\InsetSpace \space{}
-Suchen\InsetSpace \space{}
-und\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ersetzen
+Meta-
\family default
+ function.
+ This key does many different things, but it also activates the
+\emph on
+menu accelerator keys
+\emph default
.
- Den zu suchenden Text tragen Sie im Feld
-\family sans
-Suchen:
-\family default
- ein.
- Mit der Schaltfläche
-\family sans
-Nächstes
-\family default
-\InsetSpace \space{}
+ If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
+ menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
\family sans
-suchen
-\family default
- wird der Text gesucht.
- Die Suchrichtung ist normalerweise vorwärts, es sei denn,
-\family sans
-Rückwärts\InsetSpace ~
-suchen
-\family default
- ist aktiviert.
- Wurde der Suchbegriff gefunden, wird er markiert.
- Wenn Sie dann
-\family sans
-Ersetzen
-\family default
- anklicken, wird der markierte Begriff durch den Inhalt des Feldes
-\family sans
-Ersetzen\InsetSpace ~
-durch:
+M\InsetSpace ~
+e\InsetSpace ~
+s
\family default
- ersetzt.
- Dann können Sie weitersuchen.
- Wenn Sie
+\InsetSpace ~
+
\family sans
-Alles\InsetSpace ~
-ersetzen
+c
\family default
- anklicken, werden unabhängig davon, wo der Cursor im Dokument gerade steht,
- wirklich ALLE Suchbegriffe ersetzt.
- Ist das Feld
-\family sans
-Ersetzen
-\bar under
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-\bar default
-durch:
-\family default
- leer, wird der Suchbegriff gelöscht.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Über den Umschaltknopf
+
\family sans
-Groß-/Kleinschreibung\InsetSpace ~
-beachten
+brings
\family default
- können Sie festlegen, ob bei der Suche die Schreibweise berücksichtigt
- werden soll.
- Ist sie aktiv, wird zum Beispiel bei der Suche nach
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+ up the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Treffen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+Text Style
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- das Wort
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+ menu.
+ Typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-treffen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+
+\family sans
+M\InsetSpace ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- nicht gefunden.
+ opens the
+\family sans
+File
+\family default
+ menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Der Umschaltknopf
+There are also other things bound to the
\family sans
-Nur\InsetSpace ~
-ganze\InsetSpace ~
-Wörter
+Meta-
\family default
- schaltet den Modus
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+ key, but you'll have to check in the
+\emph on
+Reference
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+manual
+\emph default
+ for more info.
+\end_layout
-nur ganze Worte suchen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
+ because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
+ bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
+ just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
+ The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
+ this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
+ However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
+\family sans
- ein und aus.
- Dann wird beispielsweise bei der Suche nach
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Treff
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+M-p S-A
+\family default
- das Wort
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Treffer
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+ means
+\family sans
+Meta-p
+\family default
+ followed by a capital
+\family sans
+A
+\family default
+.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- nicht gefunden.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-R
\family sans
-ückgängig
+S-C-s
\family default
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "R\"uckg\"angig"
-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- machen und W
+ means
\family sans
-iederholen
+Shift-Control-s
\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
+LyX Basics
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Wiederholen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Rückgängig-machen-und-Wiederholen"
+name "LyX ! Basics"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie diesen leicht ungeschehen machen,
- denn LyX verfügt über einen sehr großen Speicher für Änderungen.
- Wählen Sie die Funktion
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Rückgängig
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+Z
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/undo.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Section
+Document Types
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Types"
\end_inset
-), um einen falschen Arbeitsschritt zurückzunehmen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie dabei versehentlich zu weit zurückgehen, können Sie mit
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Wiederho\SpecialChar \-
-len
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+Y
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/redo.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-) das Rückgängigmachen schrittweise wieder zurücknehmen.
- Derzeit ist die Anzahl der zurücknehmbaren Schritte auf 100 beschränkt,
- um den Speicherverbrauch zu verringern.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Auf diese Weise lassen sich Änderungen natürlich nur bis zu dem Zeitpunkt
- zurücknehmen, als Sie das Dokument geöffnet haben, ebenso funktioniert
-
-\family sans
-Wiederholen
-\family default
- nur bis zur letzten gemachten Änderung.
- Sonst sind die entsprechenden Menüpunkte grau unterlegt und nicht wählbar.
+Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
+ need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
+ Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
+ numbering schemes, and so on.
+ Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
+ and format the title of your document differently.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bitte beachten Sie auch, dass, wenn Sie in einem Dokument alle gemachten
- Änderungen zurücknehmen, trotzdem der Status des Dokumentes als
+A
\emph on
-geändert
+document class
\emph default
- erhalten bleibt.
- Dies ist mit der oben erwähnten Beschränkung auf 100 Änderungsschritte
- verbunden.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Funktionen
-\family sans
-Rückgängig
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Wiederholen
-\family default
- sind auf fast alle Bearbeitungsschritte anwendbar, jedoch gibt es ein paar
- Eigenheiten.
- So arbeiten sie beispielsweise nicht zeichenorientiert, sondern textblockweise;
- das kann anfangs etwas gewöhnungsbedürftig sein.
- Probieren Sie ein wenig mit diesen Funktionen herum, um ein Gefühl dafür
- zu bekommen, wieviel Text in einem solchen Block enthalten ist, und Sie
- werden sich hoffentlich bald daran gewöhnt haben.
+ describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
+ By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
+ making it easier to create the type of document you want.
+ If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
+ So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem funktioniert
-\family sans
-Wiederholen
-\family default
- nicht im Mathematikmodus.
- Ein Tipp dazu: Wenn Sie in den Mathematikmodus wechseln, dort eine Gleichung
- ändern und dann den Mathematikmodus verlassen, stellt ein
-\family sans
-Rückgängig
-\family default
- die Gleichung so wieder her, wie sie war, bevor Sie in den Mathematikmodus
- gewechselt sind.
+Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
+ how to adjust their properties.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Mausfunktionen
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Document Classes
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mausfunktionen"
+name "Document ! Classes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Document-Classes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Overview
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-An dieser Stelle werden nur die grundlegenden Operationen beschrieben, die
- mit der Maus durchgeführt werden können.
- In anderen Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes werden Sie weitere, spezielle
- Funktionen kennenlernen.
+There are four standard document classes in LyX.
+ They are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Positionieren
+\begin_layout Description
+Article for basic articles
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Einfaches Klicken mit der
-\emph on
-linken
-\emph default
- Maustaste positioniert den Textcursor unter den Mauszeiger.
+\begin_layout Description
+Report for basic reports
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Der Rollbalken funktioniert so wie in anderen Programmen,
+\begin_layout Description
+Book for writing a book
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-das Mausrad auch
+\begin_layout Description
+Letter for US-style letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Querverweise: Ein Klick mit der
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
+ installed them.
+ Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
+ can be found in chapter
+\emph on
+Special Document Classes
+\emph default
+ in the
\emph on
-rechten
+Extended Features
\emph default
- Maustaste springt zu der Stelle, auf die verwiesen wird.
+ manual:
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Text markieren
+\begin_layout Description
+A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Halten Sie die
-\emph on
-linke
-\emph default
- Maustaste gedrückt und bewegen Sie die Maus.
- LyX markiert den Text zwischen der alten und der neuen Position des Mauszeigers.
- Mit
+\begin_layout Description
+AAST
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Kopieren, Strg+C
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/copy.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- übernehmen Sie den markierten Text in den internen Kopierspeicher von LyX.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Positionieren Sie den Textcursor neu und fügen Sie die Auswahl mit
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einfügen, Strg+V
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/paste.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- in den Text ein.
+
+\family default
+eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
+ Society
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wenn Sie die Auswahl durch Klicken mit der
-\emph on
-mittleren
-\emph default
- Maustaste in den Text einzufügen, verwendet LyX anstelle des eigenen Kopierspei
-chers den X-Puffer.
- Der Text wird derselbe sein, jedoch gehen dabei sämtliche Formatierungen
- verloren.
- Dennoch ist dieser Mechanismus praktisch, wenn Sie Textabschnitte aus anderen
- X-Anwendungen in ein Dokument einfügen wollen.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
+ Mathematical Society (AMS).
+ There are three article layouts available.
+ The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
+ prepends the section number to the number of the result.
+ All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
+ together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen und Tabellen) usw.
+sequential numbering
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
+ them throughout the article in a single sequence.
+ Each type of result gets its own sequence.
+ There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ein einfaches Klicken mit der
-\emph on
-linken
-\emph default
- Maustaste öffnet oder schließt jedes dieser Objekte.
- Beachten Sie außerdem die entsprechenden Abschnitte dieses Handbuches.
+\begin_layout Description
+Beamer Layout for presentations
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tabellen
+\begin_layout Description
+broadway Layout for writing plays.
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ with LyX.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ein einfaches Klicken mit der
-\emph on
-rechten
-\emph default
- Maustaste öffnet ein Dialogfenster, mit dem Sie die Tabelle verändern können.
+\begin_layout Description
+curiculum\InsetSpace ~
+vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Section
-Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tastatur!-funktionen"
+\begin_layout Description
+Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+dtk Layout for
+\family typewriter
+Die TeXnische Komödie
+\family default
+, the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Grundlegende-Tastaturfunktionen"
+\begin_layout Description
+Foils Used to make transparencies
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ with LyX.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
+ and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Auch hier werden nur einige grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen beschrieben.
- Generell sollten Sie mit der Tastatur vertraut sein, ansonsten finden Sie
- in
-\emph on
-Anpassung
-\emph default
- eine Zusammenstellung
-\emph on
-aller
-\emph default
- Tastaturfunktionen.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
+\end_layout
-\noun on
-HHa
-\noun default
-: Im Moment ist diese Zusammenstellung nicht besonders aktuell
+\begin_layout Description
+koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
+ like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
+\end_layout
- In jedem Fall sollten Sie bedenken, dass es in LyX zwei grundlegende Schemata
- der Tastaturbelegungen gibt, CUA und Emacs.
- Sie werden sicherlich fluchen, wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Strg+D
+\begin_layout Description
+paper Used with the
+\family typewriter
+paper
\family default
- drücken, um ein Zeichen zu löschen, und stattdessen eine DVI-Ansicht gestartet
- wird (oder umgekehrt).
-
+ LaTeX document class
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Powerdot Layout for presentations
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+REVTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Einige Tasten wie
-\family sans
-Bild
-\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
-\end_inset
-, Bild
-\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
-\end_inset
+{}
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
-\end_inset
+X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
+ Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
+ of America (OSA).
+ This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Slides Used to make transparencies
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+SPIE\InsetSpace ~
+Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
+ for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+TUGboat Layout for
+\family typewriter
+TUGboat
\family default
- und
-\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
-\end_inset
+, the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
+\end_layout
- machen genau das, was Sie von ihnen erwarten.
- Andere tun dies nicht:
+\begin_layout Standard
+We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
+ here.
+ You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
+\emph on
+Extended Editing
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
+ of the document classes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Selecting a Class
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select a class using the
\family sans
-Tab
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tab"
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
\family default
- In LyX gibt es keine Tabulatoren.
- Wenn Ihnen das unverständlich erscheint, sollten Sie zunächst die Abschnitte
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Absatzeinrückung-und--trennung"
+ dialog.
+ Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
+ you may need.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Properties
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Absatzumgebungen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Each class has a default set of options.
+ Here's a quick table describing them:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
- und insbesondere
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Listen"
-
-\end_inset
- lesen, bevor Sie hier weiterlesen.
- Im Zweifelsfall werfen Sie auch nochmals einen Blick in das
-\emph on
-Tutorium
-\emph default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie unbedingt etwas Tabulatorähnliches benötigen, können Sie das meistens
- durch eine Tabelle ohne Rahmen simulieren, siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabellen"
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Esc
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Esc"
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Pagestyle
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
- Dies ist die
-\emph on
-Abbruchtaste
-\emph default
-.
- Sie wird normalerweise eingesetzt, um Vorgänge abzubrechen.
- Näheres erfahren Sie in späteren Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes.
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Sides
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Pos\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-1
-\family default
-\InsetSpace ~
-und\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Ende
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Ende"
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Columns
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
- Diese Tasten positionieren den Textcursor an den Anfang oder das Ende der
- aktuellen Zeile.
- Wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastenbelegung verwenden, erfolgt die Positionierung
- an den Anfang oder das Ende des Dokumentes.
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Max.
+ sectioning level
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-\InsetSpace ~
-und\InsetSpace ~
-
-\family sans
-Entf
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Entf"
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+article
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
- Wenn Ihre Tastatur im X-Window-System korrekt eingestellt ist, löscht
\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
- (Backspace
-\family default
-) das Zeichen links und
\family sans
-Entf
-\family default
- das Zeichen rechts vom Cursor (falls kein Text markiert ist).
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Falls Ihre Tastatur nicht richtig eingestellt ist oder Sie keine Vorstellung
- davon haben, was hier gemeint ist, dann lesen Sie bitte in
-\emph on
-Anpassung
-\emph default
- nach.
- Sie werden sich dadurch einige Probleme ersparen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Weiterhin gibt es die Modifiziertasten:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-Strg
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Strg"
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\InsetSpace ~
-(
-\family default
-Control
\family sans
-)
-\family default
- Diese hat eine unterschiedliche Bedeutung, je nachdem mit welcher anderen
- Taste sie gedrückt wird:
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Section
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Zusammen mit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+report
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Backspace
-\family default
- oder
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Entf
-\family default
- wird anstelle eines einzelnen Zeichens ein ganzes Wort gelöscht.
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Zusammen mit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Chapter
+\end_layout
-\family default
- und
-\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
- können Sie den Cursor wortweise bewegen.
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+book
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Zusammen mit
-\family sans
-Pos
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-1
-\family default
- und
\family sans
-Ende
-\family default
- bewegen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang oder das Ende des Dokumentes.
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Headings
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Umschalt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Umschalt"
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Two
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\InsetSpace ~
-(
-\family default
-Shift
\family sans
-)
-\family default
- Zusammen mit den Cursortasten können Sie den Text zwischen der alten und
- der neuen Cursorposition markieren.
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Chapter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+letter
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Alt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Alt"
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_layout
-\InsetSpace ~
-(Meta)
-\family default
- Auch sie hat viele mögliche Funktionen, aber generell wird sie als Menüfunktion
-staste eingesetzt.
- Wenn Sie sie zusammen mit einem der in den Menüs unterstrichenen Zeichen
- drücken, wird die entsprechende Menüfunktion aktiviert.
- Beispielsweise entspricht
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Alt+B\InsetSpace ~
-S
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+none
+\end_layout
-\family default
- dem Befehl
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-Suchen & Ersetzen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt noch weitere Funktionen, die über die
-\family sans
-Alt
-\family default
--Taste angesprochen werden können.
- Weitere Informationen entnehmen Sie bitte der
-\emph on
-Anpassung
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Compose
-\family sans
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Compose"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You're probably also wondering what
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Max.\InsetSpace ~
+sectioning level
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ means.
+ There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
+ Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
+ Only two use the
+\family sans
+Chapter
\family default
- Diese Taste ist die Kombination
+ heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
\family sans
-AltGr+Umschalt
+Section
\family default
- und/oder die rechte
+ heading.
+ Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
+ headings.
+ In addition to
\family sans
-Windows
+Chapter
\family default
--Taste (rechts von
+ and
\family sans
-AltGr
+Section
\family default
-).
- Sie ist besonders dann hilfreich, wenn man Buchstaben mit Akzenten oder
- andere zusammengesetzte Zeichen nur manchmal benutzt.
- Hier sind einige Beispiele dafür, was Sie mit der
+ headings, there are also
\family sans
-Compose
+Subsection
\family default
--Taste machen können:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ headings,
\family sans
-Compose\InsetSpace ~
-e\InsetSpace ~
-'
+Subsubsection
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+ headings, and so on.
+ We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Headings"
+
\end_inset
- é
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Document Layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Layout"
-\family sans
-Compose\InsetSpace ~
-O\InsetSpace ~
-R
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset
- ®
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Document-Layout"
-\family sans
-Compose\InsetSpace ~
-<\InsetSpace ~
-<
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset
- «
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Section
-Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
-X und anderen Programmen
-\begin_inset OptArg
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ausschneiden und Kopieren
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+.
+ There in the
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ field under
+\family sans
+Documents\InsetSpace ~
+classes
+\family default
+, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
+ list.
+ This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
+ to use for your document.
+ To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
+ to read its manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mit den Funktionen
+Under
\family sans
-Ausschneiden
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Layout
\family default
+ the
+\family sans
+Pagestyle
+\family default
+ controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
+ You can choose between the following five options:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Ausschneiden"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- (
\family sans
-Strg+X
+Default
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/copy.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+ Use default pagestyle of current class.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-),
\family sans
-Kopieren
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Kopieren"
-
-\end_inset
+Empty
+\family default
+ No page numbers or headings.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family default
- (
\family sans
-Strg+C
+Plain
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/cut.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+ Page numbers only.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-) und
\family sans
-Einfügen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Einf\"ugen"
+Headings
+\family default
+ Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
+ Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
+ the maximum sectioning level of the class.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- (Strg+V
+\family sans
+Fancy
\family default
-oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/paste.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+ This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
+ have the
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
\end_inset
-\family sans
-)
-\family default
- können Sie Text zwischen LyX und anderen X-Fenstern transferieren.
-\end_layout
+\series default
+ package installed.
+ At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
+ To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
+ preamble.
+ Check the documentation for the
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
+ package for more details,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "fancyhdr"
-\begin_layout Standard
-So können Sie Text von LyX in andere X-Fenster kopieren: Markieren Sie den
- Text in LyX, dann wechseln Sie in das andere X-Fenster und fügen den Text
- mit der mittleren Maustaste einfügen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das Einfügen von Text in LyX funktioniert fast genauso wie in X.
- Markieren Sie den gewünschten Text in einem anderen X-Fenster.
- Wechseln Sie zum LyX-Fenster und fügen die Auswahl mit der mittleren Maustaste
- ein.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Separation
+\family default
+ of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
\end_inset
-X-Grundlagen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Dokumenttypen
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Einleitung
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bevor Sie anfangen, ein Dokument zu schreiben, müssen Sie entscheiden, was
- für eine
-\emph on
-Art
-\emph default
- von Dokument Sie wollen.
- Unterschiedliche Dokumentarten benutzen unterschiedliche Typen für Zwischenräum
-e, Überschriften, Nummerierungen, usw.
- Außerdem benutzen unterschiedliche Dokumente unterschiedliche Absatzumgebungen
- und formatieren Dokumenttitel unterschiedlich.
-\end_layout
+Paper Size and Orientation
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Paper size"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Eine
-\emph on
-Dokumentklasse
-\emph default
- beschreibt eine Gruppe von Eigenschaften, die eine bestimmte Menge von
- Dokumenten gemeinsam haben.
- Durch die Wahl der Dokumentklasse legt man diese Eigenschaften automatisch
- fest und erleichtert die Erschaffung des gewünschten Dokumentes.
- Wenn Sie keine Dokumentklasse wählen, nimmt LyX die Standardklasse.
- Dann aber müssen Sie eventuell die Dokumentklasse ändern.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Lesen Sie jetzt, welche Dokumentklassen Sie in LyX wählen können und wie
- man einige Eigenschaften feineinstellt.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wir werden im folgenden die englischen Namen beibehalten, wie Sie sie in
- den Menüs u.\InsetSpace \space{}
-ä.\InsetSpace \space{}
-finden.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Dokumentklassen
+\begin_layout Standard
+You'll find the following options in the menu
+\family sans
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ of the dialog of the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ menu:
+\family sans
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!-klassen"
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Dokumentklassen"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Papersize
+\family default
+ What size paper to print on.
+ The choices are
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Default
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Übersicht
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+A3, A4,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+A5
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX gibt es vier Standarddokumentklassen:
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+B3, B4, B5
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article[\InsetSpace \space{}
-(koma-script)] für Standardartikel
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+US letter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-book[\InsetSpace \space{}
-(koma-script)] für Bücher
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+US legal
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-letter[\InsetSpace ~
-(DIN-Brief/german/koma-script)] für Briefe im deutschen Stil
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+US executive
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-report[\InsetSpace \space{}
-(koma-script)] für Standardberichte
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Custom
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-\series bold
-koma-script
+Orientation
\family default
-\series default
- ersetzt die Standardklassen und bietet viele nützliche Funktionen wie das
- Formatieren von Beschriftungen, automatische Druckgrößen-Berechnung usw.
- Weitere Hinweise zu
+ Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
\family sans
-\series bold
-koma-script
+Landscape
+\family default
+ or as
+\family sans
+Portrait
\family default
-\series default
- finden Sie in den
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt auch noch andere Klassen, die LyX aber nur benutzt, wenn LaTeX entsprech
-end eingerichtet ist.
- Die vollständige Liste finden Sie im Anhang der
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
-.
- Hier sind einige:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(A&A) Journal-Artikel in Stil und Format von Astronomy & Astrophysics.
+\family sans
+Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
+document
+\family default
+ Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
+ That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(AASTeX) Für Artikel, die von der American Astronomical Society herausgeg
-eben werden.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Margins
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Margins"
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(AMS) Artikel im Stil und Format der AMS (American Mathematical Society).
- Es gibt drei amsart-Layouts.
-
-\newline
-Das Standardlayout benutzt das normale Nummerierungsschema für Sätze usw.,
- das die Abschnittsnummer voranstellt.
- Alle Behauptungen (Sätze, Korollare usw.) werden gemeinsam nummeriert, aber
- Definitionen, Beispiele und Ähnliches haben ihre eigene Nummerierungsfolge.
-
-\newline
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-sequential numbering
-\series default
- stellt keine Abschnittsnummer voran, sondern nummeriert alles fortlaufend.
- Jeder Typ (Sätze, Definitionen usw.) erhält eine eigene Nummerierungsreihenfolge.
-
-\newline
-\series bold
-unnumbered
-\series default
- verzichtet vollständig auf die Nummerierung.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Margins"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Margins"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-sloppypar
+Paper margins are set in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- wird hier benötigt, weil LaTeX sonst über den Rand hinaus schreibt.
-\end_layout
+.
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(Elsevier) Layout für Journale der Elsevier-Gruppe
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
+ Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
+ the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(IEEEtran) Layout für Journale des Institute of Electrical and Electronic
-s Engineers (IEEE)
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Important Note
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(IOP) Layout für Journale des Institute of Physics
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
+\emph on
+everything
+\emph default
+ into the new class.
+ That includes the paragraph environments.
+ Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
+ them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
+ If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
+ paragraph environments to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
+ Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
+ the conversion and why it failed.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(Kluwer) Layout für Journale der Kluwer-Gruppe
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(paper) für die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-paper
-\family default
- LaTeX
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
+
\end_inset
--Dokumentklasse (nicht in allen LaTeX-Distributionen enthalten)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(REVTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
+ say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
+ Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
+ Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
+ If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
+\emph on
+first
+\emph default
+ paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
+ etc., is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ indented.
+ Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
+ Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
+ language than English.
+ LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
+\end_layout
-X) Artikel für Veröffentlichungen der American Physical Society (APS), des
- American Institute of Physics (AIP) und der Optical Society of America
- (OSA).
- Diese Klasse ist nicht mit allen LyX-Funktionen kompatibel.
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Standard
+The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
+ and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
+ pre-coded into LyX.
+ As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
+ LyX takes care of that.
+ In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
+ range.
+ That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
+ figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
+ of a page, and so on.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
+LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(SPIE\InsetSpace ~
-Proceedings) Layout für Journale der The International Society
- for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
+ However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
+ LyX gives you the ability to globally change
+\emph on
+all
+\emph default
+ of these pre-coded spacings.
+ We'll explain more later.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(Springer) Layouts für Journale der Springer-Gruppe
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraph Separation
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Separation"
-\begin_layout Description
-article\InsetSpace ~
-(TUGboat) Layout für TUGboat, das Journal der international TeX user
- Group (TUG)
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-book\InsetSpace ~
-(AMS) Bücher im Stil und Format der AMS.
- Es wird nur die Standardnummerierung benutzt, in der Annahme, dass man
- Sätze usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-nummerieren muss, aber nicht durchgehend.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-book\InsetSpace ~
-(Memoir) ein weiterer Ersatz für die Standardklassen
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-broadway Layout zum Schreiben von Theaterstücken.
- Dies ist keine LaTeX-Dokument\SpecialChar \-
-klasse, sondern eine, die zusammen mit LyX
- ausgeliefert wird.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To separate paragraphs, select
+\family sans
+Indent
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Skip
+\family default
+ in the submenu
+\family sans
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ of the dialog
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
-\begin_layout Description
-curiculum\InsetSpace ~
-vitae für Lebensläufe
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-hollywood für spezielle Filmskripte der US Filmindustrie.
- Dies ist keine LaTeX-Do\SpecialChar \-
-ku\SpecialChar \-
-mentklasse, sondern eine, die zusammen mit LyX
- ausgeliefert wird.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-letter für Briefe im US-amerikanischen Stil
+\family default
+ to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
+ The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
+ you have to add this line to your document preamble:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-presentation\InsetSpace ~
-(beamer) Layout für Präsentationen
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Description
-presentation\InsetSpace ~
-(FoilTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+parindent}{Length}
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Units"
\end_inset
-X) für Projektionsfolien
+.
+ The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+pt.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-presentation\InsetSpace ~
-(powerdot) Layout für Präsentationen
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wir wollen hier nicht im Einzelnen beschreiben, wie man diese verschiedenen
- Dokumentklassen benutzen kann.
- Einzelheiten über die Nicht-Standard-Klassen finden Sie unter
+You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
+ Open the
\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Handbuchergänzungen
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
+Settings
\family default
-.
- Hier wollen wir uns mit Eigenschaften befassen, die allen Dokumentklassen
- gemeinsam sind.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Eine Klasse auswählen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können eine Klasse über D
+ dialog and toggle the
\family sans
-okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Dokumentklasse
+Indent\InsetSpace ~
+Paragraph
\family default
- auswählen.
- Danach können Sie die benötigten Optionen feineinstellen.
- Wenn Sie ans Ende der Auswahl gehen, sehen Sie einige Dokumentklassen,
- die LyX zwar unterstützt, die aber bei Ihnen nicht installiert sind.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Eigenschaften
+ option to change the state of the current paragraph.
+ If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
+ button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
+ this).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Jede Dokumentklasse hat Standardwerte, Tabelle\InsetSpace \space{}
+You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
+ if you need to do some fine-tuning.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Dokumentklassen"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Line Spacing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
\end_inset
- zeigt sie.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Float table
-placement h
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+In the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Dokumentklassen"
-\end_inset
+\family default
+ dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
+\family sans
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Layout.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-Dokumentklassen
+\begin_layout Standard
+You need to have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+setspace
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!-klassen"
+name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
\end_inset
+\series default
+ installed to use this feature.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Section
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Environments"
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="5">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="22mm">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Dokumentklasse
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Seitenstil
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph environments|("
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Format
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Overview
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Spalten
+The paragraph environments correspond to the various
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
\series bold
-höchste Abschnittsstufe
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+begin{
+\emph on
+environment
+\emph default
+} ...
+
+\backslash
+end{
+\emph on
+environment
+\emph default
+}
+\series default
-\begin_layout Standard
-article[ (koma-script)]
+\newline
+command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
+ If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
+ alien to you, we urge you to read the
+\emph on
+Tutorial
+\emph default
+.
+ The
+\emph on
+Tutorial
+\emph default
+ also contains many more examples than this section does.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+A paragraph environment is simply a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-plain
-\end_layout
+container
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
+ This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
+ scheme, labels, and so on.
+ Additionally, you can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+nest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Einseitig
+ the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
+ to inherit some of the properties of another.
+ The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
+ tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
+ days of typewriters.
+ There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
+ document type.
+ We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
+ end of the toolbar.
+ LyX will change the environment of the
+\emph on
+entire
+\emph default
+ paragraph in which the cursor sits.
+ You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
+ you select them before choosing the new environment.
+
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that hitting
\family sans
-1-spaltig
-\end_layout
+Return
+\family default
+ will
+\emph on
+typically
+\emph default
+ create a new paragraph using the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ paragraph environment.
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+typically
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+ because if you are in one of these environments:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+Quote
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Standard
-article (AMS)
+\family sans
+Quotation
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-headings
+Verse
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Einseitig
+Itemize
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-1-spaltig
+Enumerate
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+Description
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Standard
-book[ (koma-script)]
+\family sans
+List
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
+LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
\family sans
-headings
-\end_layout
+Return
+\family default
+, rather than resetting it to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
+ Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
+ and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nesting"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+).
+ At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
+
\family sans
-Zweiseitig
+Return
+\family default
+ to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
+ If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
+ use
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ instead.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Standard
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+The default paragraph environment is
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ for most classes.
+ It creates a plain paragraph.
+ If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
+ In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
+ this manual) are in the
\family sans
-1-spaltig
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
+You can nest a paragraph using the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
+ in a
\family sans
-Kapitel
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-letter[ (german/koma-script)]
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Document Title
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document !Title"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-plain
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Einseitig
-\end_layout
-
+A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
+ author(s) and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-1-spaltig
-\end_layout
+footnote
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-keine
-\end_layout
+ for thanks or contact information.
+ For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
+ page along with today's date.
+ For other types of documents, the title
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+page
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-report[ (koma-script)]
+ goes at the top of the first page of the document.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
+LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
+ environments
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+, and
\family sans
-plain
+Date
+\family default
+.
+ Here's how you use them:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Put the title of your document in the
\family sans
-Einseitig
+Title
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Put the author name in the
\family sans
-1-spaltig
+Author
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
+ or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
+ the
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Note that using this environment is optional.
+ If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
+ If you don't want any date, add the line
+\newline
-\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+date{}
+\series default
+\newline
+to the preamble of your document (menu
\family sans
-Kapitel
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-slides (default)
-\end_layout
-
+You can use footnotes to insert
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+thanks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-plain
+ or contact informations.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Headings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Section headings"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Einseitig
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Headings"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-1-spaltig
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-keine
+There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
+ LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Numbered Headings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Section headings ! Numbered"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-paper
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
+ They are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
-headings
+Part
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
-Einseitig
+Chapter
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
-1-spaltig
+Section
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+Subsection
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\family sans
+Paragraph
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
+ The numbers describe where in the document you are.
+ Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie werden sich wahrscheinlich fragen, was
+Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
+ For example, suppose you're writing a book.
+ You group the book into chapters.
+ LyX does similar grouping:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-höchste\InsetSpace ~
-Abschnittsstufe
+Part
\family default
- bedeutet.
- Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen, um Abschnittsüberschriften zu erzeugen.
- Unterschiedliche Dokumentklassen gestatten unterschiedliche Abschnittsüberschri
-ften.
- Nur zwei benutzen die
+ is divided in either
\family sans
-Kapitel
+Chapter
\family default
--Überschrift; der Rest beginnt stattdessen mit der
+ or
\family sans
-Abschnitt
-\family default
--Überschrift.
- Einige Dokumentklassen wie die für Briefe benutzen überhaupt keine Überschrifte
-n.
- Außer
+Section
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Kapitel
+Chapter
\family default
-- und
+s are divided into
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+Section
\family default
--Überschriften gibt es auch
+s
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Unterabschnitt
+Section
\family default
--Überschriften,
+s are divided into
\family sans
-Unterunterabschn.
+Subsection
\family default
--Überschriften usw.
- Wir werden diese Überschriften ausführlich in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Ueberschriften"
-
-\end_inset
-
- beschreiben.
+s
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Dokument-Einstellungen"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\family default
+s are divided into
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+s
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+s are divided into
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+s
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ja, wir wissen, dass wir Ihnen noch nicht gesagt haben, was die meisten
- dieser
-\emph on
-Standardwerte
-\emph default
- machen, die man unter
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Dokument
+Paragraph
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
+s are divided into
\family sans
-Einstellungen
+Subparagraph
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- findet.
- Dafür ist dieser Abschnitt da.
+s
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Dokumentklasse außer der Dokumentklasse gibt es noch:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Eine-Klasse-auswählen"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Not all document types use the
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ heading as the maximum sectioning level.
+ In that case the
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+ is the top-level heading.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Optionen: etwas für LaTeX-Freaks.
- Das LaTeX-Kommando
-\family typewriter
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
- hat mehrere Optionen.
- LyX setzt einige davon für Sie automatisch.
- In das Kästchen können Sie weitere eintragen.
- Sie müssen nur eine mit Kommas getrennte Optionsliste eingeben.
- Lesen Sie in einem guten LaTeX-Buch nach, was für Optionen Sie benutzen
- können.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PostScript-Treiber: Hier können Sie einen anderen als den (wahrscheinlich)
- voreingestellten Treiber dvips auswählen.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Schriften
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+So, if you use the
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+ environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
+ along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
+ that it's in.
+ For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
+ label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Standard-Familie: Hier legen Sie die Schriftart fest, die im Dokument als
- Standard verwendet werden soll.
-\end_layout
+2.5
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Basisgröße: Hier legen Sie die Standardgröße der verwendeten Schrift fest.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Roman: Hier legen Sie den Font für den Roman-Zeichensatz fest.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Unnumbered Headings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
-\begin_layout Description
-Serifenfrei: Hier legen Sie den Font für den serifenfreien Zeichensatz fest.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Schreibmaschine Hier legen Sie den Schreibmaschinen-Font fest.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Echte\InsetSpace ~
-Kapitälchen\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden Manche Fonts erlauben auch, echte Kapitälchen
- (was auch der Unterschied sein mag) zu verwenden.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Mediävalziffern\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mediävalziffern-verwenden"
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
+ They are:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
- Manche Fonts erlauben auch, Mediävalziffern (in Antiqua gesetzt) zu verwenden.
-
-\emph on
-Computer Modern
-\emph default
- und
-\emph on
-Palatino
-\emph default
- sind zwei Beispiele.
- Sie müssen dann so einen Font für
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Roman
-\family default
-\series default
- wählen.
- Eine weitere Möglichkeit, bei der Sie keinen Font kennen müssen, ist, den
- Befehl
-\backslash
-usepackage[osf]{mathpazo} In den
\family sans
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Part*line spacing
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-{}
+\family sans
+Chapter*
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-X-Vorspann
-\family default
- Ihres Dokumentes zu schreiben.
+\family sans
+Section*
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Textformat
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\family sans
+Subsection*
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
-Absätze\InsetSpace ~
-trennen\InsetSpace ~
-durch:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Absatz!-trennung"
+Subsubsection*
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+*
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family default
- Hierzu gibt es einen eigenen Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Absatzeinrückung-und--trennung"
+ after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
+ table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:toc"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Zeilenabstand: Hier können Sie zwischen
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Changing the Numbering
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
+ in the Table of Contents.
+ Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
+ class.
+ Certain classes start with
\family sans
-Einfach
+Chapter
\family default
-,
+ and go down to the
\family sans
-Eineinhalb
+Subparagraph
\family default
-,
+ level.
+ Others start at
\family sans
-Doppelt
+Section
\family default
- und
+.
+ Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
+ Most don't number
\family sans
-Benutzerdefiniert
+Paragraph
\family default
- wählen.
- Wenn Sie
+ or
\family sans
-Benutzerdefiniert
+Subparagraph
\family default
- anklicken, wird das Feld rechts davon aktiviert, in das Sie Ihren Zeilenabstand
- dann eintragen.
+.
+ This is something you can change.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Zweispaltiges\InsetSpace ~
-Dokument:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Open the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\family sans
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Spalten"
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
- Beachten Sie, dass LyX keine zwei Spalten anzeigen wird.
- Das wäre unpraktisch, oft unleserlich und gehört nicht zum WYSIWYM
+
+\family default
+ Under
+\family sans
+Numbering\InsetSpace ~
+&\InsetSpace ~
+TOC
+\family default
+ you'll see two counters.
+ The one named
+\family sans
+Numbering
+\family default
+ controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
+ heading.
+ The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
+ of contents.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Short Titles of Headings
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
+name "Section headings ! Short titles"
\end_inset
--Konzept.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-siehe
-\emph on
-Einführung
-\emph default
- (
-\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einführung
-\family default
-)
+Short Titles
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Aber in der Druckausgabe
-\emph on
-werden
-\emph default
- die beiden Spalten zu sehen sein.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-\family sans
-Seitenformat
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Seitenformat"
+name "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Papiergröße: eine Liste der Papiergrößen, die LyX unterstützt.
- Wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Benutzerdefiniert
-\family default
- wählen, müssen Sie
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-Höhe und Breite eintragen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
+ This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
+ For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
+ title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Orientierung: Hier kann man mit zwei Knöpfen zwischen
-\family sans
-Hochformat
-\family default
- und
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
+ This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
+ avoiding the problem mentioned.
+ To specify a short title, use the menu
\family sans
-Querformat
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short\InsetSpace ~
+Title
\family default
- wählen.
-\end_layout
+.
+ This will insert a box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-S
-\family sans
-eiten-Stil
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Seiten-Stil"
+opt
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-:
-\family default
- Dies ist eine weitere Liste mit fünf Optionen.
- Damit wird festgelegt, wie Überschriften und Seitenzahlen aussehen.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+optional
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) which you can use to enter the short title text.
+ This also works for captions inside floats.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX macht diesen Teil.
+The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Special Information
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The following information applies to all section headings:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-default das Standardseitenformat der gewählten Klasse benutzen.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-empty weder Seitenzahlen noch Überschriften.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can only use inline math in these environments.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Quotes and Poetryline spacing
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
+ They are
\family sans
-plain
+Quote
\family default
- nur Seitenzahlen.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+,
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+.
+ Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
+ These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
+ They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
+ the text they contain.
+ They also allow nesting, so you can put a
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ in a
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
+
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ when you start a new paragraph.
+ So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
+ Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
+ to change back to the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment yourself.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Quote"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Sloppypar"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Quotation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-headings
-\family default
- Seitenzahlen und Kapitel- oder Abschnittsüberschriften mit Nummer.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
+ time for the differences.
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ob LyX die Kapitel- oder die Abschnittsüberschriften benutzt, hängt von
- der Tiefe der Abschnittsnummerierung ab.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-fancy gestattet individuell gestaltete Kopf- und Fußzeilen, wenn Sie das
- Paket
-\family typewriter
-fancyhdr
-\family default
- installiert haben.
- Zur Zeit kann LyX dies nur beschränkt unterstützen.
- Um alle Möglichkeiten des Pakets ausschöpfen zu können, müssen Sie in Ihrem
- Vorspann einige Dinge eintragen.
- Lesen Sie die Dokumentation des
-\family typewriter
-fancyhdr
-\family default
--Paketes
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Zur Zeit unter /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi zu finden
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- für weitere Einzelheiten.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Doppelseitiges\InsetSpace ~
-Dokument
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!doppelseitig"
-
-\end_inset
-
- Nein, LyX kann Ihren Drucker nicht dazu bringen, beide Seiten eines Blattes
- zu bedrucken! Aber es kann andere Formate für gerade und ungerade Seiten
- benutzen.
- Wenn Sie einen Drucker mit Duplexdruck
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das heißt beide Seiten eines Blattes werden bedruckt.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- haben, werden die Seitenzahlen immer in der oberen Ecke der Seite außen
- sein, und der innere Rand wird genug Platz zum Binden lassen.
- Duplexdruck kann man aber auch per Hand erreichen, indem man zuerst die
- ungeraden Seiten druckt, den Papierstapel umgekehrt wieder einlegt, und
- dann die geraden Seiten druckt -- oder umgekehrt.
- Näheres zum Drucken finden Sie in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Eine-Datei-drucken"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Seitenränder
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Seitenränder"
-
-\end_inset
-
- Für einige Einstellungen benötigen Sie das
-\family typewriter
-geometry
+\family sans
+Quote
\family default
--Paket.
- Mit diesem Paket können Sie in diesem Menü dann auch die
+ and
\family sans
-Seitenränder
+Quotation
\family default
- setzen.
- Wenn Sie
+ are identical except for one difference:
\family sans
-Standard-Ränder
+Quote
\family default
- ankreuzen, können Sie das
-\family typewriter
-geometry
+ uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
\family default
--Paket nicht benutzen.
- Die Ränder sind dann festgelegt.
+
+\emph on
+always
+\emph default
+ indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Oben
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Unten
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Innen
-\family default
- und
+Here's an example of the
\family sans
-Außen
+Quote
\family default
- legen den Druckbereich fest, bei A4 ist er dann 21cm
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
-\end_inset
+ environment:
+\end_layout
-
+\begin_layout Quote
+This is in the
\family sans
-Innen
+Quote
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
-\end_inset
+ environment.
+ I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
+ wraps.
+ See -- no indentation!
+\end_layout
-
+\begin_layout Quote
+Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
+ Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
+ the other paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's another example, this time in the
\family sans
-Außen
+Quotation
\family default
- breit und 29,7cm
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
-\end_inset
+ environment:
+\end_layout
-
+\begin_layout Quotation
+This is in the
\family sans
-Oben
+Quotation
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
-\end_inset
-
-
+ environment.
+ If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
+ If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
+ the first line, then
\family sans
-Unten
+Quotation
\family default
- hoch.
- Außerhalb davon werden Kopf- und Fußzeile und Randnotiz gedruckt.
-
+ is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
+\emph on
+if
+\emph default
+ you were quoting other text.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quotation
+Here's a new paragraph.
+ I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
+ If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As the examples show,
\family sans
-Abstand\InsetSpace \space{}
-zum\InsetSpace \space{}
-Kopf
+Quote
\family default
- ist der Abstand zwischen Unterkante Kopfzeile und Oberkante Druckbereich,
-
+ is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
+ They should put quotes in the
\family sans
-Abstand\InsetSpace \space{}
-zum\InsetSpace \space{}
-Fuß
+Quote
\family default
- der Abstand zwischen Unterkante Druckbereich und Unterkante Fußzeile.
-
+ environment.
+ Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
\family sans
-Kopfzeilenhöhe
+Quotation
\family default
- ist selbsterklärend.
+ paragraph environment for quoted text.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem muss man aufpassen, dass
-\family sans
-Abstand\InsetSpace \space{}
-zum\InsetSpace \space{}
-Fuß
-\begin_inset Formula $\leq$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
- Unten
-\family default
- und
\family sans
-Abstand\InsetSpace \space{}
-zum\InsetSpace \space{}
-Kopf + Kopfzeilenhöhe
-\begin_inset Formula $\leq$
-\end_inset
-
- Oben
+Verse
\family default
- ist.
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Seitenränder"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Verse"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Papiergrößen
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!Papiergrößen"
+name "Poetry"
\end_inset
- und Orientierung
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Papiergrößen-und-Orientierung"
+name "sec:Verse"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!Orientierung"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
+ Here's an example:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Verse
+This is in Verse
+\newline
+Which I did not rehearse!
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe Seite
-\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
-reference "Seitenformat"
+\begin_layout Verse
+It could be much worse.
+ This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
+ around.
+ It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
+ indented a bit more than the first.
+ Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
+ So sue me.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Verse
+To break a line
+\newline
+And make things look fine
+\newline
+Use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see,
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ does not indent both margins.
+ Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
+ To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Seitenränder
+Lists
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!Seitenränder"
+name "Lists"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Seitenränder"
+name "sub:Lists"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe Seite
-\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
-reference "Seitenränder"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
+ of lists.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
+ We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
+ some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Wichtiger Hinweis
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+General Features
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie die Dokumentklasse ändern, muss LyX
+The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
+ in several ways.
+ First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
+ Hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does
\emph on
-alles
+not
\emph default
- in die neue Klasse umwandeln, einschließlich der Absatzumgebungen.
- Einige Absatzumgebungen sind Standard; alle Dokumentklassen haben sie.
- Einige Klassen jedoch haben besondere Absatzumgebungen.
- Wenn Sie in so einem Fall die Dokumentklasse ändern, setzt LyX die fehlenden
- Absatzumgebungen auf
+ reset the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- und platziert ein Fehlerkästchen an den Anfang des Absatzes.
- Wenn Sie draufklicken, sehen Sie eine Meldung, warum die Umwandlung fehlschlug.
+ but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
+ The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
+ If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
+ you should use
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ to break paragraphs.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Absatzeinrückung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Absatz!-einruckung@-einrückung"
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
+ In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
+ is nested.
+ If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
+ you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
- und Absatztrennung
+.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Absatz!-trennung"
+name "Lists ! Itemize"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Absatzeinrückung-und--trennung"
+name "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Einleitung
+\begin_layout Standard
+The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ paragraph environment.
+ It has the following properties:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bevor wir die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen beschreiben, wollen wir etwas
- über Para\SpecialChar \-
-graph\SpecialChar \-
-einrückung sagen.
- Jeder scheint eigene Vorstellungen darüber zu haben, wie Absätze zu trennen
- sind.
- Die meisten Amerikaner rücken die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ein.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die deutsche LyX-Version benutzt diese Konvention.
- Die englische (amerikanische) Version rückt den
-\emph on
-ersten
-\emph default
- Absatz eines Abschnittes, oder nach einem Bild, einer Gleichung, einer
- Liste usw.
-\emph on
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-nicht
-\emph default
- ein.
- Nur die folgenden Absätze werden eingerückt.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Unterschiede erkennt man am besten, wenn man sich die Dokumentation
- in den verschiedenen Sprachen ansieht.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The items can have any length.
+ LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
+ The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list may be in.
+\end_layout
- Manch einer mag diese Konvention nicht, aber wenn Sie eingerückte Absätze
- benutzen wollen, müssen Sie damit leben.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you nest an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment inside another
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Man kann LaTeX nicht zwingen,
-\emph on
-alle
-\emph default
- Absätze einzurücken.
- LyX zeigt es natürlich nicht und LaTeX wird es auch nicht so drucken.
- Sie benötigen ein Spezialpaket und einen entsprechenden Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspan
-n.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+See section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nesting"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Andere machen das nicht, sondern fügen stattdessen einen größeren Abstand
- zwischen zwei Absätzen ein.
- Der Abstand zwischen zwei Absätzen, der Zeilenabstand, der Abstand zwischen
- Überschrift und Text -- alle Abstände zwischen irgendwelchen Objekten sind
- in LyX in der Tat vordefiniert.
- Wie wir sagten, Sie müssen sich nicht um Zwischenräume kümmern, LyX passt
- darauf auf.
+\end_inset
+
+ for a full explanation of nesting.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Tatsächlich sind die vordefinierten vertikalen Abstände keine feste Zahl,
- sondern ein Bereich.
- Auf diese Weise kann LyX den Platz zwischen Zeilen verringern oder dehnen
- um sicherzustellen, dass Bilder zusammen mit Text auf eine Seite passen,
- dass Abschnitte nicht am Fuß einer Seite beginnen usw.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list.
+ The
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Eigentlich macht LaTeX das, wenn LyX die Druckdatei erzeugen will.
+We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
+ Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
+ Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- Aber vordefiniert bedeutet nicht, dass Sie das nicht ändern können.
- LyX lässt Sie
-\emph on
-alle
-\emph default
- vordefinierten Abstände global ändern.
- Wir werden das später erklären.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the first level
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ is a large black dot, or bullet.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Globale Absatztrennung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Globale-Absatztrennung"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the second level is a dash.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the third is an asterisk.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Back out to the third level.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Back to the second level.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um eine Standardmethode für die Absatztrennung festzulegen, wählen Sie das
- Menü
-\family sans
-Doku\SpecialChar \-
-ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-, um das Dialogfenster
+These are the default labels for an
\family sans
-Textformat
+Itemize
\family default
- anzuzeigen.
- Dann wählen Sie bei
+ list.
+ You can customize these labels in the
\family sans
-Absätze\InsetSpace \space{}
-trennen\InsetSpace \space{}
-durch
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- entweder
+ dialog in the submenu
\family sans
-Einrückung
+Bullets
\family default
- oder
+.
\family sans
-Vertikaler\InsetSpace \space{}
-Abstand
-\family default
-, um Absätze einzurücken oder einen größeren Abstand zwischen den Absätzen
- einzufügen.
- Außerdem können Sie verschiedene Abstände auswählen oder Ihren eigenen
- festlegen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Feineinstellung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können die Art der Absatztrennung auch für einzelne Absätze festlegen.
- Wählen Sie
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Absatz
-\family default
--
-\family sans
-Einstellungen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder klicken Sie auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
+ We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
-, um das Menü
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
\family sans
-Absatz-Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
+Enumerate
\family default
- anzuzeigen.
- Dort können Sie den
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Lists ! Enumerate"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Enumerate"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Absatz\InsetSpace \space{}
-einrücken
+Enumerate
\family default
--Knopf anklicken, um die Einrückart des aktuellen Absatzes zu ändern.
+ environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
+ It has these properties:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Absätze standardmäßig nicht eingerückt werden, sondern durch zusätzlichen
- Leerraum getrennt werden, wird dieser Knopf völlig ignoriert (das heißt
- Sie können ihn auch nicht verwenden, um einen einzelnen Absatz einzurücken).
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Each item has a numeral as its label.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Absatztrennung werden Sie nur für die Feineinstellung eines einzelnen
- Absatzes ändern müssen.
- Normalerweise wählt man
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Each new
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment resets the counter to one.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Like the
\family sans
-Einrückung
+Itemize
\family default
- oder
+ environment, the
\family sans
-Vertikaler\InsetSpace \space{}
-Abstand
+Enumerate
\family default
- für das gesamte Dokument.
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Zeilenabstände ändern
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
+ Items can have any length.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Ihren Zeilenabstand können Sie im Dialogfenster
+Unlike the
\family sans
-Absatz-Einstellungen
+Itemize
\family default
-, das Sie über
+ environment,
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Absatz
+Enumerate
\family default
--
+ shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
+ Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
\family sans
-Einstellungen
+Enumerate
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
- erreichen, einstellen.
+:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Absatzumgebungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Absatz!-umgebungen"
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The first level of an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Absatzumgebungen"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
+ increases.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back to the third level
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back to the second level.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Überblick
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Absatzumgebungen entsprechen in einer normalen LaTeX-Datei
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin
-\family default
-
-\family typewriter
-{
-\family default
-\emph on
-en\SpecialChar \-
-vi\SpecialChar \-
-ron\SpecialChar \-
-ment
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
-} ...
-
-\family default
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-end
+Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
\family default
- {
+ environment.
+ It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
\emph on
-environment
+Extended Features
\emph default
-}.
- Alles zwischen den beiden Befehlen ist ein Absatz.
+ manual).
+ As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
+ not in LyX.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is more to nesting
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environments than we've stated here.
+ You should read section\InsetSpace ~
-\series bold
-Anmerkung
-\series default
-\noun on
- HHa
-\noun default
-: Wie Sie in der DVI-Vorschau sehen können, wird die obige Zeile nicht richtig
- umgebrochen.
- Dies scheint ein LaTeX-Fehler zu sein, siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latex-einführung"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
-, S.\InsetSpace \space{}
-21 und S.\InsetSpace \space{}
-101.
- LaTeX hat offensichtlich Probleme, den Schreibmaschinenfont richtig umzubrechen.
+ to learn more about nesting.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Man kann das mit der Trennhilfe
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-
--
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
- korrigieren, die über das Menü
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Besondere\InsetSpace \space{}
-Formatierung
+Description
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-Trennmöglichkeit
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Strg+\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
--
-\family default
- verfügbar ist.
- Manchmal hilft es auch, solche Textteile als URL zu definieren (siehe Abschnitt
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "URLs"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Lists ! Description"
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Manchmal hilft
-\family typewriter
-sloppypar
-\family default
- weiter (siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latex-einführung"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Description-List"
\end_inset
- oder auch
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Unlike the previous two environments, the
\family sans
-\series bold
-headings
+Description
\family default
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "Sloppypar"
+ list has no fixed label.
+ Instead, LyX uses the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- Wenn Sie LaTeX nicht kennen oder das Konzept der Absatzumgebung völlig
- fremd für Sie ist, sollten Sie unbedingt das
-\emph on
-Tutorium
-\emph default
- lesen.
- Das
-\emph on
-Tutorium
-\emph default
- enthält auch viel mehr Beispiele als dieser Abschnitt.
+ of the first line as the label.
+ Here's an example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Eine Absatzumgebung ist eine Art
-\emph on
-Behälter
-\emph default
- für einen Absatz, der für ihn gewisse Eigenschaften enthält.
- Diese können Stil, Font, Ränder, Nummerierungsart, Marken usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-betreffen.
- Außerdem kann man die verschiedenen Umgebungen
-\emph on
-schachteln
-\emph default
-, wobei eine Umgebung Eigenschaften einer anderen erbt.
+\begin_layout Description
+Example: This is an example of the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen machen den Gebrauch unsauberer Tabstopps,
- das Ausrichten von Rändern im Vorübergehen und andere unnütze Dinge aus
- den Tagen der Schreibmaschine überflüssig.
- Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen für spezielle Dokumentarten.
- Wir werden hier nur die gebräuchlichsten beschreiben.
+LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
+ rest of the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Eine Absatzumgebung wählt man mit dem
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+With the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-pull-down
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
--Menü am Anfang der Werkzeugleiste.
- Für einige gibt es am Anfang der zweiten Werkzeugleiste eigene Schalter
- (
+ it is meant that the first hit of the
\family sans
-Standard
+Space
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
+ key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
+ item.
+ If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
\family sans
-Aufzählung
+Protected Blank
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
+.
+ (Use either
\family sans
-Auflistung
+C-Space
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
+ or the menu
\family sans
-Liste
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_List.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
-,
+ for more info.) Here is an example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Second\InsetSpace ~
+Example: This one shows how to use a
\family sans
-Beschreibung
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Blank
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- LyX wird die Umgebung des
-\emph on
-gesamten
-\emph default
- Absatzes, in dem der Cursor sitzt, ändern.
- Eine Gruppe von Absätzen kann man ändern, indem man sie vorher markiert.
-
+ in the label of a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ list item.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn man
+\begin_layout Description
+Usage: You should use the
\family sans
-Eingabe
+Description
\family default
- drückt, wird
-\emph on
-normalerweise
-\emph default
- ein neuer Absatz des Typs
+ environment for things like definitions and theorems.
+ Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
+ that describes it.
+ It's not a good idea to use a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
+ You're better off using
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and nesting several
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- begonnen.
- Wir sagen
-\emph on
-normalerweise
-\emph default
-, weil das nicht immer stimmt.
- Wenn Sie in einer der folgenden Umgebungen sind:
+ paragraphs into them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Description
+Nesting: You can nest
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
+ so on.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
+ them from the first line.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+The LyX
\family sans
-Zitat (kurz)
+List
\family default
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zitat!(kurz)"
+name "Lists ! LyX list"
\end_inset
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quote
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Quote"
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:LyX-List"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Zitat (lang)
+List
\family default
+ environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
+
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zitat!(lang)"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Like the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
+ There are the following properties of this list environment:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+item\InsetSpace ~
+labels LyX uses the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quotation
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Quotation"
-
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ of each line as the item label.
+ The first
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
+ If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
+ blank as described above.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
+ the body of the item text.
+ The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
+ label width plus a little extra space.
+
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Gedicht
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Gedicht"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+label\InsetSpace ~
+width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
+ is larger.
+ If the label width is larger, the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+extends
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ into the first line.
+ In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
+ margin of the rest of the item text.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+default\InsetSpace ~
+width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
+ of all items in a
+\family sans
+List
\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Verse
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Verse"
-
+ environment have the same left margin.
+\newline
+To change the default width, select
+ all items in the list.
+ Now open the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ The text in the box
+\family sans
+Longest\InsetSpace ~
+label
+\family default
+ determines the default label width.
+ You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
+ letter
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ multiple times instead.
+ The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
+ By using
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
\family sans
-Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-listung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Auf\\/listung"
+Longest\InsetSpace ~
+label
+\family default
+ every time you alter a label in a
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+\newline
+The predefined default width is the length of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (equal to 6 M).
+
+\newline
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Itemize
-\family sans
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Itemize"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
+ only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+You should use the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment the same way like the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
+ it.
+ The
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
+ layout.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can nest
\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Aufz\"ahlung"
+List
+\family default
+ environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
+ so on.
+ They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
+ Read section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
+ to learn about nesting.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is yet another feature of the
+\family sans
+List
\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Enumerate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Enumerate"
+ environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
+ labels by default.
+ You can use additional
+\family sans
+HFills
+\family default
+ to change how LyX justifies the item label.
+ We'll document
+\family sans
+HFills
+\family default
+ later in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
+.
+ Here are some examples:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+Left The default for
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ item labels.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\hfill
+Right One
\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Beschreibung"
-
-\end_inset
+HFill
+\family default
+ at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\hfill
+Center
+\hfill
+ One
+\family sans
+HFill
\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Description
+ at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Letters
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Description"
+name "Letters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-Liste
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Liste"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Address
\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: List
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "List"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-wird LyX die bisherige Absatzumgebung beibehalten, wenn Sie
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
\family sans
-Eingabe
+Address
\family default
- drücken, anstatt nach
+ and
\family sans
-Standard
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- zurückzukehren.
- LyX wird aber die Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzen.
- Normalerweise werden am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes Umgebung
-\emph on
-und
-\emph default
- Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt (mehr über Schachtelung in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- Manchmal jedoch behält LyX die alte Umgebung.
- Für den Augenblick: all dies ist kontextabhängig.
- Es ist besser für Sie, wenn Sie erwarten, dass
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
-Eingabe
+Address
\family default
- Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzt.
- Wenn Sie einen neuen Absatz mit der bisherigen Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe
- wollen, benutzen Sie
+ and
\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit wird die Funktion
-\family typewriter
-break-paragraph-keep-layout
+Of course, you're not limited to using
+\family sans
+Address
\family default
- ausgelöst.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+ for letters only.
+
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Standard"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Usage
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Address-Usage"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die normale Absatzumgebung ist
+The
\family sans
-Standard
+Address
\family default
-.
- Sie hat keine besonderen Eigenschaften.
- Wenn LyX eine Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt, wird diese genommen.
- Der Absatz, den Sie gerade lesen -- und die meisten dieses Handbuches --
- haben die
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
\family sans
-Standard
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
--Umgebung.
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Right Address
+Right Address
+\newline
+Who I am
+\newline
+Where I am
+\newline
+When is it? What is today?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können einen Absatz schachteln, indem Sie in fast jeder anderen Umgebung
- die
+That was
\family sans
-Standard
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
--Umgebung wählen, aber in einer
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
\family sans
-Standard
+Address
\family default
--Umgebung können Sie so gut wie nichts schachteln.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Dokumenttitel
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!-titel"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Eine LaTeX-Titelseite hat drei Teile: den Titel selber, die Autorennamen
- und das Datum.
- Außerdem können Sie eine
-\emph on
-Fußnote
-\emph default
- für Danksagungen oder Kontaktinformation schreiben.
- Bei einigen Dokumenttypen druckt LaTeX dies alles auf einer eigenen Seite
- zusammen mit dem Druckdatum.
- Bei anderen Dokumenttypen wird die
-\emph on
-Titelseite
-\emph default
- zum Beginn der ersten Seite gedruckt.
-
+\begin_layout Address
+Who are you
+\newline
+Where do I send this
+\newline
+Your post office and country
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX stellt mit den Absatzumgebungen
+As you can see, both
\family sans
-Titel
+Address
\family default
-,
+ and
\family sans
-Autor
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- und
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ If you hit
\family sans
-Datum
+Return
\family default
- eine Schnittstelle zu den Titelsei\SpecialChar \-
-tenkommandos zur Verfügung.
- So benutzen Sie sie:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Schreiben Sie den Titel Ihres Dokumentes mit der
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
\family sans
-Titel
+Standard
\family default
--Umgebung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Titel!-Umgebung"
-
-\end_inset
-
- (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Title
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Title"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Schreiben Sie den Autorennamen mit der
+.
+ This makes sense, since
\family sans
-Autor
+Return
\family default
--Umgebung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Autor!-Umgebung"
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you have to use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Formatting\InsetSpace ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line\InsetSpace ~
+Break
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu) to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Academic Writing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
- (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Author
+\family sans
+Abstract
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Author"
+name "Abstracts"
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wenn Sie wollen, dass das Datum Ihrem Geschmack entspricht, wenn Sie ein
- festes Datum wollen oder wenn Sie einen Text anstelle des Datums wollen,
- benutzen Sie die
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Datum
+Abstract
\family default
--Umgebung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Datum-Umgebung"
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It won't work.
+ The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
+ The book document classes ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in a letter document class.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Date
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Date"
-
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- Der Gebrauch dieser Umgebung ist optional.
- Wenn Sie sie nicht benutzen, wird LaTeX automatisch das Druckdatum einfügen.
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Passen Sie auf, dass Sie dies am Beginn des Dokuments machen.
- Sie können auch Fußnoten benutzen, um
-\emph on
-Danksagungen
-\emph default
- oder Kontaktinformation einzufügen.
+Starting a new paragraph by hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Überschriften
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "\"Uberschriften"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Ueberschriften"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+ lyxscale 25
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt neun Absatzumgebungen für Abschnittsüberschriften.
- LyX übernimmt für Sie die Nummerierung.
- Sie müssen nur festlegen, wie Abschnitt x von Kapitel y heißen soll.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Nummerierte Überschriften
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt 6 nummerierte Abschnittsüberschriften:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+Paragraph in the
\family sans
-Kapitel
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Kapitel"
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Chapter
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Chapter"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'd love to give you directly an example of the
\family sans
-Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abschnitt"
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment, but since this document is in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+book
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ class, we can't do this.
+ We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Section"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
\end_inset
+.
+ If you've never heard of an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-Unterabschnitt
+Bibliography
+\family default
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterabschnitt"
+name "Bibliography"
\end_inset
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Subsection"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Unterunterabschn.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterunterabschn."
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Nesting
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you first open a
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Subsubsection"
-
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
-\family sans
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Paragraph"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
-
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Paragraph
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX
\family sans
-Unterparagraph
+-Code
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterparagraph"
+name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
\end_inset
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subparagraph
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Subparagraph"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX markiert jede Überschrift mit einer Reihe von Zahlen, die durch Punkte
- getrennt werden.
- Die Zahlen beschreiben, wo im Dokument Sie sich befinden.
- Die Überschriften unterteilen Ihr Dokument in unterschiedliche Textstücke.
- Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Sie schreiben ein Buch.
- Sie unterteilen das Buch in Kapitel.
- LyX macht eine ähnliche Unterteilung:
-\end_layout
+The
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Die höchste Abschnittsstufe ist entweder
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
\family sans
-Kapitel
+LyX-Code
\family default
- oder
+ environment, the
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+Space
\family default
-.
+ key is treated as a
+\family sans
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Blank
+\family default
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ (the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function).
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
\family sans
-Kapitel
+LyX-Code
\family default
- wird in
+ environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you can nest the
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+LyX-Code
\family default
-e unterteilt.
+ environment inside of others.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+C-Return
\family default
- wird in
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
+ you can't follow
\family sans
-Unterabschnitt
+Return
\family default
-e unterteilt.
+ with a
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-
+You can't follow a
\family sans
-Unterabschnitt
+C-Return
\family default
- wird in
+ with a
\family sans
-Unterunterabschn.
+Space
\family default
-e unterteilt.
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Use a
\family sans
-Unterunterabschn.
-
+Return
\family default
- wird in
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
\family sans
-Paragraph
+Space
\family default
-en unterteilt.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Or: use
\family sans
-Paragraph
+C-Space
\family default
- wird in
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
\family sans
-Unterparagraph
+Space
\family default
-en unterteilt.
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Bemerkung
-\series default
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ since that will insert
\emph on
-:
+real
\emph default
- nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
\family sans
-Kapitel
+C-"
\family default
- als höchste Abschnittsstufe, sondern
+ (or
\family sans
-Abschnitt
+C-q
\family default
-.
+ if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Also, wenn Sie die
-\family sans
-Unterunterabschn.
-\family default
--Umgebung benutzen, um einen neuen Unter-Unter\SpecialChar \-
-Abschnitt zu markieren, markiert
- LyX die Überschrift mit der zugehörigen Nummer und den Nummern des Unterabschni
-ttes
-\family sans
-,
-\family default
- des Abschnittes und, falls möglich, des Kapitels, in dem der Unter-Unterabschni
-tt steht.
- Beispiel: der fünfte Abschnitt des zweiten Kapitels dieses Handbuches hat
- die Marke
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+Here's an example:
+\end_layout
-2.5
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#include <stdio.h>
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Nichtnummerierte Überschriften
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+int main(void)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt drei nichtnummerierte Überschriftsarten:
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ printf("Hello World!
+\backslash
+n");
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Abschnitt*
-\family default
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ return 0;
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abschnitt*"
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+}
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is just the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
--- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section*
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Section*"
-
+Hello world!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ program.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Unterabschnitt*
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
+ as if you used a typewriter.
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterabschnitt*"
+name "Paragraph environments|)"
\end_inset
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Nesting Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Subsection*"
+name "Nesting ! Environments"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Unterunterabschn.*
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterunterabschn.*"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection*
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Subsubsection*"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Der
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
+ properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
+ another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
+ has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
+ list
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-*
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+attached
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- nach den Namen bedeutet, dass die Überschriften nicht nummeriert werden.
- Sonst sind sie wie ihre nummerierten Gegenstücke.
- Wenn Sie nummerierte und nichtnummerierte Überschriften mischen, wird auf
- der gleichen Stufe die Nummerierung nach einem Absatz mit einer nichtnummeriert
-en Überschrift fortgesetzt.
+ to item #2:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Ändern der Nummerierung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Aendern-der-Nummerierung"
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+one
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+two
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist - item #1
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist - item #2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können auch wählen, welche Abschnittsstufen nummeriert und welche im
- Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen werden sollen.
- Dadurch werden ihre Stufen nicht entfernt, weil das in der Dokumentklasse
- festgelegt wird.
- Einige Klassen beginnen mit
-\family sans
-Kapitel
-\family default
- und gehen hinunter bis zur
-\family sans
-Unterparagraph
-\family default
--Stufe.
- Andere beginnen mit
-\family sans
-Abschnitt
-\family default
-.
- Auf ähnliche Weise nummerieren nicht alle Dokumentklassen alle Abschnittsstufen.
- Die meisten nummerieren weder
-\family sans
-Paragraph
-\family default
- noch
-\family sans
-Unterparagraph
-\family default
-.
- Das können Sie ändern:
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+three
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster
+You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
+Increase\InsetSpace ~
+List\InsetSpace ~
+Depth
\family default
- (
+ or
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen
+Decrease\InsetSpace ~
+List\InsetSpace ~
+Depth
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-).
- Unter
+ from the
\family sans
-Nummerierung\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Inhaltsverzeichnis
+Edit
\family default
- können Sie mit den beiden Schiebereglern festlegen, wieviele Hierarchiestufen
- LyX nummerieren soll, und wieviele im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen sollen.
- In der Tabelle darunter sehen Sie die Auswirkung der Reglerstellungen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Kurze Titel
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Titel!kurze"
+ menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
+ will tell you how far you are nested).
+ Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
\end_inset
- mit optionalen Argumenten definieren
-\begin_inset OptArg
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Kurztitel
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Einige Kapitel oder Abschnittsüberschriften wie diese können sehr lang werden.
- Wenn sie als Seitenüberschriften benutzt werden, können sie über den Blattrand
- ragen, was sehr hässlich aussieht.
- Deswegen kann man mit
+ or the convenient key bindings
\family sans
-Einfügen
+S-M-Right
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
+ and
\family sans
-Kurztitel
+S-M-Left
\family default
- eine alternative Überschrift definieren, die dann benutzt wird, wenn die
- lange nicht auf die Seite passt.
- Dieser Kurztitel wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis und in Gleitobjekten benutzt,
- wenn es nötig ist.
- Im Dokument selber wird immer die lange Überschrift benutzt und nötigenfalls
- umgebrochen.
+ to change the nesting level.
+ The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Spezielle Informationen
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die folgenden Bemerkungen gelten für alle Überschriften:
+Nesting isn't limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Innerhalb dieser Umgebungen können Sie keine Randnotiz einfügen.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
+ complicated than a simple yes or no.
+ There are three types of paragraph environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Sie können
-\emph on
-eingefügte Formeln
-\emph default
- (siehe
-\emph on
-Tutorium
-\emph default
-) schreiben.
+Completely unnestable
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Diese Umgebungen können Sie nicht schachteln.
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
+ other things inside of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Sie können Marken und Querverweise benutzen, um auf ihre Nummern zu verweisen.
+A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
+ anything into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Beispiele für diese Absatzumgebungen finden Sie überall in unseren Handbüchern.
- Schauen Sie sich nur um!
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Überschrift (Inhaltsverz.)
+\begin_layout Description
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn hinter einem Überschriftstyp
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-(Inhaltsverz.)
-\family default
- steht, wird auf der gleichen Stufe die Nummerierung fortgesetzt.
- Außerdem erscheinen solchermaßen gekennzeichnete Überschriften
-\emph on
-immer
-\emph default
- im Inhaltsverzeichnis.
+Part
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Zitate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zitat"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\end_layout
- und Lyrik
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lyrik"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Subsection
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX hat drei Absatzumgebungen, um Zitate und Lyrik zu schreiben.
- Es sind
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(kurz)
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(lang)
-\family default
- und
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Gedicht
-\family default
-.
- Vergessen Sie die Zeiten, wo Sie Zeilenabstände ändern und an Rändern drehen
- mussten.
- Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben dies bereits eingebaut.
- Sie alle vergrößern den linken Rand und fügen ober- und unterhalb des Textes
- zusätzlichen Leerraum ein.
- Sie erlauben auch zu schachteln, das heißt Sie können ein
+Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Gedicht
+Paragraph
\family default
- in ein
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(lang)
-\family default
- setzen, ebenso wie in einige andere Absatzumgebungen.
+Subparagraph
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben noch eine Eigenschaft: sie kehren
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- nach
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- zurück, wenn Sie
+Part*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- drücken.
- So können Sie das Gedicht schreiben und fröhlich
+Chapter*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- drücken, ohne fürchten zu müssen, dass die Absatzumgebung sich ändert.
- Das bedeutet natürlich, dass Sie am Ende die
+Section*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
--Umgebung von Hand setzen müssen.
+Subsection*
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Zitat (kurz)
-\family default
+Subsubsection*
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zitat!(kurz)"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
- und
\family sans
-Zitat (lang)
-\family default
+Abstract
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zitat!(lang)"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Title
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Zitate"
+\family sans
+Author
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Date
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Fully\InsetSpace ~
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nachdem wir die Gemeinsamkeiten dieser drei Umgebungen beschrieben haben,
- ist es Zeit für die Unterschiede.
-
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(kurz)
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: quote
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
+Verse
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Quote"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(lang)
-\family default
- -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: quotation
\family sans
+Quotation
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Quotation"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family default
- besitzen nur einen Unterschied:
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(kurz)
-\family default
- benutzt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Absätzen und rückt die erste Zeile
- niemals ein.
-
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(lang)
-\family default
- rückt die erste Zeile eines Absatzes
-\emph on
-immer
-\emph default
- ein und hat konstante Zeilenabstände.
+Description
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Zitat (kurz)
-\family default
--Umgebung:
+List
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-Dies ist die
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(kurz)
-\family default
--Umgebung.
- Wenn ich schreibe, wird die Zeile immer länger, bis sie umgebrochen wird.
- Sehen Sie -- keine Einrückung!
+LyX-Code
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-Hier ist der zweite Absatz dieses Zitats.
- Wieder gibt es keine Einrückung, aber zwischen beiden Absätzen ist zusätzlicher
- Leerraum.
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das Beispiel ist zu Ende.
- Hier ist ein weiteres, diesmal für die
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(lang)
-\family default
--Umgebung:
+Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Dies ist die
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(lang)
-\family default
--Umgebung.
- Beim Schreiben sehen Sie die Einrückung.
- Wenn es in Ihrem Land üblich ist, die erste Zeile eines neuen Absatzes
- einzurücken, dann ist
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(lang)
-\family default
- die richtige Umgebung für Sie, das heißt Sie sollten sie benutzen,
-\emph on
-wenn
-\emph default
- Sie anderen Text zitieren würden.
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Hier ist ein neuer Absatz.
- Ich könnte wie ein Politiker (nicht nur zur Wahlzeit) weiterschwafeln,
- aber es würde Sie langweilen.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Address
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Das war das andere Beispiel.
- Also:
+The
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(kurz)
+Caption
\family default
- ist geeignet für diejenigen, die zur Absatztrennung zusätzlichen Leerraum
- verwenden.
- Sie sollten Zitate in einer
+ environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
+
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(kurz)
+Table\InsetSpace ~
+Floats
\family default
--Umgebung schreiben.
- Diejenigen, die Absätze durch Einrückung trennen, sollten die
+ and
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace \space{}
-(lang)
+Figure\InsetSpace ~
+Floats
\family default
--Absatzumgebung für zitierten Text benutzen.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Gedicht
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lyrik"
+name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Gedicht"
+name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
+ affected by nesting anyhow.
+ They are:
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Gedicht
-\family default
- ist eine Absatzumgebung für Lyrik.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel (ich glaube, es ist von
-\noun on
-Wilhelm Busch
-\noun default
-):
+\begin_layout Itemize
+equations
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-Wenn einer, der mit Mühe kaum
-\newline
-gekrochen ist auf einen Baum,
-\newline
-schon meint, dass
- er ein Vöglein wär'
-\newline
-so irrt sich der.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+tables
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-Es folgt ein viel schlechteres Beispiel.
- Diese Zeile wird länger, immer länger, sehr lang, endlich bricht sie um.
- Hier sieht es nicht schlecht aus, aber im gedruckten Dokument sind die
- Folgezeilen ein wenig weiter eingerückt als die erste.
- Nun, es ist Prosa geworden und reimt sich nicht mehr.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+figures
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-Um eine Zeile umzubrechen
-\newline
-und es gut aussehen zu lassen
-\newline
-benutze man
-\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+(
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie sehen, rückt
-\family sans
-Gedicht
-\family default
- nur den linken Rand ein.
- Jede Strophe ist ein eigener Absatz.
- Zum Trennen der Zeilen einer Strophe benutze man die
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
--Funktion
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If you put a figure or a table in a
\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
+Float
\family default
-.
+, this is no longer true.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Listen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Listen"
-
\end_inset
+ Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Listen"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX hat vier verschiedene Absatzumgebungen, um unterschiedliche Listen zu
- erzeugen.
- In den
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
-- und
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebungen markiert LyX Ihre Listeneinträge mit Aufzählungszeichen oder
- Zahlen.
- In den
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
-- und
+ for more informations about
\family sans
-Liste
+Floats
\family default
--Umgebungen lässt LyX Sie Ihre eigenen Marken verwenden.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Allgemeine Eigenschaften
+.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die vier Absatzumgebungen unterscheiden sich von anderen Umgebungen in vielerlei
- Hinsicht.
- Zunächst einmal behandelt LyX jeden Absatz als Listenelement.
- Wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- drücken, wird die Umgebung
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- auf
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- zurückgesetzt, sondern bleibt gleich und erzeugt ein neues Listenelement.
- Die Schachtelungstiefe wird jedoch zurückgesetzt.
- Wenn Sie Schachtelungstiefe
-\emph on
-und
-\emph default
- Absatzumgebung behalten wollen, müssen Sie
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
-\family default
- benutzen, um einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen.
+LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
+ If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
+ it is in goes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können Listen jeden Typs ineinander schachteln.
- LyX ändert die Aufzählungszeichen abhängig von der Schachtelung.
- Wenn Sie eine der Listenumgebungen benutzen wollen, sollten Sie
-\emph on
-unbedingt
-\emph default
- den gesamten Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
+On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-ff lesen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Auf\\/listung"
-
+paragraph
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Auflistung"
-
+ of its own, it behaves just like a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+nestable-inside
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ paragraph environment.
+ You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
+ into it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Der erste Listentyp, den wir genauer beschreiben werden, ist die
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Absatz\SpecialChar \-
-umgebung.
- Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften:
+Here's an example with a table:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Jedes Element besitzt ein bestimmtes Aufzählungszeichen als Marke.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-LyX benutzt für alle Elemente derselben Stufe dasselbe Symbol.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Das Symbol erscheint am Anfang der Zeile.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein.
- LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein.
- Die Einrückung ist immer relativ zu der Umgebung, in der die
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
- sich befindet.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Umgebungen schachteln, bekommt jede Stufe ein neues Symbol als Markierung.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Es gibt vier verschiedene Symbole, um maximal vierfach schachteln zu können.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
- beschreibt die Schachtelung vollständig.
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Natürlich war diese Erklärung auch ein Beispiel für eine
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
-.
- Die
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Umgebung eignet sich am besten für Listen, bei denen die Reihenfolge keine
- Rolle spielt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wir sagten, dass unterschiedliche Stufen unterschiedliche Symbole als Markierung
- benutzen würden.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel für alle vier Symbole.
- Denken Sie daran, dass Sie die Unterschiede nicht sehen können, wenn Sie
- das LyX-Original lesen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Die Marke für die erste Stufe von
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
- ist ein schwarzer Kreis.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Die Marke für die zweite Stufe ist ein Gedankenstrich.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Die Marke für die dritte Stufe ist ein Stern.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Die Marke für die vierte Stufe ist ein zentrierter Punkt.
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Zurück zu Stufe drei.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Zurück zu Stufe zwei.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Und zurück zu Stufe eins.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Zurück-zu-Stufe-1"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dieses sind die Standardmarken für eine
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
-.
- Sie können diese Marken Ihren Wünschen anpassen, indem Sie im Dialogfenster
-
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\family default
- unter
-\family sans
-Aufzählungszeichen
-\family default
- die
-\family sans
-Ebene
-\family default
- anklicken, dann eins der Felder
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- bis
-\family sans
-Dings\InsetSpace ~
-4
-\family default
- und schließlich eins der Symbole auswählen.
- Das Symbol wird dann angezeigt.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Benutzerdef
-\family default
-.\InsetSpace \space{}
-\family sans
-Zeichen
-\family default
- ankreuzen, können Sie
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-rechts davon den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Zeichen Ihrer Wahl eingeben.
- Außerdem können Sie die Größe des Aufzählungszeichens im Feld
-\family sans
-Größe
-\family default
- für jede Ebene festlegen.
- In LyX werden (zur Zeit) nur die oben erwähnten vier Standardzeichen verwendet.
- Alle Anpassungen erscheinen im gedruckten Dokument.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender Schachtelu
-ng abnimmt.
- Wir werden Schachtelungen und alle Tricks für verschiedene Stufen in Abschnitt
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-ff ausführlich beschreiben.
- Lesen Sie ihn auf jeden Fall!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Aufz\"ahlung"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Aufzählung"
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung benutzt man, um nummerierte Listen und Aufzählungen zu erstellen.
- Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Jedes Element hat eine Ziffer als Marke.
-\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die Ziffernart hängt von der Schachtelungstiefe ab.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Wie die Ziffern gedruckt werden, hängt von der Dokumentklasse (
-\family sans
-Doku\SpecialChar \-
-ment\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Dokumentklasse
-\family default
-) ab.
- Bei der hier verwendeten (
-\family sans
-book\InsetSpace \space{}
-(koma-script)
-\family default
-) wird das (b) als b) gedruckt.
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside (a).
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-LyX zählt die Elemente automatisch für Sie und erneuert die Marken, wenn
- nötig.
+Back out again.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Jede neue
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung fängt mit 1 an.
+\begin_layout Standard
+If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Ebenso wie die
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Umgebung macht die
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung folgendes:
+Item One
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein.
- Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein.
-
+This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-der Abstand zwischen den Elementen nimmt mit ansteigender Schachtelung ab.
-\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-abhängig von der Schachtelungstiefe werden unterschiedliche Marken benutzt.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-maximal vier Schachtelungsstufen sind erlaubt.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Anders als bei der
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Umgebung sind die verschiedenen Marken von
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
- in LyX
-\emph on
-zu erkennen
-\emph default
-.
- So markiert LyX die vier Stufen von
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die erste Stufe von
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
- benutzt arabische Ziffern, gefolgt von einem Punkt.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die zweite Stufe benutzt Kleinbuchstaben in runden Klammern.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die dritte Stufe benutzt kleingeschriebene römische Ziffern, gefolgt von
- einem Punkt.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die vierte Stufe benutzt Großbuchstaben, gefolgt von einem Punkt.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Beachten Sie wieder, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender
- Schachtelung abnimmt.
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Zurück zu Stufe drei.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Zurück zu Stufe zwei.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Und zurück zu Stufe eins.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Auch in der
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung können Sie diese Marken Ihren Wünschen durch entsprechende Befehle
- im LaTeX-Vorspann anpassen (siehe
-\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Handbuchergänzun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
-\family default
-).
- Wie bereits erwähnt, erscheinen die Anpassungen nur im gedruckten Dokument,
- nicht auf dem LyX-Bildschirm.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Über Schachtelungen von
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebungen gibt es mehr als hier beschrieben.
- Sie sollten
-\emph on
-wirklich
-\emph default
- Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
-\end_inset
-ff lesen, um mehr darüber zu erfahren.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Beschreibung"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+\end_inset
-\family default
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Beschreibung"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Anders als die beiden vorigen Umgebungen hat die
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
- keine festen Marken.
- Stattdessen benutzt LyX das erste
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is
\emph on
-Wort
+not
\emph default
- der ersten Zeile als Marke.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+ nested inside (a).
+ In fact, it's not nested at all.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Beispiel: Dies ist ein Beispiel für die
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--Umgebung.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX setzt die Marke fett und fügt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen die Marke
- und den Rest der Zeile ein.
+Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
+ item of a new list!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke wollen oder benötigen, benutzen Sie
- ein normales oder geschütztes Leerzeichen.
- (Entweder mit
-\family sans
-Strg+Alt+Leertaste
-\family default
- /
-\family sans
-Strg+Leer\SpecialChar \-
-taste
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Normales\InsetSpace \space{}
-/\InsetSpace \space{}
-Geschütztes
-\bar under
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\bar default
-Leerzeichen
-\family default
-.) Lesen Sie auch Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "HFill"
-
-\end_inset
-
- für weitere Hinweise.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
+ deep enough.
+ LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Zweites\InsetSpace ~
-Beispiel: Hier sehen Sie, wie man ein geschütztes Leerzeichen in
- einer Marke eines
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--Ele\SpecialChar \-
-men\SpecialChar \-
-tes benutzt.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Gebrauch: Sie sollten die
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--Umgebung für Dinge wie Definitionen oder Theoreme benutzen.
- Benutzen Sie sie, wenn ein beschreibendes Wort besonders hervorgehoben
- werden soll.
- Sie sollten die
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--Umgebung aber nicht benutzen, wenn Sie einen ganzen Satz hervorheben wollen.
- Dann benutzt man besser
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
- und schachtelt mehrere
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
--Absätze hinein.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Schachteln: Sie können natürlich
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--Umgebungen ineinander oder mit anderen Typen schachteln.
- Lesen Sie Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-ff, um mehr darüber zu erfahren.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie, dass LyX auch hier ab der zweiten Zeile einrückt.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-X-
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LyX-Liste"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und Liste
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Liste"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "LyX-Liste-und-Liste"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung ist eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX.
- Wenn Sie direkt hierher gelangt sind, ohne die Abschnitte
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Auflistung"
-
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
- -
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Beschreibung"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- gelesen zu haben, sind Sie aufgeschmissen.
- Die
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung erzeugt
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
\emph on
-keine
+not
\emph default
- nummerierten Listen.
- Das macht
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
-, und es ist in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Aufzählung"
-
-\end_inset
+ inside (a).
+\end_layout
- beschrieben.
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung hat ebenso wie die
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--Umgebung benutzerdefinierte Marken für jedes Listenelement.
- Es gibt aber einige gravierende Unterschiede zwischen der
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung und den anderen drei:
+As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
+ new list
+\emph on
+inside
+\emph default
+ item 1.
+ The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
+ So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
+ depth!
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Marken
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Marken"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
\end_inset
- LyX benutzt das erste
-\emph on
-Wort
-\emph default
- der ersten Zeile als Marke.
- Sie wird wie bei der
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--Umgebung behandelt (siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Beschreibung"
-\end_inset
-
-).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Ränder
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "R\"ander"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
+ In other words,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+level #6
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Wie Sie sehen, benutzt LyX unterschiedliche Ränder für die Marke und den
- Rest des Listenelementes.
- Der Text hat einen größeren linken Rand, der sich aus einem Standardwert
- plus ein wenig extra Leerraum ergibt.
-
+ is the innermost possible depth.
+ Here's an example to display what we mean:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Breite\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Marken
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Marken!-breite"
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #1 - outermost
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #2
+\end_layout
- Dafür benutzt LyX das Maximum aus wirklicher Markenbreite und einem Standardwer
-t.
- Ist die wirkliche Breite größer als der Standardwert, wird die Marke in
- die erste Zeile
-\emph on
-ausgedehnt
-\emph default
-.
- Das bedeutet, dass der linke Rand der ersten Textzeile dann nicht mit dem
- Rand des Restes übereinstimmt, so wie bei diesem Element.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #3
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Standardbreite
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Standardbreite"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #4
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+level #5
+\end_layout
- Diese können Sie sehr leicht setzen und damit sicherstellen, dass die Texte
- aller Elemente der
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung denselben linken Rand haben.
- Um die Standardmarkenbreite zu ändern, markieren Sie die Elemente, die
- Sie ändern wollen.
- Wenn Sie nur die Markenbreite eines Elementes ändern wollen, bewegen Sie
- den Cursor einfach in dieses Element.
- Dann öffnen Sie das Menü
-\family sans
-Absatz
-\family default
--
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+level #6
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
+ both of them in the example.
+ Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
+ nesting with the
\family sans
-Einstellungen
+Enumerate
\family default
-
+ and
\family sans
-(Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Absatz
+Itemize
\family default
--
+ environments.
+ For example, if we tried to nest another
\family sans
-Einstellungen
+Enumerate
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
+ list inside of item
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-).
-\newline
-Der Text im Feld
-\family sans
-Längste\InsetSpace ~
-Marke
-\family default
- bestimmt die Standardmarkenbreite.
- Wenn Sie wirklich wollen, aber nur dann, können Sie hier den Text Ihrer
- breitesten Marke eintragen, aber Sie müssen es nicht.
- Voreingestellt ist
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-00.00.0000
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+, we'd get errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Some Examples
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nesting ! Examples"
+
\end_inset
-.
- Natürlich können Sie etwas völlig Anderes benutzen.
-
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
+ We have several examples of nested environments.
+ In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
+ them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Gebrauch Die
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#1-a This is the outermost level.
+ It's a
\family sans
-Liste
+List
\family default
--Umgebung sollten Sie wie die
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#2-a This is level #2.
+ We created it by using
\family sans
-Beschreibung
+M-Return
\family default
--Umgebung benutzen, wenn Sie wollen, dass ein Begriff, der den Text beschreibt,
- hervorgehoben wird.
- Mit der
+ followed by
\family sans
-Liste
+S-M-Right
\family default
--Umgebung haben Sie eine weitere Möglichkeit, das zu tun, aber mit einem
- anderen Aussehen.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Schachtelung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schachtelung"
-
-\end_inset
-
- Sie können
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#3-a This is level #3.
+ This time, we just hit
\family sans
-Liste
+Return
\family default
--Umgebungen ineinander oder in andere schachteln usw., wie bei den anderen
- Listen-Umgebungen auch.
- Lesen Sie Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
-\end_inset
-
-ff, um mehr darüber zu erfahren.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
+, then used
+\family sans
+S-M-Right
+\family default
+ twice in a row.
+ We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
+ by hitting
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ followed by
+\family sans
+S-M-Right
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is actually a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment, nested inside of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+#3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ So, it's at level #4.
+ We did this by hitting
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+S-M-Right
+\family default
+, then changing the paragraph environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
+ for the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie sehen, hat diese Absatzumgebung eine Menge Funktionen!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt noch eine Funktion der
+Here's another
\family sans
-Liste
+Standard
\family default
--Umgebung, von der wir Ihnen erzählen müssen.
- Wie Sie in den Beispielen sehen können, richtet LyX die Marken standardmäßig
- linksbündig aus.
- In Wirklichkeit ist ein
+ paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
\family sans
-HFill
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "HFill"
-
-\end_inset
-
+M-Return
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#4-a This is level #4.
+ We hit
+\family sans
+M-Return
\family default
- am Ende der Marke eingebaut.
- Man kann zusätzliche
+ and changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
-HFill
+List
\family default
-s benutzen, damit LyX die Marken anders ausrichtet.
- Wir werden
+.
+ Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
\family sans
-HFill
+Standard
\family default
-s später in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "HFill"
+ environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
+ However, we
+\emph on
+can
+\emph default
+ keep nesting things inside of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+#3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- erläutern.
- Hier sind einige Beispiele:
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-L Die Standardausrichtung.
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\hfill
-R Ein
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
- am Anfang der Marke richtet sie nach rechts aus.
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+and this is level #6.
+ By now, you should know how we made these two.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\hfill
-Z
-\hfill
- Je ein
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#5-b Back to level #5.
+ Just hit
\family sans
-HFill
+M-Return
+\family default
+ followed by a
+\family sans
+S-M-Left
\family default
- am Anfang und am Ende zentriert die Marke.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Machen Sie sich nichts daraus, wenn Sie noch nicht wissen, was
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#4-b After another
\family sans
-HFill
+M-Return
\family default
-s sind.
- Merken Sie sich nur, dass Sie sie zum Anpassen der
+ followed by a
\family sans
-Liste
+S-M-Left
\family default
--Umgebung benutzen können.
+, we're back at level #4.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das ist alles über die vier Absatzumgebungen zum Erstellen von Listen.
- Augenblick -- haben wir erwähnt, dass Sie Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
-
-\end_inset
-
-ff wegen Schachtelungen lesen sollten?
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#3-b Back to level #3.
+ By now it should be obvious how we did this.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Briefe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Briefe"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#2-b Back to level #2.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
+ After this sentence, we'll hit
\family sans
-Adresse
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Adresse"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Return
\family default
- und
+ and change the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
-Adress
+Standard
\family default
-e\InsetSpace ~
-rechts
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Adresse!rechte"
-
-\end_inset
-
-: Ein Überblick
+ to end the list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Obwohl LyX Dokumentklassen für Briefe hat, haben wir zwei Absatzumgebungen
-
+We could have also used the
\family sans
-Adresse
+Description
\family default
- und
+,
\family sans
-Adress
+Quote
\family default
-e\InsetSpace ~
-
+,
\family sans
-rechts
+Quotation
\family default
- geschaffen.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+, or even the
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ environment in place of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+ The example would have worked exactly the same.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Anmerkung von
-\noun on
-Matthias
-\noun default
-: Ich bin ein wenig stolz auf das Aussehen der rechten Adresse.
- Versuchen Sie einmal, dasselbe mit einer normalen Textverarbeitung zu erreichen.
- Sie müssten einen Rahmen definieren und ihn von Hand mit der Maus oder
- wie auch immer positionieren.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 2: Inheritance
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
+\end_layout
- Um die
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+level.
+ Now we'll hit
\family sans
-letter
+Return
\family default
--Klasse benutzen zu können, müssen Sie spezielle Absatzumgebungen in einer
- festgelegten Reihenfolge benutzen, sonst wird LaTeX sich an dem Dokument
- übergeben.
- Dagegen können Sie die
+, then
\family sans
-Adresse
+S-M-Right
\family default
-- und
+, after which, we'll change to the
\family sans
-Adress
+Enumerate
\family default
-e
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is the
\family sans
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-rechts
+Enumerate
\family default
--Absatzumgebungen überall problemlos benutzen.
- Sie können sie sogar in anderen Umgebungen schachteln, obwohl Sie nicht
- alles in ihnen schachteln können.
+ environment, at level #2.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Natürlich können Sie
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Notice how the nested
\family sans
-Adresse
+Enumerate
\family default
- und
+ not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
\family sans
-Adress
+LyX-Code
\family default
-e
-\family sans
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-rechts
-\family default
- nicht nur für Briefe benutzen.
-
-\family sans
-Adresse\InsetSpace \space{}
-rechts
-\family default
- eignet sich insbesondere für Artikelüberschriften, wie sie in europäischen
- wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften benutzt werden.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Gebrauch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Adresse-verwenden"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+), but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+We ended this example by hitting
\family sans
-Adresse
+Return
\family default
--Umgebung formatiert Text wie eine Adresse, was in einigen Ländern auch
- für die Eröffnung und die Unterschrift benutzt wird.
- Entsprechend formatiert die
+.
+ After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
\family sans
-Adress
+Standard
\family default
-e
+ and resetting the nesting depth by using
\family sans
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-rechts
+S-M-Left
\family default
--Umgebung Text im Stile einer rechtsbündigen Adresse, was in einigen Ländern
- für den Absender und das Datum benutzt wird.
- Hier ist für beides ein Beispiel:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Absender
-\newline
-Straße
-\newline
-PLZ Ort
-\newline
-
-\newline
-Ort, Datum
+ once.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das war eine
-\family sans
-Adress
-\family default
-e\InsetSpace ~
-
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
\family sans
-rechts
+Enumerate
\family default
-.
- Beachten Sie, dass alle Zeilen linksbündig sind.
- LyX setzt den linken Rand so, dass der längste Text auf eine Zeile passt.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel für die
+ and
\family sans
-Adresse
+Itemize
\family default
--Umgebung:
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
+ Environments
+\begin_inset OptArg
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Address
-Empfänger
-\newline
-Straße
-\newline
-PLZ Ort
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie sehen, ist zwischen
-\family sans
-Adresse (
-\family default
-LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Address
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Address"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-) und
-\family sans
-Adress
-\family default
-e
-\family sans
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-rechts
-\family default
- und dem nächsten Absatz ein größerer Abstand als normal.
- Wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- drücken, setzt LyX die Schachtelungstiefe zurück und kehrt zur
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
--Umgebung zurück.
- Wollen Sie innerhalb von
-\family sans
-Adresse
-\family default
- oder
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is level #1, in an
\family sans
-Adress
+Enumerate
\family default
-e\InsetSpace ~
+ paragraph environment.
+ We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is level #2.
+ We used
\family sans
-rechts
+M-Return
\family default
- eine neue Zeile beginnen, müssen Sie
+ followed by
\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
+S-M-Right
\family default
- oder
+.
+ Now, what happens if we nest an
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Zeilenumbruch
+Itemize
\family default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zeilenumbruch"
-
-\end_inset
-
- benutzen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Wissenschaftliche Texte
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Wissenschaftliche Texte"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
+ label be? An asterisk?
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die meisten wissenschaftlichen Texte beginnen mit einer kurzen Zusammenfassung
- und enden mit einem Literaturverzeichnis.
- LyX hat dafür Absatzumgebungen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+No! It's a bullet.
+ This is the
+\emph on
+first
+\emph default
+
\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zusammenfassung"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, even though it's at level #3.
+ So, its label is a bullet.
+ (We got here by using
\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
+M-Return
\family default
--Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Abstract
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abstract"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) kann man nur in den
+, then
\family sans
-article
+S-M-Right
\family default
-- und
+, then changing the environment to
\family sans
-report
+Itemize
\family default
--Dokumentklassen benutzen (und
+.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Here's level #4, produced using
\family sans
-amsart
+M-Return
\family default
-, was nur ein Spezialfall von
+, then
\family sans
-article
+S-M-Right
\family default
- ist).
+.
+ We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+to get to level #5.
+ This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
+Enumerate
\family default
--Umgebung wird für die Zusammenfassung benutzt.
- Technisch gesehen
+.
+ Notice the type of numbering, it is
\emph on
-könnten
+lowercase Roman
\emph default
- Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie
+, because we are in the
\emph on
-sollten
+thirdfold
\emph default
- es nur am Anfang eines Dokumentes, nach dem Titel, tun.
- Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die
+
\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
+Enumerate
\family default
--Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt.
- Es geht nicht.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+ environment (i.e.
+ it is an
\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
+Enumerate
\family default
--Umgebung erledigt einige Dinge für Sie.
- Erstens wird die Marke
-\series bold
-Zusammenfassung
-\series default
- zentriert über den Text gesetzt (allerdings nicht bei der
+ inside an
\family sans
-koma-script
+Enumerate
\family default
--Version).
- Die Marke und der Text werden durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt.
- Zweitens ist der Font etwas kleiner, gerade so wie Sie es erwarten.
- Drittens ist die Zusammenfassung ein wenig eingerückt und vom restlichen
- Text durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt.
- So jedenfalls wird es in LyX aussehen.
- Wenn Ihr Dokument die
+ inside an
\family sans
-report
+Enumerate
\family default
--Klasse benutzt, wird die Zusammenfassung im Ausdruck auf einer eigenen
- Seite erscheinen.
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn man
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- drückt, wird die
-\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
-\family default
--Umgebung
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+What happens if we
\emph on
-nicht
+don't
\emph default
- zurückgesetzt.
- Der neue Absatz wird weiterhin in der
-\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
-\family default
--Umgebung sein.
- Sie müssen also am Ende der Zusammenfassung die Absatzumgebung von Hand
- ändern.
+ change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
+ type of numbering does LyX use?
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wir würden Ihnen gern ein Beispiel zeigen, aber das geht nicht, weil dieses
- Dokument die
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
\family sans
-book\InsetSpace ~
-(koma-script
+M-Return
\family default
-)-Klasse benutzt.
- Wenn Sie noch nie von einer Zusammenfassung gehört haben, können Sie diese
- Umgebung ruhig ignorieren.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Literaturverzeichnis
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Literaturverzeichnis!-Umgebung"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Literaturverzeichnis-Umgebung"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Let's use
\family sans
-Literaturverzeichnis
+S-M-Left
\family default
--Umgebung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Literaturverzeichnis"
-
-\end_inset
+ to decrease the depth after the next
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
- (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bibliography"
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is level #4.
+ Look what type of label LyX is using!
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is level #3.
+ Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
+ numeral as the label.Why?
+\end_layout
-) wird für Literaturangaben benutzt.
- Technisch gesehen
-\emph on
-könnten
-\emph default
- Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
\emph on
-sollten
+still
\emph default
- es nur am Ende eines Dokumentes tun.
- Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die
+ a thirdfold
\family sans
-Literaturverzeichnis
+Enumerate
\family default
--Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt.
- Es geht nicht.
+ environment.
+ Notice, however, that LyX
+\emph on
+did
+\emph default
+ reset the counter for the label.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie eine
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Another
\family sans
-Literaturverzeichnis
+M-Return
\family default
--Umgebung das erste Mal öffnen, fügt LyX einen großen Leerraum ein, gefolgt
- von der großen fetten Überschrift
+
\family sans
-\series bold
-Literaturverzeichnis
+S-M-Left
\family default
-\series default
- oder einen kleineren, gefolgt von
-\emph on
-Referenzen
-\emph default
- in Großbuchstaben, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse.
- Jeder Absatz der
+ sequence, and we're back to level #2.
+ This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
+ into the twofold-nested
\family sans
-Literaturverzeichnis
+Enumerate
\family default
--Umgebung ist ein Eintrag in das Literaturverzeichnis.
- Das Drücken von
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The same thing happens if we do another
\family sans
-Eingabe
+M-Return
\family default
- setzt die Absatzumgebung
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- zurück.
- Jeder neue Absatz bleibt in der
+
\family sans
-Literaturverzeichnis
+S-M-Left
\family default
--Umgebung.
+ sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Am
-\emph on
-Anfang der
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-ersten Zeile
-\emph default
- eines Absatzes werden Sie ein graues Kästchen mit einem Wort und einer
- Zahl in eckigen Klammern sehen.
- Wenn Sie daraufklicken, erscheint ein Menü, in dem Sie einen
+Lastly, we reset the environment to
\family sans
-Schlüssel
+Standard
\family default
- und eine
+.
+ As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
+ LyX uses for the
\family sans
-Marke
+Enumerate
\family default
- einfügen können.
- Der
+ and
\family sans
-Schlüssel
+Itemize
\family default
- ist der symbolische Name, mit dem Sie auf diese Literaturangabe verweisen.
- Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Ihre erste Literaturangabe wäre ein Buch über
- LaTeX.
- Wir könnten dann als
+ environments.
+ The number of other
\family sans
-Schlüssel
+Enumerate
\family default
-
-\emph on
-latexbuch
-\emph default
- dafür nehmen.
- Sie können auch eine
+ environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
+ an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ item.
+ The same rule applies for the
\family sans
-Marke
+Itemize
\family default
- benutzen, die dann in dem grauen Kästchen erscheinen würde.
+ environment, as well.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 4: Going Bonkers
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+We're going to go totally nuts now.
+ We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
+ same detail with how we did it.
+ (level #1:
\family sans
-Marke
+Enumerate
\family default
-n-Feld ist nicht nutzlos.
- Sie können auf Ihre Literaturangaben verweisen, indem Sie
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Zitat\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+)
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+(
+\family sans
+Return, S-M-Right, Standard
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
+: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
+ example in parentheses someplace.
+ For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
+ The environment name is the name of the current environment.
+ Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
+\end_layout
- benutzen.
- Dann wählen Sie einen der Werte aus dem
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+(
\family sans
-Schlüssel
+Return, Enumerate
\family default
--Feld.
- Ein Beispiel für ein Literaturverzeichnis finden Sie (wo sonst) am Ende
- dieses Dokumentes.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+: level #1) This is the next item in the list.
+\end_layout
-Siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Verse
+Now we'll add verse.
+\newline
+It will get much worse.
+\newline
+(
+\family sans
+Return, S-M-Right, Verse
+\family default
+: level #2)
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Verse
+Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
+\newline
+Bippitey boppitey boo!
+\newline
+(
+\family sans
+M-Return)
+\end_layout
- oder
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-after "Kapitel 3"
-key "latexcompanion"
+\begin_layout Verse
+Here comes a table:
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- sind zwei Beispiele dafür, wie man Einträge davon zitiert.
- Im zweiten Beispiel haben wir das Feld
-\family sans
-Text\InsetSpace \space{}
-danach:
-\family default
- des
-\family sans
-Zitat
-\family default
--Menüs benutzt, um den Text
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Kapitel 3
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- hinzuzufügen.
- Die Begriffe
-\emph on
-latexguide
-\emph default
- und
-\emph on
-latexcompanion
-\emph default
-, die Sie hier sehen, werden beim Drucken durch die entsprechenden Nummern
- des Literaturverzeichnisses ersetzt.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+one-fish
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Das erweiterte LaTeX-Literaturpaket BibTeX wird von LyX auch unterstützt.
- Im Dokument
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
- können Sie nachlesen, wie man es benutzt.
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+two-fish
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Besondere Umgebungen
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+red-fish
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt drei Absatzumgebungen, die einfach in keine Kategorie passen, weil
- sie für besondere Zwecke benutzt werden.
- Wir werden das Wichtigste von ihnen und ihren Gebrauch erklären.
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+blue-fish
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Legende, Legende oben, Legende unten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Legende,-Legende-oben-unten"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Verse
+(
\family sans
-Legende
+M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
\family default
--Umgebung ist die Standard-Paragraph-Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Ab\SpecialChar \-
-bil\SpecialChar \-
-dungen
- und -Tabellen.
- In LyX sehen Sie die Marke
-\emph on
-Abbildung\InsetSpace \space{}
-Nr:
-\emph default
- oder
-\emph on
-Tabelle\InsetSpace \space{}
-Nr:
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Man kann in die
+ 3 times,
\family sans
-Legende
+M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
\family default
--Umgebung nichts schachteln.
- Außerdem setzt
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+(
\family sans
-Eingabe
+Return, Enumerate
\family default
- die Paragraph-Umgebung auf
+: level #1) This is another item.
+ Note that selecting a
\family sans
-Standard
+Table
\family default
- zurück, sodass die
+ resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
+ 3 times to put the table inside the
\family sans
-Legende
+Verse
\family default
-nur aus einem Absatz besteht.
+ environment.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Außerhalb von Gleitobjekten kann man die
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We're now ending the
\family sans
-Legende
+Enumerate
\family default
--Umgebung nicht benutzen.
- Siehe auch die Abschnitte
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Abbildungen"
-
+ list and changing to
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+.
+ We're still at level #1.
+ We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
+ The next set of paragraphs is a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabellen"
-
+quoted letter.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- für weitere Informationen über Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und -Tabellen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+ We'll nest both the
\family sans
-Legende
+Address
\family default
- wird in der normalen book-Dokumentklasse benutzt, L
+ and
\family sans
-egende oben
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- und
+ environments inside of this one, then use another nested
\family sans
-Legende unten
+Quotation
\family default
- in der koma-script-Version.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
+ for the letter body.
+ We'll use
\family sans
-L
+M-Return
\family default
-y
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ to preserve the depth.
+ Remember that you need to use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ to create multiple lines inside the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environments.
+ Here it goes:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Right Address
+1234 Nowhere Rd.
+\newline
+Moosegroin, MT 00100
+\newline
+9-6-96
+\end_layout
-{}
+\begin_layout Address
+Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
+Fizlewitz:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-X-Code
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LyX-Code"
+L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
+ Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
+ a backlog in our orders for methane.
+ We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
+ as soon as possible.
+ In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We do, however, now have a special on beef.
+ If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
+ with your order, along with payment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We thank you again for your patience.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Address
+Sincerely,
+\newline
+Bill Hick
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Quotation
+That ends that example!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
+ just a few keystrokes.
+ We could have easily nested an
\family sans
-Ly
+Itemize
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ list inside of a
\family sans
-X-Code
+Quotation
\family default
--Umgebung ist noch eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX.
- Sie setzt Text in einem Schreibmaschinenfont.
- Außerdem kann die Leertaste mehrfach hintereinander benutzt werden;
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In der
+ or
\family sans
-Ly
+Quote
\family default
+, or put a
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ inside of an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list.
+ You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+\begin_layout Section
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Space
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X
-\family default
--
-\family sans
-Code
-\family default
--Umgebung wird die Leertaste als geschütztes Leerzeichen behandelt anstatt
- als
-\family typewriter
-end-of-word
-\family default
--Markierung.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
- dies ist einer der wenigen Fälle in LyX.
- Für Leerzeilen muss man
\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
- eingeben (die
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
--Funktion).
+Horizontal Fills
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
+ in a uniform fashion.
+ An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
+ the remaining space between the left and right margins.
+ If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
+ equally between themselves.
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- beendet Absätze.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie aber, dass
-\family sans
-Eingabe
+HFill
+\family roman
+s
\family default
-
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- die Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt.
- Wenn man also die
+ can be inserted with
\family sans
-Ly
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\InsetSpace ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal Fill
\family default
+.
+ Here a few examples what you can do with them:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+This is on the left side
+\hfill
+This is on the right
+\end_layout
-{}
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\hfill
+Middle
+\hfill
+Right
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\hfill
+1/3 Left
+\hfill
+\hfill
+Right
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was an example in the
\family sans
-X-Code
-\family default
--Umgebung verlassen will, muss man das durch Wahl einer anderen Umgebung
- machen.
-
-\family sans
-Ly
+Quote
\family default
+ environment.
+ Here
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-{}
-\end_layout
+\hfill
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-X-Code
-\family default
--Umgebungen kann man auch in andere schachteln.
+is one in a standard paragraph.
+ It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ sitting in-between the two arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Umgebung hat ein paar Marotten:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes kann man
-\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
- nicht benutzen (das heißt auf
+There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
+ Here's an example with the
\family sans
-Eingabe
+List
\family default
- kann kein
-\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
- folgen).
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-In der Druckausgabe gibt es keine leeren Absätze und keine leeren Zeilen.
- Sie müssen in jeder leeren Zeile mindestens einmal die Leertaste drücken.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Anführungszeichen erreichen Sie nicht durch Eingabe von
-\family sans
-",
-\family default
- weil das `\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-` erzeugt.
- Die Anführungszeichen erhalten Sie durch
-\family sans
-Strg+",
-\family default
-eigentlich
-\family sans
- Strg+Umschalt+2
-\family default
- (oder
-\family sans
-Strg+Q
-\family default
-, wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastaturbelegung verwenden).
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+one
+\hfill
+two :three
+\hfill
+four
+\hfill
+five
+\hfill
+six
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hier ist ein Beispiel:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#include<stdio.h>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-int main(void)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-{
-\end_layout
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hallo Welt!
-\backslash
-n");
-\end_layout
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- return 0;
-\end_layout
+ marks the beginning of the item.
+ (There is actually a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-}
-\end_layout
+hidden
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das ist das Standard-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+ HFill inside of the label of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
+ similarly in other
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Hallo Welt!
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+multi-margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
--C-Programm.
+ situations, like two-column mode.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\family sans
-Ly
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
+ This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
+ If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
+
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+hspace*{
+\backslash
+fill}
+\series default
+ in ERT.
+ (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-{}
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X-Code
-\family default
- hat einen Zweck: Code zu schreiben, zum Beispiel Quellprogramme, Shell-Skripte,
- rc-Dateien usw.
- Benutzen Sie diese Umgebung nur in diesen Spezialfällen, wenn der Text
- aussehen soll, als wäre er mit einer Schreibmaschine geschrieben worden.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Umgebungen schachteln
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Umgebungen schachteln"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Other space variants
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Other-space-variants"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Umgebungen-schachteln"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
+ you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
+
+\end_inset
+.
+ That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
+ LyX.
+ So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Einleitung
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Defined space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Während der vorangegangenen Abschnitte haben wir Ihnen empfohlen, Abschnitt
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Umgebungen-schachteln"
+Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
+ This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hspace
+\series default
+ in
+\family sans
+ERT
+\family default
+.
+ For example the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+hspace{2cm}
+\series default
+ produces 2
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
- zu lesen.
- Deswegen fragen Sie sich sicher, worum es eigentlich geht.
+cm space within the following line:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX unterscheidet sich vom normalen Konzept der
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+This is a line with
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
-Textverarbeitung-als-Super\SpecialChar \-
-schreib\SpecialChar \-
-ma\SpecialChar \-
-schine
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
- sehr stark.
- Mit einer Schreibmaschine ist Text bloß Tinte auf Papier.
- Bei einigen Textverarbeitungen ist das auch heute noch das Hauptproblem.
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Nomen est omen!
+
+
+\backslash
+hspace{2cm}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- LyX dagegen behandelt Text als einen zusammengehörigen Block in einem spezielle
-n Kontext und mit speziellen Eigenschaften.
- Aber was ist, wenn Sie möchten, dass ein Block einige Eigenschaften eines
- anderen Blocks erben soll?
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ein gutes Beispiel dafür sind Aufzählungen.
- Nehmen wir an, Sie haben drei Hauptpunkte in Ihrer Aufzählung, aber Punkt
- 2 hat auch noch zwei Unterpunkte.
- Mit anderen Worten, Sie haben eine Liste
-\emph on
-innerhalb
-\emph default
- einer anderen, wobei die innere Liste zu Punkt 2
-\emph on
-gehört
-\emph default
-:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-eins
-\end_layout
+ 2
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-zwei
+cm space between the arrows.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Unterliste - Punkt 1
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Unterliste - Punkt 2
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-drei
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Phantom space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie erstellt man eine Liste in einer anderen?
+Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
+ E.g.
+ you want to create the following multiple choice question:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inzwischen sollte die Antwort klar sein: man schachtelt eine Liste in die
- andere.
- Aber Schachteln ist nicht auf Listen beschränkt.
- In LyX kann man fast alles ineinander schachteln, wie Sie bald feststellen
- werden.
- Das ist die wirkliche Stärke des Schachtelns von Absatzumgebungen.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht
-\end_layout
+What is correct English?:
+\newline
+
+\newline
+Mr.\InsetSpace ~
+Edge would have been jumps the gun.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Bevor wir Sie mit einer Liste von Absatzumgebungen konfrontieren, müssen
- wir Ihnen etwas mehr darüber sagen, wie schachteln arbeitet.
- Die Frage, ob man schachteln kann oder nicht, ist nicht einfach mit ja
- oder nein zu beantworten.
- Die Frage ist auch noch: wie? Kann man diese Umgebung in irgendeine andere
- schachteln? Kann man eine andere Umgebung in diese schachteln? Ein
-\emph on
-Ja
-\emph default
- auf die erste Frage garantiert noch kein
-\emph on
-Ja
-\emph default
- auf die zweite.
- Die Absatzumgebungen in LyX können bezüglich schachteln eins von drei Dingen:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Eine Umgebung kann überhaupt kein schachteln erlauben.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Es gibt Umgebungen, die vollständig schachtelbar sind.
- Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln und auch andere Dinge in sie.
+\backslash
+phantom{Mr.
+ Edge }
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Es gibt Umgebungen, die man in andere schachteln kann, aber in sie selber
- kann man nichts schachteln.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hier ist eine Aufstellung der drei Schachteltypen und der zugehörigen Absatzumge
-bungen:
-\begin_inset Foot
+has to be jumped
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Seltsamerweise erlaubt LyX,
-\family sans
-Literaturverzeichnis
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Zusammenfassung
-\family default
- vollständig zu schachteln.
- Ebenso kann man
-\family sans
-Titel
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Autor
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Datum
-\family default
- in andere Umgebungen schachteln.
- Wir bitten Sie dringend, das nicht zu tun.
- LaTeX könnte meckern -- oder auch nicht.
- Wir wissen es nicht genau.
- Aber da es vom Kontext her keinen Sinn macht, diese Umgebungen in andere
- zu schachteln, warum sollten Sie es dann tun?
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+phantom{Mr.
+ Edge }
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Nicht\InsetSpace ~
-schachtelbar
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "schachtelbar!nicht"
+\end_inset
+jumps
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
- Man kann sie nicht schachteln.
- Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
+So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Teil
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Teil"
+Mr.\InsetSpace ~
+Edge\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
+\series bold
-\family default
- (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Teil
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Teil"
+\backslash
+phantom
+\series default
+ in ERT.
+ In our case write the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+phantom{Mr.
+ Edge }
+\series default
+ (note the space after
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-), Kapitel,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Kapitel"
-
+Edge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Abschnitt,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abschnitt"
-
+) at the beginning of the last two lines.
+ The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
+ That is why it is named
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- Unterabschnitt,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterabschnitt"
-
+phantom
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Unterunterabschn.,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterunterabschn."
-
-\end_inset
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
- Paragraph,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Paragraph"
+\begin_layout Standard
+There exists also the commands
+\backslash
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+hphantom
+\series default
+ and
+\backslash
- Unterparagraph,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterparagraph"
+\series bold
+vphantom
+\series default
+, but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
+ If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
\end_inset
- Teil*,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Teil*"
+.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- Kapitel*,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Kapitel*"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- Abschnitt*,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abschnitt*"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Vertical Space
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Vertical-Space"
\end_inset
- Unterabschnitt*,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterabschnitt*"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- Unterunterabschn.*,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unterunterabschn.*"
+\begin_layout Standard
+To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Vertical\InsetSpace ~
+Space
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ There you find the following sizes:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- Literaturverzeichnis,
+\family sans
+SmallSkip
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+MedSkip
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+BigSkip
+\family default
+ are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
+
+\family sans
+DefSkip
+\family default
+ is the skip adjusted in the dialog
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Literaturverzeichnis"
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
- Zusammenfassung,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zusammenfassung"
-\end_inset
+\family default
+ for the paragraph separation.
+ If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
+\family sans
+DefSkip
+\family default
+ is equal to
+\family sans
+MedSkip
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
- Titel,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Titel"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+ is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
+ An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
+ between them.
+ Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
+ one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
+
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s work like
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
- Autor,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Autor"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
- Datum.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Datum"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Vollständig\InsetSpace ~
-schachtelbar
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "schachtelbar!vollst\"andig"
-
\end_inset
- Man kann sie schachteln.
- Man kann andere Dinge in sie hineinschachteln.
+ If there are several
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
+ You can therefore use
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Gedicht, Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(kurz), Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(lang), Auflistung, Aufzählung, Beschreibung,
- Liste, Ly
+Custom
\family default
+ are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-X-Code
-\family default
.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Teilweise\InsetSpace ~
-schachtelbar
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "schachtelbar!teilweise"
-
-\end_inset
-
- Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln.
- Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+
+\series medium
+When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
+ a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
-Standard,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Standard"
-
-\end_inset
-
- Adresse\InsetSpace ~
-rechts,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Rechte Adresse"
+Protect
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- Adresse.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Adresse"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraph Alignment
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
+You can change the paragraph alignment with the
\family sans
-Legende
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph Settings
\family default
--Umgebung passt nirgendwo richtig hinein, weil sie nur in Gleitobjekt-Ab\SpecialChar \-
-bil\SpecialChar \-
-dun\SpecialChar \-
-ge
-n und Gleit\SpecialChar \-
-ob\SpecialChar \-
-jekt-Tabellen benutzt wird.
+ dialog.
+ There are four possibilities:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, Mathematik
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mathematik"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, Gleitobjekte
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Gleitobjekte"
-
-\end_inset
-
- usw.
-\begin_inset OptArg
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Standard
-Andere Dinge schachteln
+\family sans
+Justified
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Left
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Andere-Dinge-schachteln"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Right
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Center
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt einige Dinge, die zwar keine Absatzumgebungen, aber trotzdem vom
- schachteln betroffen sind:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Gleichungen
+The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
+ spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
+ the left and right margins.
+ The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Tabellen
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align right
+This paragraph is right aligned,
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Bilder
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+this one is centered,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\align left
+this one is left aligned.
+\end_layout
-\emph on
-Anmerkung: wenn Sie ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in ein Gleitobjekt einfügen,
- gilt dies nicht mehr.
- Lesen Sie weiter unten oder in den Abschnitten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Abbildungen"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forced Pagebreaks
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Pagebreaks"
\end_inset
- oder
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabellen"
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
\end_inset
- weitere Einzelheiten.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX kann diese drei Objekte entweder als Wort oder als Absatz behandeln.
- Nun, eine Tabelle kann man nicht in eine Zeile schreiben, aber Formeln
- und Bilder.
- Wenn ein Bild oder eine Gleichung
-\emph on
-inline
-\emph default
- ist, folgt sie dem Absatz überall hin.
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
+ can force a pagebreak where you want one.
+ Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
+ Only if you use many
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie aber eine Gleichung, ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in einem eigenen
-
+We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
+ until you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
-Absatz
+really
\emph default
- haben, verhalten sie sich wie teilweise schachtelbare Absatzumgebungen.
- Man kann sie in jede Umgebung schachteln, aber man kann natürlich nichts
- in sie schachteln.
+ have to change the pagebreaking.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hier ist ein Beispiel mit einer Tabelle:
-\end_layout
+There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
+ action.
+ This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Break
+\family default
+.
+ The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
+ that it fills out the complete page.
+ This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
+ on which only the last few lines are absent.
+ This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
+ command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Punkt eins
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+pagebreak[number]
+\series default
+ in ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Address
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
-\begin_layout Standard
-a
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+ The number can vary between 0 and 4.
+ If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-b
+normally one uses simply
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+pagebreak
+\series default
+ without a number
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-c
+.
+ The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
+ concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
+ at the top of a page.
+ This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
+ LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
+ appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
+ having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
+ See chapter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-d
+ to learn more about
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Clear Pagebreaks
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Clear-Pages"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Pagebreaks ! clear"
+
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist (b).
- Die Tabelle ist in a) geschachtelt.
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Wieder zurück.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn wir die Tabelle nicht geschachtelt hätten, würde die Liste wie folgt
- aussehen:
+Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
+ placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
+ That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
+ yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
+ if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Punkt eins
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Clear\InsetSpace ~
+Page
+\family default
+.
+ When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Clear\InsetSpace ~
+Double\InsetSpace ~
+Page
+\family default
+ to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
+ page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forced Linebreaks
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Linebreaks"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-a
-\end_layout
+Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
+ breaks the line.
+ You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line\InsetSpace ~
+Break
+\family default
+ or with
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+.
+ The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
+ whole space between the page margins.
+ This is necessary to avoid
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+fringes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-b
-\end_layout
+ in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
+ This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
+d
+\series bold
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+linebreak[number]
+\series default
+ in
+\family sans
+ERT
+\family default
+.
+ The syntax is similar tho the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-c
+\backslash
+pagebreak
+\series default
+, described in the previous section.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-d
-\end_layout
+You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
+ LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
+ set a linebreak, e.g.
+ in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Quote"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Verse"
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Address-Usage"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist (b).
- Die Tabelle ist
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- in (a) geschachtelt.
- Sie ist überhaupt nicht geschachtelt.
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Wieder zurück.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Blanks / Spaces
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Spaces"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie, dass b) nicht nur nicht mehr geschachtelt ist, sondern auch
- der erste Punkt einer neuen Liste!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt noch eine Falle, in die man leicht geht: man schachtelt zwar die
- Tabelle, geht aber nicht tief genug.
- LyX verwandelt dann alles nach der Tabelle in eine neue (Unter)liste.
+A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
+ While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
+ two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
+ of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
+ of a line.
+ The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
+ useful.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Punkt eins
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Inter-word Space
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Address
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-a
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Spaces ! inter-word"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-b
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-c
-\end_layout
+Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace \space{}
+English) have the typographical convention to add extra
+ space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
+ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-d
+).
+ Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
+ In this case, insert one with
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\InsetSpace ~
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\family sans
+C-M-Space
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Protected Space
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Spaces ! protected"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist (b).
- Die Tabelle ist in 1.
- geschachtelt, aber
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- in (a).
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Wieder zurück.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie sehen, wurde b) zum ersten Punkt einer neuen Liste, aber
-\emph on
-innerhalb
-\emph default
- von Punkt 1.
- Dasselbe würde mit einem Bild oder einer Gleichung geschehen.
- Wenn Sie also Tabellen, Bilder oder Gleichungen schachteln, passen Sie
- auf die richtige Tiefe auf!
+The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
+ line at that point.
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dann sind da die sogenannten Gleitobjekte.
- Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Textblock, der mit einer Art Marke versehen ist,
- aber keinen festen Platz hat.
- Er kann eine Seite oder zwei vorwärts oder rückwärts
-\emph on
-gleiten
-\emph default
-, je nachdem, wohin er am besten passt.
-
-\family sans
-Fußnote
-\family default
-n und
-\family sans
-Randnotiz
-\family default
-en sind Gleitobjekte, ebenso Gleitobjekt-Abbildung, Gleitobjekt-Tabelle
- und Gleitobjekt-Algorithmus.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Quote
+Further documentation is given in section
+\newline
-\begin_layout Standard
-In zweispaltigen Dokumenten können sich Gleitobjekte über zwei Spalten anstatt
- über eine erstrecken.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
- Weil ein Gleitobjekt keinen festen Platz im fertigen Text hat, wirkt sich
- schachteln auf seinen momentanen Platz nicht aus, nachdem Sie es an LaTeX
- weitergereicht haben.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften
+.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Nachdem wir Ihnen gesagt haben, was Sie schachteln können und was nicht,
- ist es an der Zeit zu erklären,
-\emph on
-wie
-\emph default
- man schachtelt.
- Die Schachtelungstiefe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schachtelungs!-tiefe"
-
+Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- können Sie mit der Tastenkombination
-\family sans
-Umschalt+Alt+
-\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+section
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\family default
-
-\emph on
-erhöhen
-\emph default
- und mit
-\family sans
-Umschalt+Alt+
-\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family default
-
-\emph on
-verringern
-\emph default
-.
- Sie können dafür auch die Werkzeugleistenknöpfe
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- benutzen.
-\end_layout
+.
+ A protected space is set with
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\InsetSpace ~
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Protected
+\bar under
+\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, Text zu schachteln.
- Man kann den zu schachtelnden Text markieren oder den Cursor einfach in
- den Absatz bewegen, dessen Tiefe man ändern möchte.
- Mit der ersten Methode kann man mehrere Absätze auf einmal ändern.
+\bar default
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\family sans
+C-Space
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie, dass LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur dann ändert, wenn es möglich
- ist.
- Sonst passiert nichts, wenn Sie versuchen, die Tiefe zu ändern.
- Die beiden Werkzeugleistenknöpfe
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Thin Space
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Spaces ! thin"
\end_inset
- sind dann auch deaktiviert.
- Wenn Sie die Tiefe eines Absatzes ändern, werden außerdem alle darin geschachte
-lten Absätze betroffen.
- Es ist schwer zu beschreiben, was LyX in diesem Fall genau tut.
- Das hängt insbesondere davon ab, wie Ihr Text aussieht.
- Das Beste, was Sie tun können, ist ausprobieren und sehen, was passiert.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Zuletzt sollten Sie noch folgendes beachten:
-\end_layout
+A
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehrmals
-\emph on
-verringern
-\emph default
- (das heißt wiederholt
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+thin space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- drücken), hält LyX auf der äußersten Stufe an.
-\end_layout
+protected
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wenn Sie die Tiefe
-\emph on
-zu oft
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-erhöhen
-\emph default
- (das heißt wiederholt
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+).
+ The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
+ thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
+ inside abbreviations:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quote
+D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+E.
+ Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+e.\InsetSpace \space{}
+TeX.
+\end_layout
- drücken), hört LyX
-\emph on
-
-\emph default
-irgendwann auf.
- Es kann aber sein, dass LaTeX nicht so viele Schachtelungen erlaubt.
- Sie bekommen dann bei der DVI-Ansicht eine Fehlermeldung.
+\begin_layout Standard
+or between values and units.
+ Compare for example this:
+\newline
+10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+kg (thin space)
+\newline
+10 kg (normal space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie, dass die
-\emph on
-niedrigste Stufe
-\emph default
- nicht die niedrigst mögliche bedeutet.
- Sie können nicht beliebig schachteln, wie Sie es bereits bei der
+You can insert thin spaces with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\InsetSpace ~
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thin\InsetSpace ~
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
\family sans
-Aufzählung
+C-S-Space
\family default
--Umgebung und anderen gesehen haben, und auch LaTeX setzt eine Grenze.
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX kann maximal sechsmal schachteln, ohne dass LaTeX meckert.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel, das zeigt, was wir meinen:
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+More Spaces
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
+ Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
+ as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or via the
+\family sans
+command buffer
+\family default
+ toolbar.
+ Te latter means to type
+\newline
+
+\series bold
+space-insert <command>
+\family typewriter
+\series default
+
+\newline
+
+\family default
+ into the command buffer, where
+\series bold
+<command>
+\series default
+ is one of the following:
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, erkennen Sie die Schachtelungen auch an den
- roten Klammer am linken Rand.
-\end_layout
+The unit
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+em
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Stufe 1 - außen
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Stufe 2
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Stufe 3
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Stufe 4
-\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Stufe 5
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Stufe 6
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Noch einmal: LyX hat maximal 6 sinnvolle Stufen, unabhängig davon, welche
- Absatzumgebung Sie auf einer bestimmten Stufe benutzen.
- Das bedeutet, dass Sie eine sechsfach geschachtelte
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
-- oder
-\family sans
-Gedicht
-\family default
--Umgebung usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-erzeugen können.
- Sie können auch sechs Umgebungen mischen, wie wir später sehen werden.
+
+\series bold
+command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt zwei Ausnahmen für das sechsfache Schachteln, und Sie können beide
- im obigen Beispiel sehen.
- Anders als die anderen vollständig schachtelbaren Umgebungen können Sie
- die
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung und die
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Umgebung nur vierfach schachteln.
- Wenn wir zum Beispiel eine weitere
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
- innerhalb von
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-A.
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- erstellen wollten, würden wir Fehlermeldungen erhalten.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+width
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Noch einmal: LyX kümmert sich nicht um die Grenze, sondern LaTeX produziert
- Fehlermeldungen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument für den Druck aufbereiten wollen.
+
+\series bold
+protected?
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family typewriter
+normal
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Einige Beispiele
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Der beste Weg zu erklären, was Sie mit schachteln erreichen können, sind
- Beispiele.
- Wir haben mehrere mit geschachtelten Umgebungen.
- Darin erklären wir, wie wir sie erzeugt haben, so dass Sie sie reproduzieren
- können.
+1/3\InsetSpace ~
+em
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schachtelungs!-beispiele"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+no
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family typewriter
+protected
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+1/3\InsetSpace ~
+em
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
+\begin_layout Standard
+yes
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family typewriter
+thin
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-1-a Dies ist die äußerste Stufe.
- Es ist eine
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-2-a Dies ist Stufe 2.
- Wir haben
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
-\family default
- gedrückt, gefolgt von
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+1/6\InsetSpace ~
+em
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+yes
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-3-a Dies ist Stufe 3.
- Diesmal haben wir nur
-\family sans
-Ein\SpecialChar \-
-gabe
-\family default
- gedrückt, dann
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- zweimal nacheinander.
- Wir hätten es aber auch wie bei 2-a machen können:
-\family sans
-Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \-
-gabe
-\family default
- drücken, gefolgt von
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family typewriter
+enspace
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+0.5\InsetSpace ~
+em
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dies ist eine
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
--Umgebung, in
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+yes
+\end_layout
-3-a
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- geschachtelt.
- Also ist sie auf Stufe 4.
- Wir haben dies durch
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
-\family default
-, dann
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family typewriter
+enskip
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und schließlich durch Ändern der Umgebung auf
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- erreicht.
+\begin_layout Standard
+0.5\InsetSpace ~
+em
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-So erhalten Sie Listeneinträge mit mehr als einem Absatz -- es funktioniert
- auch mit den
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--,
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
-- und
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Umgebungen!
+no
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hier ist ein weiterer
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
--Absatz, auch auf Stufe 4, nur mit einem
-\family sans
-Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \-
-gabe
-\family default
- erzeugt.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-4-a Dies ist Stufe 4.
- Wir haben
-\family sans
-Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \-
-gabe
-\family default
- gedrückt und die Absatz\SpecialChar \-
-umgebung auf
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
- zurückgesetzt.
- Denken Sie daran -- innerhalb einer
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
--Umge\SpecialChar \-
-bung kann man nichts schachteln, deswegen sind wir noch auf 4.
- Aber wir
-\emph on
-können
-\emph default
- innerhalb von
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-3-a
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- weiterschachteln.
+\family typewriter
+quad
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-5-a Dies ist Stufe 5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+1\InsetSpace ~
+em
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-und dies ist Stufe 6.
- Inzwischen sollten Sie wissen, wie wir diese beiden erzeugt haben.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-5-b Zurück zu Stufe 5.
- Drü\SpecialChar \-
-cken Sie nur
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
-\family default
-, gefolgt von
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+no
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-4-b Nach noch einem
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
-\family default
-, gefolgt von
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\family typewriter
+qquad
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, sind wir zurück auf Stufe 4.
+\begin_layout Standard
+2\InsetSpace ~
+em
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-3-b Zurück zu Stufe 3.
- Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie wir das taten.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-2-b Zurück zu Stufe 2.
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+no
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-1-b Und schließlich zurück zur äußersten Stufe 1.
- Nach diesem Satz drücken wir
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- und ändern die Absatzumgebung zurück nach
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-, um die Liste zu beenden.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family typewriter
+negthinspace
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
+\begin_layout Standard
+-1/6\InsetSpace ~
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Das war's! Übrigens -- wir hätten auch die
-\family sans
-Beschreibung
-\family default
--,
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(kurz)
-\family default
--,
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(lang)-
-\family default
- und sogar die
-\family sans
-Gedicht
-\family default
--Umgebung anstatt der
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung benutzen können.
- Das Beispiel hätte sehr ähnlich ausgesehen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+yes
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Beispiel 2: Vererbung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schachtelungs!-beispiele"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Dies ist die
-\family sans
-Ly
-\family default
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Lines
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Horizontal lines"
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lyxline
+In the dialog
\family sans
-X-Code
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
+Line
\family default
--Umgebung auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe.
-
+ you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
+ width.
+\lyxline
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Jetzt werden wir Eingabe drücken, dann
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Section
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
\end_inset
-; danach werden wir zur
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Types
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Font ! Types"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung wechseln.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist die
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung auf Stufe 2.
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two types of fonts:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Sehen Sie, wie die geschachtelte
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
+\begin_layout Description
+Vector\InsetSpace ~
+fonts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Fonts ! Vector-"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
+ characters) in the font.
+ This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
+ well suited for scaling to any requested size.
+ This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
+ curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
+ This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
+ Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
+ very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
+ provide a good image.
+\newline
+One could mean that one only needs to define one font
+ size and scale them.
+ But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
+ That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
+ sizes than at small ones.
+\newline
+The font types
+\family typewriter
+TrueType
\family default
--Umgebung nicht nur die Rand\SpecialChar \-
-ein\SpecialChar \-
-stel\SpecialChar \-
-lung der Elternumgebung (
-\family sans
-Ly
+,
+\family typewriter
+OpenType
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+Type\InsetSpace ~
+1 PostScript
\family default
+ are vector fonts.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
+fonts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
+ on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
+ will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
+ However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
+ pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
+ It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
+ picture manipulation program.
+ In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
+ several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
+ or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
+ The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
+ to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
+ fonts.
+ The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
+ to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
+\newline
+Bitmap fonts are named
+
+\family typewriter
+Type\InsetSpace ~
+3
+\family default
+ in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
+ are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
+ So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
+ That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
+ scalable fonts.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-X-Code
-\family default
-) erbt, sondern auch Font und Leerzeichen!
+\begin_layout Standard
+To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
+ its document properties.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Wir haben dies Beispiel beendet, indem wir
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- gedrückt haben.
- Danach mussten wir die Absatzumgebung auf
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- und die Schachtelungstiefe mit einmal
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
+ specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
+ For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
+ font to emphasize text, you use an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+emphasized style
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- zurücksetzen.
+ instead.
+ This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
+ In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
+ details.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen und
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
-- und
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
--Umgebungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schachtelungs!-beispiele"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Document Font and Font size
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Document-Font"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset OptArg
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Font ! Size"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Font"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist Stufe 1 in einer
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can set the document fonts in the
\family sans
-Aufzählung
+ Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
--Absatzumgebung.
- Wir wollen einige davon schachteln.
-\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist Stufe 2.
- Wir haben
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
-\family default
- gedrückt, gefolgt von
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
-.
- Was wird passieren, wenn wir eine
+ dialog.
+ There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
+ font shapes roman (serif),
\family sans
-Auflistung
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
\family default
--Umgebung hier hinein schachteln? Sie wird auf Stufe 3 sein, aber welche
- Marke wird es sein? Ein Stern?
+ and its scalings.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Nein! Es ist ein schwarzer Kreis.
- Dies ist die
-\emph on
-erste
-\emph default
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The possible options for the font include
\family sans
-Auflistung
+default
\family default
--Stufe, obwohl wir auf Stufe 3 sind.
- Deswegen ist die Marke ein schwarzer Kreis.
- (Bemerkung: wir kamen hierher durch
+ and a list of fonts available on your system.
+
\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
+default
\family default
-, dann
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
+ uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, dann der Umgebungswechsel auf
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
-.)
-\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Hier ist Stufe 4, produziert mit
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
+\family typewriter
+Computer Modern
\family default
-, dann
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+) or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-.
+\family typewriter
+European Computer Modern
\family default
- Wir werden das noch einmal machen \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- um zu Stufe 5 zu gelangen.
- Diesmal aber haben wir auch die Absatz\SpecialChar \-
-umgebung auf
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
- zurückgesetzt.
- Beachten Sie die Nummerierung! Sie ist jetzt eine
-\emph on
-kleingeschriebene römische Zahl
-\emph default
-, weil wir auf der
-\emph on
-dritten
-\emph default
- Stufe der
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
+ (
+\family typewriter
+ec
\family default
--Umgebung sind (das heißt dies ist eine
-\family sans
-Aufzählung-
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
- in einer
-\family sans
-Aufzählung-
+ and
+\family typewriter
+ec
\family default
- in einer
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
+ are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
+ you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
+\family typewriter
+Adobe\InsetSpace ~
+Reader
\family default
--Umgebung).
+ version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
+ renderer.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Was passiert, wenn wir die Absatzumgebung
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- ändern, sondern die Schachtelungstiefe verringern? Welche Nummerierung
- wird LyX benutzen?
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh, als wenn Sie das nicht bereits geraten hätten.
- Wir benutzen nur
-\family sans
-Alt+Ein\SpecialChar \-
-gabe
-\family default
-, um die Umgebung und die Tiefe beizubehalten und einen neuen Eintrag zu
- erzeugen.
+ To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
+ There are three ways to use one:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Wir wollen
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Itemize
+One way is to use the
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ fonts.
+
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ is a virtual font.
+ Virtual means that it
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+steals
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- benutzen, um nach dem nächsten
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
+ outline
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
- die Tiefe zu verringern.
+-glyphs from other fonts.
+ This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
+ guillemets (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+«
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+»
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Loading the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+aeguill
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ with the document preamble line
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist Stufe 4.
- Sehen Sie, was für eine Marke LyX benutzt!
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dies ist Stufe 3.
- Obwohl wir die Stufen geändert haben, benutzt LyX immer noch kleingeschriebene
- römische Zahlen für die Marken.
- Warum?
+\begin_layout Standard
+will fix the guillemet problem.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Weil der Absatz trotz der Tiefenänderung
+\end_inset
+
+ and that accented characters are not
\emph on
-immer noch
+one
\emph default
- die dritte Stufe der
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung ist.
- Beachten Sie aber, dass LyX den Zähler für die Marke
+ glyph, they are build of
\emph on
-zurückgesetzt
+two
\emph default
- hat.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Eine weitere Folge
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe+
+ characters, the accent and the letter.
+ Therefore you can't search in documents using the
+\family typewriter
+AE
\family default
+ fonts for words with accented characters.
+ If you search for example for the French word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+rève
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
+ the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- und wir sind zurück auf Stufe 2.
- Diesmal haben wir nicht nur die Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt, sondern
- sind auch in der
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung eine Stufe zurückgegangen.
+ è
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and not for the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ e +
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+`{}
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dasselbe passiert nach einer weiteren Folge
-\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe+
-\family default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The LaTeX command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+`
+\series default
+ produces a grave.
+ The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
+ to be accented with the grave.
+\newline
+More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
\end_inset
.
- Wir sind zurück auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe.
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Schließlich haben wir die Umgebung auf
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- zurückgesetzt.
- Wie Sie sehen, korrespondiert die Stufennummer nicht mit dem Markentyp,
- den LyX für die
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
+Other fonts, like
+\family typewriter
+Latin Modern
\family default
-- und
-\family sans
-Auflistung
+ or
+\family typewriter
+Computer Modern
\family default
--Umgebungen benutzt.
- Die Anzahl von
-\emph on
-anderen
-\emph default
-
+, consists of these three main font types
\family sans
-\emph on
-Aufzählung
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
\family default
--Umgebun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
-\emph default
-, die sie umgeben, bestimmen die Marke, die LyX für einen
+,
\family sans
-Aufzählung
+typewriter
\family default
--Eintrag benutzt.
- Dasselbe gilt auch für die
+, and
\family sans
-Auflistung
+serif
\family default
--Umgebung.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schachtelungs!-beispiele"
-
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Jetzt werden wir völlig verrückt.
- Wir werden weder so tief wie in den anderen Beispielen schachteln noch
- so ausführlich erklären, wie wir es machen.
- (Stufe 1:
+:
\family sans
-Aufzählung
+Times\InsetSpace ~
+Roman
\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-(
+ as roman font,
\family sans
-Eingabe,
+ Helvetica
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% as sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif font, and
\family sans
-, Standard
+courier
\family default
-: Stufe 2) Wir werden eine kurze Beschreibung in runden Klammern irgendwo
- platzieren.
- Zum Beispiel besagen die beiden Tastenkombinationen, wie wir die Tiefe
- änderten.
- Der Umgebungsname bezeichnet natürlich die Umgebung, in der wir uns befinden.
- Entweder davor oder danach werden wir die Stufe schreiben.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-(
+ as typewriter font.
+\newline
+The differences between roman,
\family sans
-Eingabe, Aufzählung
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
\family default
-: Stufe 1) Dies ist der nächste Eintrag in der Liste.
-\end_layout
+, and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Verse
-Jetzt dichten wir.
-\newline
-Es wird noch schlechter.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\newline
-(
+The font
\family sans
-Eingabe,
+Times\InsetSpace ~
+Roman
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ was originally designed for newspapers.
+ That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
+ into the small newspaper columns.
+ Therefore
+\family sans
+Times\InsetSpace ~
+Roman
+\family default
+ is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The best solution is to use the
+\family typewriter
+Latin Modern
+\family default
+ fonts.
+ These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ as default font.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+For the font size there are four possible values:
+\family sans
+default, 10
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+11
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+12
+\family default
+.
+ The size of
\family sans
-, Gedicht
+default
\family default
-: Stufe 2)
+ depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-Wir wollen ein Bier.
-\newline
-Das wäre gerechter!
-\newline
-(
+\begin_layout Standard
+The font sizes are the
+\emph on
+base size
+\emph default
+.
+ LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
+ footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\family default
-)
-\end_layout
+ dialog if needed.
+ The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Verse
-Hier kommt eine Tabelle:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-ein Fisch
-\end_layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
+ this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+ dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-zwei Fische
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-rote Fische
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Using Different Character Styles
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Character Styles"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-blaue Fische
+As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
+ certain paragraph environments.
+ LyX supports two character styles,
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+.
+ You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
+ toolbar.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Standard
+To activate the
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style, do one of the following:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Verse
+\begin_layout Itemize
+use the keybinding
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+c
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+These commands are all toggles.
+ That is, if
\family sans
-(Alt+Eingabe, Tabelle,
+Noun
\family default
+ style is already active, they deactivate it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+One typically uses the
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style for proper names.
+ For example:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ is the original author of LyX.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- 3mal,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A more widely used character style is the
\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe, Gedicht,
+Emphasized
\family default
+ style.
+ You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style by:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+clicking on the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
\end_inset
-)
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-(
+\begin_layout Itemize
+using the keybindings
\family sans
-Eingabe, Aufzählung
-\family default
-: Stufe 1) Dies ist ein weiterer Eintrag.
- Beachten Sie, dass die Wahl einer
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+e
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally the
\family sans
-Tabelle
+Emphasized
\family default
- die Schachtelungstiefe auf Stufe 1 zurücksetzt, so dass wir sie dreimal
- erhöhen mussten, damit die Tabelle in die
+ style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
+es use a different font.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We've been using the
\family sans
-Gedicht
+Emphasized
\family default
--Umgebung kommt.
+ style all over the place in this document.
+ Here's one more example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
-Wir beenden nun die
+
+\emph on
+Don't overuse character styles!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It's also a warning in addition to an example.
+ One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
+ Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
+ the common tendency to overuse character style.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
\family sans
-Aufzählung
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
- und wechseln nach
+ or the dialog
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(lang)
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\family default
.
- Wir sind immer noch auf Stufe 1.
- Wir wollen Ihnen einige Dinge zeigen, die Sie mit dem Mischen von Umgebungen
- machen können.
- Die nächsten Absätze sind ein
-\emph on
-zitierter Brief
-\emph default
-.
- Wir werden die
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fine-Tuning with the
\family sans
-Adresse
+Text Style
\family default
-- und die
+ dialog
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Text Style"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
+ gives you a way to create custom character style.
+ For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
+ requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
+ Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
+ from ordinary dialog.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
+ warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
+\newline
+Documents that overuse
+ different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
+ has knocked huge holes in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use custom character styles, open the
\family sans
-Adresse\InsetSpace ~
-rechts
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\family default
--Umgebung hier hineinschachteln, dann ein weiteres geschachteltes
+ dialog.
+ There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+ font property which you can choose.
+ You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(lang)
+No\InsetSpace ~
+change
\family default
- für den Brief selber benutzen.
- Wir werden
+, which keeps the current state of that property.
+ The item
\family sans
-Alt+Eingabe
+Reset
\family default
- benutzen, um die Tiefe beizubehalten.
- Denken Sie daran, dass Sie
+ will reset the property to whatever is the default.
+ You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
+ environments in a snap.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The font properties, and their options (in addition to
\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
+No\InsetSpace ~
+change
\family default
- benötigen, um innerhalb von
+ and
\family sans
-Adresse
+Reset
\family default
-- und
+) are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Adresse\InsetSpace ~
-rechts
+Family
\family default
--Umgebungen mehrere Zeilen schreiben zu können.
- Hier ist das Ergebnis:
-\end_layout
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Nirgendwostr.
- 1234
-\newline
-54321 Irgendwo
-\newline
-18.
- Feb.
- 1999
-\end_layout
+overall look
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Address
-Sehr geehrter Herr Soundso,
+ of the font.
+ The possible options are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
-wir bedauern, Ihnen mitteilen zu müssen, dass wir Ihre Bestellung über 50
- Liter komprimiertes Methangas wegen widriger Umstände nicht liefern können.
- Unglücklicherweise sind einige unserer Kühe auf merkwürdige Weise explodiert,
- so dass wir nicht mehr genügend Methan haben.
- Wir werden Sie auf die Warteliste setzen und Ihre Bestellung so schnell
- wie möglich liefern.
- In der Zwischenzeit danken wir Ihnen für Ihre Geduld.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ This is the Roman font family.
+ Normally a serif font.
+ It's also the default family.
+ (keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+r
+\family default
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Wir haben aber jetzt ein Sonderangebot für Rindfleisch.
- Wenn Sie interessiert sind, schicken Sie bitte das beigefügte Bestellformular
- zusammen mit einem Scheck an uns zurück.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Wir danken Ihnen nochmals für Ihre Geduld.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Address
-Hochachtungsvoll,
-\newline
-Franz Meier
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Ende des Beispiels!
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie sehen können, erreichen Sie mit dem Schachteln von Umgebungen in
- LyX eine ganze Menge mit nur wenigen Tastendrücken.
- Wir hätten leicht eine
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
- innerhalb von
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(lang)
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(kurz)
-\family default
- schachteln können oder ein
-\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(kurz)
-\family default
- innerhalb von einer
-\family sans
-Auflistung
-\family default
-.
- Sie haben jede Menge Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl.
-\end_layout
+The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
+ It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Section
-Abstände, Seitenzahlen, Seiten- und Zeilenumbrüche
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Waagerechter Leerraum
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Leerraum!waagerechter"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-HFill
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "HFill"
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Variabler horizontaler Leerraum (LaTeX
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
-) ist eine besondere LyX-Funktion, um zusätzlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig
- einzufügen.
- Ein
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
- ist ein Leerraum mit variabler Länge, der dem verbleibenden zwischen dem
- linken und dem rechten Rand entspricht.
- Gibt es in einer Zeile mehrere
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
-s, teilen sie sich den freien Leerraum gleichmäßig.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\emph on
-Bemerkung
-\emph default
-: wenn Sie einen
\family sans
-HFill
+Sans\InsetSpace ~
+Serif
\family default
- am Anfang einer Zeile, die
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ist, einfügen, ignoriert LyX das.
- Damit wird verhindert, dass
+
\family sans
-HFill
+This is the Sans Serif font family.
+
\family default
-s zufällig auf eine neue Zeile gelangen.
-\end_layout
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family roman
-s
-\family default
- kann man mit
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Variabler\InsetSpace \space{}
-horiz.\InsetSpace \space{}
-Abstand
-\family default
- einsetzen.
- Hier sind ein paar Beispiele:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-Dieser Teil ist links
-\hfill
-Dieser Teil ist rechts
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-Links
-\hfill
-Mitte
-\hfill
-Rechts
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-Links
-\hfill
-1/3 Links
-\hfill
+\end_inset
-\hfill
-Rechts
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das waren Beispiele in der
\family sans
-Zitat\InsetSpace ~
-(kurz)
-\family default
--Umgebung.
- Hier :
-\hfill
-: ist ein
-\family sans
-HFill
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+s
\family default
- in einem Standardabsatz.
- Im gedruckten Text ist er vielleicht nicht zu erkennen, aber er ist zwischen
- den
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
-
-::
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Erinnern Sie sich, dass ein
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
- immer den restlichen Leerraum zwischen den Rändern füllt? Es kann mehrere
- Ränder in einer Zeile geben.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel mit der
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung:
+
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-eins
-\hfill
-zwei :drei
-\hfill
-vier
-\hfill
-fünf
-\hfill
-sechs
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-eins :zwei drei vier fünf sechs
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der Doppelpunkt markiert den Beginn des Listenelementes.
- (Innerhalb der Marke in der
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung gibt es einen
-\emph on
-verborgenen
-\emph default
-
\family sans
-HFill
+Typewriter
\family default
-; er wird automatisch am Ende der Marke eingefügt.) Die zweite Zeile ist
- ein ganz normales Listenelement zum Vergleich.
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
-s wirken in anderen Situationen mit
-\emph on
-Mehrfach
-\emph default
--Rändern ähnlich, wie zum Beispiel im Zwei-Spalten-Modus.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+This is the Typewriter font family.
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Weitere Zwischenräume
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Die folgenden beiden Zwischenraumarten werden nicht von LyX unterstützt,
- weil sie nicht oft benutzt werden, so dass Sie ERT (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "ERT-Kästchen"
-\end_inset
-
-) benutzen müssen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Definierter Abstand
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Manchmal benötigt man Abstände mit einer definierten Länge, z.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-B.\InsetSpace \space{}
-für Vorlagen
- oder Fragebögen.
- Diese erhält man mit dem LaTeX-Befehl
-\family typewriter
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-hspace
-\family default
- als ERT.
- In der folgenden Zeile wird mit
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-hspace{2cm}
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+p
\family default
- ein Abstand von 2\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-cm erzeugt:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dies ist eine Zeile mit
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-hspace{2cm}
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
- 2\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-cm Abstand zwischen den beiden Pfeilen.
- Sie können alle in Anhang\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "LyX-Maßeinheiten"
-
-\end_inset
-
- aufgelisteten Maßeinheiten benutzen.
+\family sans
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Phantom-Abstand
-\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Manchmal benötigen Sie einen Abstand, der genauso lang ist wie ein Begriff.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel einer Mehrfach-Auswahl:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Series
+\family default
+ This corresponds to the print weight.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Medium
+\family default
+ This is the Medium font series.
+ It's also the default series.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Was ist richtiges Deutsch?
-\newline
-Herr Meier würde springt
-\newline
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Bold
+\family default
+
+\series bold
+This is the Bold font series.
+\series default
+ (keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-phantom{Herr Meier }
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-hat gespringt
-\newline
+
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+b
+\family default
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-phantom{Herr Meier}
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- springt
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Shape
+\family default
+ As the name implies.
+ Options are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Auswahl-Möglichkeiten sind also rechts vom Begriff
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-
-Herr Meier\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Upright
+\family default
+ This is the Upright font shape.
+ It's also the default shape.
+\end_layout
- ausgerichtet.
- Das erreichen Sie mit dem LaTeX-Befehl
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\backslash
-phantom
+\family sans
+Italic
\family default
- als ERT, in unserem Fall
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-phantom{Herr Meier }
+
+\shape italic
+This
+\shape default
+
+\family sans
+\shape italic
+i
\family default
+s the Italic font shape
+\shape default
+\emph on
.
- Ob das Leerzeichen im ERT oder danach steht, spielt keine Rolle.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt noch die Befehle
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\backslash
-hphantom
+\family sans
+Slanted
\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
+
+\shape slanted
+This is the Slanted font shape
+\shape default
+ (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-vphantom
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Small\InsetSpace ~
+Caps
\family default
-, aber die sind für ein LyX-Benutzerhandbuch zu speziell.
- Näheres darüber können Sie in LaTeX-Büchern wie
-\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+
+\shape smallcaps
+This is the Small caps font shape
+\shape default
+\noun on
+.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Size
+\family default
+ Alters the size of the font.
+ You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
+nal to the document font size.
+ Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
+ what you want to do.
+ The options are:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Tiny
+\family default
+
+\size tiny
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- nachlesen.
-\end_layout
-
+Tiny
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Senkrechter Leerraum
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Leerraum!senkrechter"
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Senkrechter-Leerraum"
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Zusätzlichen senkrechten Leerraum über oder unter einem Absatz fügt man
- mit
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Vertikaler\InsetSpace \space{}
-Abstand\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\family default
-, womit das Menü
-\family sans
-Einstellungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-für\InsetSpace \space{}
-vertikalen\InsetSpace \space{}
-Abstand
-\family default
- geöffnet wird, hinzu.
- Dort kann man unter
-\family sans
-Abstand
-\family default
- verschiedene Abstandsformen auswählen.
- Der
-\family sans
-Abstand
-\family default
- wird dort eingefügt, wo der Cursor steht.
+}
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Wir werden kein Beispiel für
-\family sans
-Variabel
-\family default
- (LaTeX
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-) zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist.
- Er arbeitet so wie die anderen Fülltypen, einschließlich
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
-: er füllt den restlichen senkrechten Raum einer Seite mit Leerraum.
- Gibt es mehrere
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-s auf einer Seite, teilen sie sich den restlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig.
-
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-s kann man deshalb benutzen, wenn man Text auf einer Seite zentrieren will
- oder ihn 2/3 oder 1/4 usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-nach unten platzieren will.
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Absatz
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
--Einstellungen
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+1
\family default
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Absatz!-einstellungen@-Einstellungen"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mit dem Menü
-\family sans
-Absatz-Einstellungen
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Absatz-Einstellungen
+Smallest
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\size scriptsize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Smallest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) können Sie die Absatzformatierung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Absatz!-formatierung"
+ font size
+\size default
+.
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- ändern.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Absatzausrichtung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Absatz!-ausrichtung"
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mit
\family sans
-Ausrichtung
-\family default
- ändern Sie einen oder mehrere Absätze.
- Normalerweise ist
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- angekreuzt, was
-\family sans
-Blocksatz
-\family default
- bedeutet, bei dem der Leerraum zwischen den Worten variabel ist und jede
- Zeile des Absatzes den Platz zwischen den beiden Rändern ausfüllt..
- Wenn Sie das Kreuz entfernen, haben Sie drei weitere Möglichkeiten:
-\family sans
- Links, Rechts
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Zentriert.
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
\family default
- Diese Ausrichtungen sind selbsterklärend und sehen wie folgt aus:
-\end_layout
+2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\align left
-Dieser Absatz ist linksbündig,
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-dieser ist zentriert,
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align right
-und dieser ist rechtsbündig.
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\emph on
-Anmerkung
-\emph default
-: Bei diesen drei Absatzausrichtungen wird ober- und unterhalb ein zusätzlicher
- vertikaler Abstand eingefügt.
- Will man zum Beispiel mehrere kurze Zeilen zentriert setzen, sollte man
- nach jeder Zeile
\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
+Smaller
\family default
- statt
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- benutzen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Zeilenabstand
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zeilenabstand"
+
+\size footnotesize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Smaller
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
-\end_layout
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\paragraph_spacing double
-Zur Änderung des
-\family sans
-Zeilenabstand
-\family default
-es habe Sie folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten:
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Einfach
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-1.5
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Doppelt
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Benutzerdefiniert
-\family default
-.
- Für diesen Absatz wurde
-\family sans
-Doppelt
-\family default
- gewählt.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Benutzerdefiniert
-\family default
- auswählen, müssen Sie rechts davon eine Zahl (zum Beispiel 3.5) eingeben,
- die ein Vielfaches des einzeiligen Abstandes definiert.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Absatz einrücken
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Absatz-einrücken"
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Je nachdem, was in
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Textformat
-\family default
- unter
\family sans
-Absätze\InsetSpace \space{}
-trennen\InsetSpace \space{}
-durch
-\family default
- angekreuzt ist, ist auch
-\family sans
-Absatz\InsetSpace \space{}
-einrücken
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+S
\family default
- angekreuzt oder nicht.
- Diese Voreinstellung können Sie ändern.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Manueller Seitenumbruch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Seitenumbruch!manuell"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Manueller-Seitenumbruch"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Ihnen nicht gefällt, wie LaTeX die Seiten Ihres Dokumentes umbricht,
- können Sie manuelle Seitenumbrüche einfügen.
- Im allgemeinen ist das
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- nötig, weil LaTeX Seitenumbrüche gut gestaltet, wie bereits in Abschnitt
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Schusterjungen-und-Hurenkinder"
+\family default
+3
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- erwähnt.
-
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wir empfehlen
-\emph on
-sehr
-\emph default
-,
-\emph on
-keine
-\emph default
- manuellen Seitenumbrüche einzufügen,
-\emph on
-bevor
-\emph default
- das Dokument endgültig fertig ist und Sie sich in der Druckvorschau überzeugt
- haben, dass Sie die Seitenumbrüche
-\emph on
-wirklich
-\emph default
- ändern müssen.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Natürlich können Sie das auch kapitelweise tun, da ein Kapitel immer auf
- einer neuen Seite beginnt.
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- Dann können Sie einen manuellen Seitenumbruch an der Stelle, wo der Cursor
- gerade steht, mit
\family sans
-Einfügen
+Small
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\size small
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Formatierung
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Seitenumbruch
-\family default
- einfügen.
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Einen manuellen Seitenumbruch werden Sie vielleicht einfügen wollen, damit
- eine Abbildung oder eine Tabelle auf einer neuen Seite beginnen.
- Das ist natürlich der falsche Weg.
- Mit LyX können Sie festlegen, dass Ihre Abbildungen und Tabellen automatisch
- auf den Beginn einer neuen Seite kommen (oder ans Ende oder auf eine eigene
- Seite), ohne dass Sie sich darum kümmern müssen, was vor oder nach Ihrer
- Abbildung oder Tabelle steht.
- In den Abschnitten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Abbildungen"
-\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabellen"
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- erfahren Sie mehr über Gleitobjekte.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Leerender Seitenumbruch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Leerender-Seitenumbruch"
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+s
+\family default
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Seitenumbruch!leerend"
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Enthält eine Seite auch Gleitobjekte, wird mit dem Befehl
-\family sans
- Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Seite\InsetSpace \space{}
-leeren
-\family default
- die Seite umgebrochen, und alle noch nicht gedruckten Gleitobjekte kommen
- auf die neue Seite oder folgende.
- Bei doppelseitigem Druck mach der Befehl
-\family sans
- Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Doppelseite\InsetSpace \space{}
-leeren
-\family default
- dasselbe, aber die neue Seite ist auf jeden Fall eine ungerade, eventuell
- mit einer Leerseite dazwischen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Manueller Zeilenumbruch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zeilenumbruch!manueller"
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Manueller-Zeilenumbruch"
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
+\family default
+4
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Diesen erhält man mit
-\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Einfügen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Formatierung
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+)
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Zeilen\SpecialChar \-
-umbruch.
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Normal
\family default
- Sie sollten ihn aber nicht benutzen, um den Zeilenumbruch von LaTeX zu
- korrigieren, weil LaTeX Zeilenumbrüche
-\emph on
-sehr
-\emph default
- gut gestaltet (siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Manueller-Seitenumbruch"
+ This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- Es gibt aber einige Situationen, in denen man manuell umbrechen muss, zum
- Beispiel bei Gedichten und Adressen (siehe Abschnitte
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zitate"
+ font size.
+ It's also the default size.
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Gedicht"
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Adresse-verwenden"
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+n
+\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Leerzeichen und Zwischenräume
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Ist ein Leerzeichen ein Leerzeichen? Nicht in guter Typographie.
- Während Sie in normalen Textverarbeitungen die Leertaste benutzen, um Worte
- zu trennen, bietet LyX weitere Leerzeichen: Leerzeichen mit unterschiedlicher
- Breite und Leerzeichen, die beim Zeilenumbruch (nicht) aufgebrochen werden
- können.
- Die folgenden Abschnitte enthalten einige nützliche Beispiele.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Normales Leerzeiche
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Normales-Leerzeichen"
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
+\family default
+5
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Einige Sprachen fügen nach einem Punkt einen etwas größeren Abstand ein,
- und LyX befolgt diese Konvention (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Abkürzungen-und-Satzenden"
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
- Manchmal Wollen Sie aber trotzdem einen normalen Abstand setzen.
- Das erreichen Sie mit
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Normales
-\family default
-\InsetSpace \space{}
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Leerzeichen
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Strg+Alt\InsetSpace \space{}
--Leertaste
+Large
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Geschütztes Leerzeichen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Geschütztes-Leerzeichen"
+
+\size large
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Large
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Leerzeichen!gesch\"utzte"
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Es wird hauptsächlich benutzt, um LyX (und LaTeX) mitzuteilen, die Zeile
-
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- zwischen den beiden Worten umzubrechen.
- Das ist manchmal nötig, um unschöne Zeilenumbrüche zu vermeiden, wie hier:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-Eine gute Dokumentation sollte nicht mehr wiegen als 1
-\newline
-kg.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
+\end_inset
+
+ or
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-Offensichtlich
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
\family default
-\series default
- ist zwischen der
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+6
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-1
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- und
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+}
+\end_layout
-kg
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- ein geschütztes Leerzeichen angebracht.
- Ein geschütztes Leerzeichen erhält man mit
-\family sans
-Einfügen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+)
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Formatierung
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Ge\SpecialChar \-
-schütz\SpecialChar \-
-tes Leer\SpecialChar \-
-zei\SpecialChar \-
-chen
+Larger
\family default
- oder einfach mit
-\family sans
-Strg+Leertaste.
-\family default
+\size larger
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Larger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+S-L
+\family default
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Kleiner Abstand
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Kleiner-Abstand"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ein
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Kleiner\InsetSpace \space{}
-Abstand
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
\family default
- ist nur halb so breit wie der normale und
-\emph on
-geschützt
-\emph default
-.
- Die typographischen Konventionen vieler Sprachen benutzen ihn dort, wo
- ein normaler Abstand zu breit sein würde, zum Beispiel in Abkürzungen:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
+7
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\noun on
-D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-E
-\noun default
-.\InsetSpace \space{}
+\begin_layout Standard
-\noun on
-Knuth
-\noun default
- hat unser geliebtes Drucksetzprogramm entwickelt, d.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-h.\InsetSpace \space{}
-TeX.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Einen kleinen Abstand können Sie mit
-\family sans
-Einfügen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Formatierung
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Kleiner\InsetSpace \space{}
-Abstand
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste
-\family default
- einfügen.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Weitere Zwischenräume
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem gibt es noch weitere Zwischenräume.
- Obwohl LyX sie unterstützt, müssen Sie sie über den
-\emph on
-Minipuffer
-\emph default
- mittels
-\family typewriter
-space-insert Befehl
-\family default
- eingeben, wobei Sie
-\family typewriter
-Befehl
+\family sans
+Largest
\family default
- der Tabelle\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zwischenräume"
+
+\size largest
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- entnehmen können.
- Sie können das auch über
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Te
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X-Code
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+L
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-) machen, indem Sie dort
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
-\backslash
-Befehl
\family default
- eingeben.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Float table
-placement h
-wide false
-sideways false
+8
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Standard
-Zwischenräume
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Zwischenräume"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Huge
+\family default
+
+\size huge
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Befehl
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Breite
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+h
+\family default
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Geschützt?
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-normal
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
+\family default
+9
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-1/3\InsetSpace ~
-em
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-nein
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Huger
+\family default
+
+\size giant
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+Huger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-protected
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-1/3\InsetSpace ~
-em
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-ja
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-thin
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+H
+\family default
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-1/6\InsetSpace ~
-em
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-ja
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-enspace
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family default
+0
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-0.5\InsetSpace ~
-em
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-ja
+We'll warn you
+\emph on
+yet again
+\emph default
+: don't go crazy with this feature.
+ You should almost never need to change the font size.
+ LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ - use that instead.
+ This is here for fine-tuning only!
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family typewriter
-enskip
+\family sans
+Misc
+\family default
+ Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
+ Options are:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-0.5\InsetSpace ~
-em
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
+.
+ This might seem like the same as
+\shape italic
+Italic
+\shape default
+, but it is actually a bit different.
+ Emphasized is a
+\emph on
+logical
+\emph default
+ attribute.
+ That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
+ text.
+ Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-nein
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Underbar
+\family default
+
+\bar under
+This is text with Underbar on.
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\bar default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-quad
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-1\InsetSpace ~
-em
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-nein
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-qquad
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-2\InsetSpace ~
-em
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
+)
+\newline
-\begin_layout Standard
-nein
+\family default
+Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
+ when you couldn't change fonts.
+ We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ It's only included in LyX because some people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+This is text with Noun on.
-\family typewriter
-negthinspace
+\noun default
+ Like
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+, this is a logical attribute.
+ Normally it's equivalent to
+\family sans
+Small\InsetSpace ~
+Caps
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
--1/6\InsetSpace ~
-em
-\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Color
+\family default
+ You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
+ Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
+ Besides
+\family sans
+No\InsetSpace ~
+color
+\family default
+, which is the default
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-ja
-\end_layout
+color
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+ and means normally black, you can choose between
+\family sans
+Black
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+White
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Red
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Green
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Blue
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cyan
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Magenta
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Yellow
+\family default
+ text.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
+ the language of the document.
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
+ (only within LyX).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
+ Once you've chosen a new character style via the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog, the settings are saved.
+ You can activate them using the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
+\end_inset
+.
+ The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
+ when the dialog isn't visible.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Horizontale Linien
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "horizontale Linien"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
+ (suppose you just set the shape to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+slanted
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Horizontale-Linien"
-
+ and the series to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+), set the
+\family sans
+Toggle\InsetSpace ~
+all
+\family default
+ switch and press
+\family sans
+Apply
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Horizontale Linien können Sie mit
+You should also know something about the differences between the three main
+ font types
\family sans
-Einfügen
+serif
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
+,
\family sans
-Formatierung
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
+, and
\family sans
-Horizontale Linie
+typewriter
\family default
- einfügen.
- Hier:
-\lyxline
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-ist eine solche Linie.
+:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Fonts
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+ is a so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- und Textstile
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Text!-stil"
-
+monospaced
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font, that means every character has the same width, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+i
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fonttypen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!Typen"
+ is as wide as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+m
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ Here is an example
+\newline
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt zwei Fonttypen:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Skalierbare\InsetSpace ~
-Fonts
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!skalierbar"
-\end_inset
-
- (auch Vektorfonts
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!Vektor-"
+\backslash
+phantom{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- genannt)werden aus den Umrissen der einzelnen Zeichen mit Hilfe von mathematisc
-hen Funktionen erstellt.
- Damit die Darstellung der Zeichen für verschiedene Größen immer gut aussieht,
- werden mehrere Funktionen benutzt.
- Zum Darstellen oder Drucken eines Zeichens berechnet ein Renderer, welche
- Pixel in den Umriss gepackt werden müssen.
- Die Vektorfonts sind für jede Zeichengröße bestens geeignet.
- Nur bei sehr kleinen Zeichengrößen kann es schwer sein, die Pixel richtig
- zu berechnen, damit das Zeichen noch gut aussieht.
-\newline
-Die Fonttypen
-\family typewriter
-TrueType
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-OpenType
-\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
-Type\InsetSpace ~
-1\InsetSpace \space{}
-Postscript
-\family default
-® sind Vektorfonts.
-\end_layout
+no
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap-Fonts
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!Bitmap-"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- werden aus Bitmap-Bildern der einzelnen Zeichen erstellt.
- Sie sehen deshalb für alle Größen gut aus, für die ein Bitmap-Bild vorhanden
- ist.
- Das sind meist Zeichengrößen von 8-36 Pixel.
- Vergrößerungen sehen deshalb nicht besonders gut aus.
- Der Vorteil von Bitmap-Fonts ist, dass keine aufwendigen Berechnungen durchgefü
-hrt werden müssen.
-\newline
-In Postscript®- und PDF-Dokumenten sind
+
\family typewriter
-Type\InsetSpace ~
-3
+typewriter text
\family default
--Fonts Bitmap-Fonts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Weil also skalierbare Fonts für fast alle Zeichengrößen gute Ergebnisse
- liefern, benutzen fast alle Text-Render- und Drucksetz-Programme sie.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie wissen wollen, welche Fonts in einem PDF-Dokument benutzt werden,
- sollten Sie sich dessen Eigenschaften anschauen.
- Beim Adobe Reader sind sie unter unter
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Document\InsetSpace \space{}
-Properties\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fonts
-\family default
- zu finden.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Viele moderne Drucksetz- und Textauszeichnungs-Programme haben damit begonnen,
- Buchstabenstile anstatt Fonts zu benutzen.
- Anstatt zum Beispiel die Kursivform eines bestimmten Fonts zu benutzen,
- wird ein
-\emph on
-Hervorhebungsstil
-\emph default
- benutzt.
- So wird das auch in LyX gemacht, wo kontextabhängig gearbeitet wird anstatt
- sich auf die Einzelheiten der Drucksetzung zu konzentrieren.
-\end_layout
+For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Dokumentfont
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!-font"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
\end_inset
- und Fontgröße
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!-gr\"o\"se"
+.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Dokumentfont-und-Fontgröße"
+\newline
+no typewriter text
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Serif
+\family default
+ fonts use characters with serifs.
+ These are the small
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+appendices
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
+ The following example will show the difference:
+\newline
+text with serifs
+\newline
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können die Dokumentfonts im Dialogfenster
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Schriften
+text without serifs
\family default
- für die drei Typen
-\family sans
-Roman
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Serifenfrei
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Schreibmaschine
-\family default
- auswählen.
- Als Auswahl gibt es
+
+\newline
+Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
+ They are therefore used as default font (named
\family sans
-Standard
+roman
\family default
- und eine Liste von Fonts, die auf Ihrem Computer verfügbar sind.
- Einige davon sind skalierbar.
-
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Standard
+Sans serif
\family default
- benutzt die TeX-Fonts
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+ don't use serifs.
+ This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
+ We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
+ They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern (cm)
-\family default
+\begin_layout Section
+Printing and Previewing
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Overview
+\end_layout
- oder
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
+ using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
+ goes on behind-the-scenes.
+ We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
+Extended\InsetSpace ~
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual as well.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
+ LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
+ confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
+ LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
+ Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+ This happens in two stages:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
+ generating a file with the extension,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-European
-\family default
-
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern (ec)
+.tex
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Weil
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- und
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
\family typewriter
-ec
+.tex
\family default
- Bitmap-Fonts sind, können sie in manchen PDF-Betrachtern bei großer Vergrößerun
-g treppenförmig aussehen.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ file to produce printable output.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Output file formats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der Adobe® Reader ab Version 6 glättet sie mit einem speziellen Renderer
- für Bitmap-Fonts.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+ASCII
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! ASCII"
+
\end_inset
- Um das zu vermeiden, können Sie skalierbare Fonts benutzen.
- Es gibt drei Möglichkeiten:
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Eine Möglichkeit sind
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
--Fonts.
- Es sind virtuelle Fonts in dem Sinne, dass sie das Aussehen der
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\family typewriter
-cm
+.txt
\family default
--Fonts von anderen Fonts
-\emph on
-stehlen
-\emph default
-.
- Der Nachteil ist, dass einige Zeichen fehlen, zum Beispiel die französischen
-
-\emph on
-guillemets
-\emph default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-«
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+.
+ It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-»
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+American Standard Code for Information Interchange
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ (ASCII).
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann das LaTeX-Paket
-\family typewriter
-aeguill
-\family default
- laden (
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
+You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ASCII
\family default
-), wird dieses Problem beseitigt.
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! LaTeX"
+
\end_inset
- und dass Zeichen mit Akzenten nicht
-\emph on
-ein
-\emph default
- Zeichen sind, sondern aus
-\emph on
-zwei
-\emph default
-en bestehen, dem Buchstaben und dem Akzent.
- Deswegen kann man Dokumente nicht nach Worten mit solchen Zeichen durchsuchen.
- Wenn Sie zum Beispiel das französische Wort
-\emph on
-rève
-\emph default
- in einer PDF-Datei suchen, werden Sie es nicht finden, weil der PDF-Betrachter
- nach
-\emph on
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\emph default
-è
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
- sucht und nicht nach
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-e +
+ and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
+ your document.
+ If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
+ it manually with console commands.
+ The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
+ you view or export your document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-`{}
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+eX
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+DVI
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! DVI"
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Der LaTeX-Befehl
-\family typewriter
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-`
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
\family default
- erzeugt den Akzent grave.
- Die Klammern danach verhindern, dass der Punkt einen Akzent grave bekommt.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+device-independent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
+ to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
+ At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
+ course.
+ DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
+ like PostScript.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Eine andere Möglichkeit ist die Verwendung von drei verschiedenen Fonts
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Fonts wie
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- oder
-\family typewriter
- Computer Modern
-\family default
- bestehen aus drei Haupt-Fonttypen
-\family sans
-serifenfrei
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-serif
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Schreibmaschine
-\family default
-.
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
+ So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Times\InsetSpace \space{}
-Roman
-\family default
- als Roman-Font,
-\family sans
-Helvetica
-\family default
- -- skaliert auf 92-95% -- als serifenfreien Font und
+This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
+ Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
+ it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
+ So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to DVI by the menu
\family sans
-Courier
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
\family default
- als Schreibmaschinenfont.
-\newline
-Die Unterschiede zwischen Roman, serifenfrei und
- Schreibmaschine werden in Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Textstil-Menü"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PostScript
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! PostScript"
\end_inset
- beschrieben.
-\newline
-Der Font Times Roman wurde ursprünglich für Zeitungen entwickelt.
- Das bedeutet, dass seine Zeichen kleiner als die von anderen Fonts sind,
- damit sie in die schmalen Zeitungsspalten passen.
- Deshalb ist dieser Font für große Dokumente wie Bücher nicht geeignet.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Am besten ist es,
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\family typewriter
-Latin-Modern
+.ps
\family default
--Fonts zu benutzen.
- Diese Fonts wurden für die LaTeX-Gemeinde entwickelt, um die
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ PostScript was developed by the company
\family typewriter
-cm
+Adobe
\family default
--Fonts als Standard abzulösen.
-\end_layout
+ as printer language.
+ The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
+ file.
+ PostScript can be seen as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+programming language
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Für die
-\family sans
-Basisgröße
-\family default
- gibt es die Werte
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-10
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-11
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-12
-\family default
-.
- Die
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
--Größe hängt von Ihrem LyX-System ab.
- Meistens ist es
-\family sans
-10
-\family default
-.
- LyX richtet alle anderen möglichen Fontgrößen, zum Beispiel für Fußnoten,
- hoch- und tiefgestellt usw.) an dieser Basisgröße aus.
+If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+pstricks
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mit dem
-\family sans
-Textstil
-\family default
--Dialog (
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Textstil
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder klicken Sie auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 4bp 20bp 20bp
+PostScript can only contain images in the format
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-) können Sie die Fontgröße für Textteile ändern, wenn Sie wollen.
- Die möglichen Fontgrößen sind in Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Fontgröße"
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- beschrieben.
+).
+ As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
+ to convert them in the background to EPS.
+ If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
+ whenever you view or export your document.
+ This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
+ So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
+ EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Bemerkung
-\series default
-: Wenn Sie einen anderen Font oder eine Basisgröße wählen, wird LyX den
- Bildschirmfont
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- ändern! Den Unterschied werden Sie nur in Der Druckvorschau oder auf dem
- Papier sehen.
- Das ist Teil des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes.
- Die Bildschirmfonts können Sie über
+You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Bildschirmschriften
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
\family default
- ändern, siehe auch Anhang\InsetSpace \space{}
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Bildschirmschriften"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PDF
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! PDF"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Buchstabenstile"
+name "PDF"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie wir bereits gesehen haben, ändert LyX automatisch den
-\color black
-Buchstabenstil
-\color inherit
- für gewisse Absatzumgebungen.
- Wir haben bereits zwei Buchstabenstile erwähnt:
-\family sans
-Hervorhebung
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen
-\family default
-.
- Beide kann man mit Tastenkürzeln, über die Menüs oder die Werkzeugleiste
- auswählen.
-\end_layout
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen
+
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
\family default
- zu aktivieren, machen Sie folgendes:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/font-noun.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, oder Sie drücken
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-K.
-\end_layout
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Befehle sind Umschalter: ist
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen
+ (PDF) is developed by
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
\family default
- aktiviert, so wird es durch den Befehl deaktiviert und umgekehrt.
+ as derivative from PostScript.
+ It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
+ As the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+portable
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
+ looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Eine typische Anwendung für
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen
-\family default
--Stil sind Namen, zum Beispiel
-\noun on
-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Matthias Ettrich
-\noun default
- ist der LyX-Erfinder.
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der
-\family sans
-Hervorhebung
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
\family default
-sstil wird häufiger benutzt.
- Man kann ihn folgendermaßen (de)ak\SpecialChar \-
-ti\SpecialChar \-
-vie\SpecialChar \-
-ren -- es sind ebenfalls Umschalter:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/font-emph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, oder Sie drücken
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-H
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
\family default
-.
- oder
-\family sans
-Strg+E
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.png
\family default
-.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
+ in the background to one of these formats.
+ But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
+ will slow down your workflow.
+ So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Zur Zeit ist der
+You can export your document to PDF via the menu
\family sans
-Hervorhebung
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export
\family default
-sstil gleichbedeutend mit einem kursiven Font.
- Wir wollen dem Benutzer in Zukunft ermöglichen, eine andere Zuordnung zu
- treffen.
+ in three different ways:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Den
-\family sans
-Hervorhebung
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+ that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
+ The PostScript-version is produced by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
\family default
-sstil haben wir überall in diesem Dokument benutzt.
- Hier ist noch ein Beispiel:
+ which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
+ So this export variant consist of three conversions.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(dvipdfm) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
+ PDF.
+\end_layout
-\emph on
-Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht!
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ that converts your file directly to PDF.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Über das Beispiel hinaus ist es eine Warnung.
- Man sollte in etwa so schreiben, wie man sich unterhält.
- Da man sich ja nicht dauernd anschreit, sollte man vermeiden, Dinge zu
- oft hervorzuheben.
-
+We recommend to use
+\family sans
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ because
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
+ without problems.
+ The program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Feineinstellung
+Previewing
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Feineinstellung!der Zeichen"
+name "Document ! Preview "
\end_inset
- mit dem
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
+ in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
\family sans
-Textstil
+View
\family default
--Menü
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Textstil-Menü"
+ and choose a file type.
+ A viewing program will popup showing the output.
+ For
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ you can use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
\end_inset
+ (shortcut
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+), for
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ you can use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt immer Situationen, in denen man Feineinstellungen vornehmen muss.
- Deshalb hat LyX Möglichkeiten, den Buchstabenstil zu verändern.
- Zum Beispiel schreiben ein wissenschaftliches Journal oder eine Firma vor,
- dass ein Font ohne Serifen in gewissen Situationen zu benutzen ist.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
+If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
+ viewer window using the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Bemerkung von
-\noun on
-John Weiss
-\noun default
-: Für die LyX-Dokumentation gibt es auch Stilvorschriften, weil Handbücher
- eine gewisse Konsistenz haben sollten.
+When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
+ directory.
+ To have a real output, export your document.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printing the File from within LyX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Printing-the-File"
+
\end_inset
- Manche Schriftsteller benutzen manchmal einen anderen Font, um die Gedanken
- einer Person von einem gewöhnlichen Dialog abzuheben.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bevor wir beschreiben, wie man Buchstabenstile ändern kann, wollen wir eine
- Warnung wiederholen: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen
- nicht.
- Viele moderne Textverarbeitungen bieten viele Fonts an, womit Sie die Stärke
- der Presse besitzen.
- Unglücklicherweise gibt es eine Tendenz, damit zu verschwenderisch umzugehen.
- Es hat etwas von
-\emph on
-mit Kanonen auf Spatzen schießen
-\emph default
-.
- Außerdem sieht ein Dokument, das sehr viele Fonts und Größen benutzt, wirklich
- so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hineingeschossen.
- -- Aber genug gejammert.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um Fonts zu verändern, wählen Sie
+Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
+ it directly from within LyX.
+ To print a file, select the menu
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Textstil
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Print
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder klicken Sie auf
+ or click on the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 4bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
\end_inset
-, um das Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Textstil
-\family default
- angezeigt zu bekommen.
- Dieses Menü hat sieben Schaltflächen für die verschiedenen Fonteigenschaften,
- die man auswählen kann.
- Klickt man auf eine Schaltfläche, kann man eine Einstellung wählen oder
- mit
-\family sans
-Keine\InsetSpace ~
-Änderung
+.
+ LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
+ This file is then processed by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
\family default
- alles beim alten lassen.
- Mit
-\family sans
-Zurücksetzen
+ to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
+\family typewriter
+Ghostscript
\family default
- wird die Eigenschaft auf ihren Standardwert in der gerade benutzten Absatzumgeb
-ung zurückgesetzt.
- Damit kann man auf einen Schlag Attribute für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen
- zurücksetzen.
+.
+ Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
+ is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
+ printing one set to print on the other side.
+ Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
+ By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
+ of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die sieben Fonteigenschaften und ihre möglichen Werte (plus
+You can set the parameters in the
\family sans
-Keine\InsetSpace ~
-Änderung
+Print\InsetSpace ~
+Destination
\family default
- und
+ box as follows:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Zurücksetzen
+Printer
\family default
-) sind:
-\begin_inset ERT
+ This is the name of the printer to print to
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+Note that this printer name is for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ That means
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ has to be configured for this printer name.
+ The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Printer"
-\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+.
+ The printer should understand PostScript.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Familie
+File
+\family default
+ The name of a file to print to.
+ The output will be a PostScript file.
+ It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
+ path.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+A few Words about Typography
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!-familie"
+name "Typography"
\end_inset
-\family default
- Das
-\emph on
-allgemeine Aussehen
-\emph default
- des Fonts.
- Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphens
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Hyphens"
-\family sans
-Roman
-\family default
- Dies ist die Fontfamilie Roman.
- Es ist auch die Standardfamilie.
- (Tastenkürzel
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-R
-\family default
-)
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Serifenfrei
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Dies ist die Fontfamilie Sans Serif.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyphens"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\family default
- (Tastenkürzel
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-S
-\family default
-)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+In LyX, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-Schreibmaschine
-\family default
-
\family typewriter
-Dies ist die Fontfamilie Schreibmaschine
-\family default
- (Tas\SpecialChar \-
-ten\SpecialChar \-
-kürzel
-\family sans
-Alt+Z C
+-
\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Serie
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!-serie"
+ character comes in three lengths, often called the
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+, and the
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+hyphen
+\hfill
+-
+\hfill
+made with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+-
\family default
- Dies ist die Druckstärke
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Druckst\"arke"
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- mit folgenden Optionen:
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+en dash
+\hfill
+--
+\hfill
+made with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Mittel
-\family default
- Dies ist die Druckstärke mittel.
- Es ist auch die Standardstärke.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Fett
-\family default
-
-\series bold
-Dies ist die Druckstärke fett.
+\begin_layout Standard
-\series default
- Fettdruck kann man mit
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-F
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Strg+B
-\family default
- (de)aktivieren.
+
+\backslash
+/
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Form
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!-form"
+-
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family default
- Wie der Name schon sagt mit folgenden Optionen:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+em dash
+\hfill
+---
+\hfill
+made with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Normal
-\family default
- Dies ist die Standardform.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Kursiv
-\family default
-
-\shape italic
-Dies
-\shape default
-
-\family sans
-\shape italic
-i
-\family default
-st die kursive Form
-\shape default
-\emph on
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+/
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Geneigt
-\family default
-
-\shape slanted
-Dies ist die geneigte Form
-\shape default
- (obwohl man es auf dem Bildschirm vielleicht nicht sieht, ist die Form
- anders als kursiv).
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+/
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen
+-
\family default
-
-\shape smallcaps
-Dies ist die Kapitälchenform
-\shape default
-\noun on
-.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+minus sign
+\hfill
-\family sans
-Farbe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!-farbe"
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\end_inset
+
+\hfill
+a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family default
- Hiermit können Sie eine Textfarbe auswählen.
- Natürlich benötigen Sie einen Farbdrucker, wenn Sie es sehen wollen, und
- Sie müssen das
-\family sans
-color
-\family default
--LaTeX-Paket installiert haben.
-
\family typewriter
-xdvi
+-
\family default
- kann keine Farben und Grautöne darstellen (siehe aber
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tipp-für-KDE"
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-).
- Sie können zwischen
-\family sans
-Schwarz
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-\color black
-Weiß
-\family default
-\color inherit
-,
-\family sans
-\color red
-Rot
-\family default
-\color inherit
-,
-\family sans
-\color green
-Grün
-\family default
-\color inherit
-,
-\family sans
-\color blue
-Blau
-\family default
-\color inherit
-,
-\family sans
-\color cyan
-Türkis
-\family default
-\color inherit
-,
-\family sans
-\color magenta
-Purpurrot
-\family default
-\color inherit
- und
-\family sans
-\color yellow
-Gelb
-\family default
-\color inherit
- wählen.
+ in math mode
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Sprache
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Sprache (ändern)"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You generate them by inserting the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family default
- Hiermit können Sie einem markierten Textteil eine andere Sprache zuordnen.
- Wenn Sie zum Beispiel längeren englischen Text in Ihr Dokument einfügen
- wollen, berücksichtigt LaTeX für diesen Teil automatisch die englische
- Silbentrennung.
- Wenn Sie
\family typewriter
-aspell
+-
\family default
- für die Rechtschreibprüfung (Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Rechtschreibprüfung"
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-) benutzen, werden dann auch die englisch markierten Wörter nach dem englischen
- Wörterbuch geprüft.
+ character multiple times in a row.
+ They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
+ final output, but not in LyX.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Größe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Fontgröße"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
+ math mode and has a length of its own.
+ Here are some examples of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+-
\family default
- Ändert die Fontgröße
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!-gr\"o\"se"
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- Sie werden hier keine Zahlenwerte finden; alle möglichen Größen sind proportion
-al zur Standardfontgröße.
- Noch einmal, Sie füttern LyX nicht mit Details, sondern mit einer Beschreibung
- von dem, was Sie machen wollen.
+ in use:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Optionen (und ihre Tastenkürzel) sind:
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+line- and page-breaks
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+From A--Z
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Winzig
-\family default
-
-\size tiny
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Oh --- there's a dash.
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
-winzige
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
-\size default
- LaTeX:
-\color black
-tiny
-\color inherit
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphenation
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "tiny"
+name "Hyphenation"
\end_inset
- oder winzig (Tastenkürzel:
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-T
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-1
-\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyphenation"
-\family sans
-Sehr\InsetSpace ~
-Klein
-\family default
-
-\size scriptsize
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-sehr kleine
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
+\end_layout
-\size default
- LaTeX: scriptsize
+\begin_layout Standard
+Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
+ Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+babel
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "scriptsize"
+name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
\end_inset
- oder sehr klein (Tastenkürzel:
+
+\series default
+ following the rules of the document language
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
+
\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-2
+German
\family default
-)
+ and
+\family sans
+German\InsetSpace ~
+(new\InsetSpace ~
+spelling)
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
+ font
\family sans
-Fußnote
+typewriter
\family default
-
-\size footnotesize
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+ and with unusual constructs, like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Fußnoten
+h3knix/m0n0wall
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
--Fontgröße.
-
-\size default
-LaTeX: footnotesize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "footnotesize"
-
-\end_inset
-
- oder Fußnote (
-\size small
-Tastenkürzel
-\size default
-:
+.
+ If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
+ This is done with the menu
\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-3
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
+Point
\family default
-)
+.
+ These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Klein
-\family default
-
-\size small
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
+ The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
+ a hyphen and a space in the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-kleine
+A-b c
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
-
-\size default
-LaTeX: small
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "small"
-
+.
+ LaTeX finds there the hyphen
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- oder klein (
-\size small
-Tastenkürzel:
-\size default
-
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-Umschalt+S
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-4
-\family default
-)
-\end_layout
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+ as hyphenation possibility.
+ Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
+ To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
+ of the LaTeX-box-command
+\series bold
-\family sans
-Normal
-\family default
- Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mbox
+\series default
+, because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
+ As LyX doesn't support
+\series bold
-normale
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mbox
+\series default
+, we have to use ERT.
+ The result looks in LyX like:
+\end_layout
- Fontgröße.
- LaTeX: normalsize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "normalsize"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mbox.png
\end_inset
- oder normal Dies ist auch die Standardgröße (Tastenkürzel:
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-N
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Alt+S 5
-\family default
-)
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\family sans
-Groß
-\family default
-
-\size large
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
-große
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
-
-\size default
-LaTeX: large
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Punctuation Marks
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "large"
+name "Punctuation marks"
\end_inset
- oder groß (Tastenkürzel:
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-L
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-6
-\family default
-)
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Abbreviations"
-\family sans
-Größer
-\family default
-
-\size larger
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-größere
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
-
-\size default
-LaTeX: Large
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Large"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
+ automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ LaTeX then adds the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- oder Größer (Tastenkürzel:
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-Umschalt+L
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-7
-\family default
-)
+appropriate amount of space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
+ the next word.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
+ not for all cases.
+ If a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Noch\InsetSpace ~
-Größer
+
+\family typewriter
+.
\family default
-
-\size largest
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-noch größere
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
-
-\size default
-LaTeX: LARGE
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LARGE"
+ is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
+ at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here are some examples of
+\emph on
+correct
+\emph default
+ abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
+\end_layout
- oder noch größer (Tastenkürzel:
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-8
-\family default
-)
+\begin_layout Itemize
+M.
+ Butterfly
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Don't worry.
+ Be happy.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+ g.
+ this is too much space!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I.
+ It's okay.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
\family sans
-Riesig
+Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
-
-\size huge
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+ after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
-riesige
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
-
-\size default
-LaTeX: huge
+).
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "huge"
+name "Spaces ! inter-word"
\end_inset
- oder riesig (Tastenkürzel:
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-H
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-9
-\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use a
\family sans
-Gigantisch
+Thin\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
-
-\size giant
-Dies ist die
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+ between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Thin-Space"
-gigantische
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- Fontgröße.
-
-\size default
-LaTeX: Huge
+).
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Huge"
+name "Spaces ! thin"
\end_inset
- oder gigantisch (Tastenkürzel:
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace \space{}
-Umschalt+H
+End\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+sentence\InsetSpace ~
+period
\family default
- oder
+ found under the
\family sans
-Alt+S\InsetSpace ~
-0
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\InsetSpace ~
+Character
\family default
-)
+ menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
+ This function is also bound to
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+ for easy access.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Vergrößern
-\family default
- vergrößert den markierten Text schrittweise
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace \space{}
+this is too much space!
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I\SpecialChar \@.
+ It's okay.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
+ LaTeX will care about this.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
+ check out the
\family sans
-Verkleinern
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Check\InsetSpace ~
+TeX
\family default
- verkleinert den markierten Text schrittweise
+ feature described in section
+\emph on
+Checking TeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Quotes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography ! Quotes"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Quotes"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Wir wollen Sie
-\emph on
-noch einmal
-\emph default
- warnen:
-\size large
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-spielen
-\size default
-
-\size larger
-Sie
-\size default
-
-\size largest
-mit
-\size default
-
-\size larger
-dieser
-\size default
-
-\size large
-Funktion
-\size default
- nicht verrückt.
- Die Fontgröße müssen Sie so gut wie nie ändern.
- LyX ändert die Fontgröße für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen automatisch
- -- das sollten Sie benutzen.
- Dies ist
-\emph on
-nur
-\emph default
- für Feineinstellungen!
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Diverses
-\family default
- Hier können Sie auf Buchstabenniveau noch ein paar andere Dinge ändern:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
+ Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
+ and use a closing quote at the end.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+open close
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The keyboard character,
\family sans
-Hervorgehoben
+"
\family default
-
-\emph on
-Dies ist hervorgehobener Text
-\emph default
-.
-\newline
-Dies mag wie
-\shape italic
-kursiv
-\shape default
- aussehen, aber es ist ein wenig anders.
- Wenn Sie bei kursivem Text hervorheben benutzen, wird es normaler Text.
- Bei zukünftigen LyX-Versionen können Sie diese
-\emph on
-logische
-\emph default
- Eigenschaft hoffentlich Ihren Wünschen entsprechend anpassen.
+, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change the behavior of the
\family sans
-Unterstrichen
+"
\family default
-
-\bar under
-Dies ist unterstrichener Text.
-\bar default
-
-\newline
-(Tastenkürzel =
+ key using the submenu
\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-U
+Language
\family default
- oder
+ of the dialog
\family sans
-Strg+U
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen/Eigenname
-\family default
-
-\noun on
-Dies ist Text mit Kapitälchen.
-\noun default
+\end_inset
-\newline
-Dies ist ebenso wie
-\family sans
-Hervorgehoben
-\family default
- ein logisches Attribut.
- Zur Zeit ist es
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen
-\family default
-, aber es wird eines Tages wählbar sein.
+ dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vermeiden Sie zu unterstreichen, wenn Sie können! Es ist ein Überbleibsel
- aus den Schreibmaschinentagen, als man Fonts nicht wechseln konnte.
- Wir brauchen auf das Unterstreichen nicht mehr zurückzugreifen, um etwas
- hervorzuheben.
- Es ist nur deshalb in LyX, weil es auch in LaTeX ist und weil einige es
-
-\emph on
-möglicherweise
-\emph default
- benötigen, um Stilvorschriften zu genügen.
+You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
+\family sans
+Type
+\family default
+ option.
+ There are six choices:
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Sie können aus einer großen Zahl von Kombinationsmöglichkeiten wählen.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nachdem Sie mit Hilfe des Menüs
\family sans
-Textstil
-\family default
- einen neuen Buchstabenstil gewählt haben,
-\shape italic
-\emph on
-können
-\shape default
-\emph default
- Sie ihn mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/font-free-apply.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- aktivieren.
- (Sie können natürlich auch die Knöpfe
-\family sans
-Übernehmen
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Schließen
-\family default
- benutzen.) Mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf kann man auch dann umschalten,
-\color black
-wenn
-\color inherit
- das
-\color black
-Menü
-\color inherit
-
-\family sans
-Zeichenformat
-\family default
- nicht zu sehen ist.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Druckvorschau
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Druckvorschau"
+\family default
+ Use quotes like this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+double
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- und Drucken
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "drucken"
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+single
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Überblick
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nachdem wir nun einige Grundfunktionen von LyX zur Dokumentbearbeitung erläutert
- haben, wollen Sie sicherlich wissen, wie Sie Ihr Meisterstück ausdrucken
- können.
- Vorher wollen wir Ihnen jedoch einen kurzen Überblick über das geben, was
- sich im Hintergrund abspielt.
- Wir werden dies ausführlicher in
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
- behandeln.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX benutzt das Programm LaTeX zur Druckaufbereitung.
- (Eigentlich ist LaTeX nur ein Makropaket für das Druckaufbereitungssystem
- TeX, aber um Sie nicht zu verwirren, werden wir das Ganze nur LaTeX nennen.)
- Sehen Sie es so: LyX benutzen Sie zum Schreiben.
- Dann ruft LyX LaTeX auf, um daraus etwas Druckbares zu machen.
- Das passiert in mehreren Schritten:
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-LyX wandelt Ihr Dokument in eine Reihe von Textbefehlen für LaTeX um und
- erzeugt eine Datei mit der Erweiterung
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-LaTeX benutzt die Befehle der
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
--Datei, um eine druckbare Ausgabe zu erzeugen.
- Aber es weiß nichts über Ihren Drucker.
- Stattdessen erzeugt LaTeX eine
-\emph on
-geräteunabhängige
-\emph default
- Datei, kurz DVI (
-\emph on
-device-indepen\SpecialChar \-
-dent
-\emph default
-).
- Die Ausgabe kommt in eine Datei mit der Erweiterung
-\family typewriter
-.dvi
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Dateien sind vollständig portierbar; Sie können Sie ohne Konvertierung
- von einem Computer auf einen anderen bringen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-ANMERKUNG: Die
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Datei enthält nur das, was in der LaTeX-Datei selber war.
- Wenn Sie in Ihr Dokument Bilder eingefügt haben, wird es nur einen Verweis
- (link) auf diese Bilddateien geben.
- Also vergessen Sie sie nicht, wenn Sie Ihre
-\family typewriter
-dvi
\family default
--Datei auf einen anderen Computer übertragen.
-\end_layout
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Betrachten Sie die
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Datei als
-\emph on
-endgültige Ausgabe
-\emph default
-.
- Wenn Sie die haben, können Sie sie ansehen, drucken oder in andere Formate
- konvertieren.
-\end_layout
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Sie können
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Dateien mit einem
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Betrachter ansehen.
-\end_layout
+ or 'this
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Einige Drucker und Unix-Systeme verstehen Dvi und können Ihre
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Datei direkt drucken.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Heutzutage verstehen die meisten Drucker das PostScript®-Format.
- LyX konvertiert die
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Datei automatisch in eine PostScript®-Datei für Sie, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument
- drucken wollen.
- LyX ermöglicht Ihnen auch, die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes mit
-
-\family typewriter
-gv
-\family default
- oder ähnlichen Betrachtern anzusehen.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ein Vorteil beim Benutzen von PostScript® ist, dass das Konvertierungs\SpecialChar \-
-programm
-
-\family typewriter
-dvips
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- auch alle Bilder in Ihrem Dokument be\SpecialChar \-
-arbeiten kann und sie in die PostScript®-V
-ersion Ihres Dokumentes einfügt.
- Es fügt auch alle Spezialfonts, die Sie benutzt haben, ein.
- Dadurch ist die PostScript®-Version viel leichter zu übertragen als die
- DVI-Version.
-\end_layout
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX führt all diese Schritte automatisch für Sie durch.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie gesehen haben, passieren eine Menge Dinge, bevor Sie einen Ausdruck
- oder eine Druckvorschau Ihres Dokumentes bekommen.
- Also haben Sie keine Angst, wenn das Drucken etwas mehr Zeit benötigt als
- mit anderen Textverarbeitungen.
- Das gedruckte Ergebnis ist es wert.
- Qualität hat immer ihren Preis.
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Druckvorschau
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Druckvorschau"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Mit einem
-\family typewriter
-dvi
\family default
--Betrachter
-\family typewriter
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "dvi-Betrachter"
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes mit fertigen Seitenumbrüchen,
- richtig nummerierten Fußnoten usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-sehen wollen, wählen Sie
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI, Strg+D
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- oder klicken auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-.
- Dann warten Sie (eine Weile).
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nachdem die Arbeit im Hintergrund fertig ist, ruft LyX das
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Programm auf, das Sie in
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-im Feld
-\family sans
-Betrachter
\family default
- definiert haben.
- Jetzt können Sie das Ergebnis sehen.
-\end_layout
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Tipp\InsetSpace ~
-1\InsetSpace \space{}
-für\InsetSpace \space{}
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-xdvi
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Tipp-für-xdvi"
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
- Wenn Sie eine DIN\InsetSpace \space{}
-A4-Seite (fast) genau 21 cm x 29,8 cm sehen wollen, können
- Sie in
-\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Dateiformate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
- im Feld
-\family sans
-Betrachter:
-\family default
-
-\family typewriter
-xdvi
-\family default
- die Option
-\family typewriter
--shrinkbutton
-\family default
- benutzen.
- Auf einem 19-Zoll-Monitor mit einer Auflösung von 1280x1024 Punkten erreichen
- Sie mit folgendem Eintrag, dass
-\family typewriter
-xdvi
-\family default
- bildschirmhoch gestartet wird, die angezeigte Seite rot umrandet wird und
- beim Klicken auf den Knopf, auf dem jetzt 14% statt 17% steht, die Seite
- fast A4 wird:
-\family typewriter
-xdvi -hl red -geometry 820x1024-0+0 -shrinkbutton2 7
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Tipp\InsetSpace ~
-2: Lassen Sie das
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Betrachter-Fenster geöffnet und schieben es eventuell auf eine andere Arbeitsfl
-äche.
- Nachdem Sie Ihr Dokument geändert haben, wählen Sie
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-,
+\begin_layout Standard
+These settings affects what character the
\family sans
- Strg+Umschalt+D
+"
\family default
- oder klicken auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ key produces.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography ! Ligatures"
\end_inset
-.
- Jetzt klicken Sie in das
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Betrachter-Fenster.
- Das
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Programm wird die
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Datei automatisch wieder lesen und den Fensterinhalt aktualisieren.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Tipp\InsetSpace ~
-3\InsetSpace \space{}
-für\InsetSpace \space{}
-KDE:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Tipp-für-KDE"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
\end_inset
- Wenn Sie gedrehten oder mit
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\family default
- erstellten, grau hinterlegten Text sehen wollen, in der
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Datei suchen wollen und mit KDE arbeiten, verwenden Sie besser
-\family typewriter
-kdvi
-\family default
-.
- Außerdem haben Sie links eine Vorschau aller Seiten wie beim Acrobat-Reader
- und können direkt drucken, usw.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Die PostScript®-Version anschauen
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "PostScript-Version-anschauen"
+name "sub:Ligatures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Im allgemeinen geht es am leichtesten und schnellsten, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument
- mit einem
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Betrachter anschauen.
- Manchmal jedoch möchten Sie die PostScript®-Version sehen.
- Ein Grund sind Fonts.
- Man kann PostScript®-Fonts in einem LaTeX-Dokument benutzen, aber ein
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Betrachter wird sie nicht darstellen.
- Sie müssen
-\family typewriter
-gv
-\family default
- oder einen anderen PostScript®-Dateibetrachter benutzen, um die Ergebnisse
- zu sehen.
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
+\emph on
+ligatures
+\emph default
+.
+ Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
+ in the output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um die Post\SpecialChar \-
-Script®-Version Ihres Dokumentes anzusehen, wählen Sie
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Strg+T
-\family default
- oder klicken auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
+\end_layout
-.
- Nachdem all die Arbeit im Hintergrund erledigt ist, ruft LyX Ihr PostScript®-Da
-teibetrachter-Programm auf.
- Jetzt können Sie sich die Ergebnisse ansehen.
- Sie raten sicher, was der Befehl
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Strg+Umschalt+T
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
+\end_layout
- macht, nicht wahr? Denken Sie daran, einmal in das
-\family typewriter
-gv
-\family default
--Fenster zu klicken, nachdem der Befehl die Ansicht aktualisiert hat.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PostScript® kann nur
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
--Grafiken (Encapsulated PostScript®) enthalten.
- Deshalb muss LyX andere Grafikformate zunächst konvertieren, was bei vielen
- Abbildungen natürlich lange dauern kann.
- Es empfiehlt sich in diesem Fall, die Abbildungen vorher zu konvertieren
- und dann die
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
--Versionen im Dokument zu verwenden.
-
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können aber auch den
-\family sans
-Konverter-Datei-Cache
-\family default
- aktivieren, siehe Anhang\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Konverter-Datei-Cache"
-
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Die PDF-Version anschauen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "PDF-Version-anschauen"
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ or the German
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Dorffest.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mit
+ To break a ligature, use
\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ligature\InsetSpace ~
+Break.
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
+ This changes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- können Sie die pdf-Version Ihres Dokumentes anschauen und mit
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+cufflinks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- aktualisieren.
-\end_layout
+cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+links
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-PDF-Dateien können Abbildungen im PDF-eigenen Grafikformat,
-\family typewriter
-.jp[e]g
-\family default
--Grafiken (Joint Photographic Experts Group) und
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
--Grafiken (Portable Network Graphics) enthalten.
- Andere Grafikformate müssen von LyX zunächst konvertiert werden.
- Deswegen sollten Sie Ihre Abbildungen vorher in eines der drei Formate
- konvertieren und diese dann in Ihrem Dokument verwenden.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können aber auch den
-\family sans
-Konverter-Datei-Cache
-\family default
- aktivieren, siehe Anhang\InsetSpace \space{}
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Konverter-Datei-Cache"
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Eine Datei direkt drucken
+LyX's Proper Names
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Datei!drucken"
+name "LyX ! Proper names"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Eine-Datei-drucken"
+name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "drucken"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You have surely noticed, that the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ appears always with characters in different size and height.
+ LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
+ as proper name when you type it in LyX as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Um eine Datei zu drucken, wählen Sie
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Drucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Strg+P
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- Das öffnet das
-\family sans
-Dokument\InsetSpace \space{}
-drucken
-\family default
--Menü.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Hier sind die verschiedenen Optionen aufgelistet:
-\end_layout
+The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+command
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Druck-Ziel
-\family default
- Mit
-\family sans
-Drucker
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Datei l
-\family default
-egen Sie fest, ob Sie auf einem Drucker oder in eine Datei drucken wollen:
-
+ appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
+ To create proper names omit the ERT.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Drucker
-\family default
- Hier steht der Name des Druckers, auf dem Sie drucken wollen.
- Beachten Sie, dass der Druckername nicht für den
-\family typewriter
-lpr
-\family default
--Befehl gilt, sondern für
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
-.
- Das bedeutet, dass
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- für diesen Druckernamen konfiguriert sein muss.
- Das ist wahrscheinlich mit
-\family typewriter
-cups
-\family default
- geschehen.
- Der Standarddrucker kann auch in der Datei
-\family typewriter
-lyxrc
-\family default
- definiert werden.
- Der Drucker sollte Post\SpecialChar \-
-Script®-fähig sein.
+ Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
+ proper names:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+LyX The name of the game, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Datei
-\family default
- Der Name der Datei, in die gedruckt werden soll.
- Die Ausgabe wird im Post\SpecialChar \-
-Script®-Format sein.
- LyX speichert die Datei normalerweise im aktuellen Verzeichnis, außer Sie
- haben einen anderen Pfad angegeben.
-\end_layout
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Seiten
-\family default
- Es gibt fünf Knöpfe, die bestimmen, welche Seiten wie gedruckt werden sollen.
- Sie können wählen zwischen:
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Alle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Von
-\family default
- \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\family sans
-Bis, Ungerade Seiten drucken, Gerade Seiten drucken, Umgekehrte
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Reihenfolge
-\end_layout
+yX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mit
-\family sans
-Ungerade\InsetSpace ~
-Seiten\InsetSpace ~
-drucken
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Gerade\InsetSpace ~
-Seiten\InsetSpace ~
-drucken
-\family default
- können Sie beide Seiten eines Papiers bedrucken, auch wenn Ihr Drucker
- keinen Duplexdruck hat.
- Sie müssen nur die ungeraden Seiten zuerst drucken, dann das Papier umdrehen,
- und dann die geraden Seiten drucken oder umgekehrt.
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
+TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Kopien
-\family default
- Hier können Sie die Anzahl der Kopien festlegen, die Sie gedruckt haben
- wollen.
- Außerdem können bei einer Anzahl > 1 die Seiten sortiert werden.
-\end_layout
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Beachten Sie, dass das Drucken etwas Zeit kostet, weil LaTeX,
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- und, falls Sie keinen Post\SpecialChar \-
-Script®-Drucker haben,
-\family typewriter
-ghostscript
-\family default
- Ihr Dokument bearbeiten müssen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Ein paar Worte über Typographie
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bindestriche
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bindestriche"
-
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Bindestriche"
-
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX hat das
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
--Zeichen vier Längen
-\emph on
-:
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-Bindestrich, Gedankenstrich
-\emph default
-,
-\emph on
-langer Gedankenstrich
-\emph default
- und
-\emph on
-Minuszeichen
-\emph default
-:
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-der Bindestrich - besteht aus
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-der Gedankenstrich -- besteht aus
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+eX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-/
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
+: The actual version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-der lange Gedankenstrich --- besteht aus
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+TeX-3.141592
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, the previous one was
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+TeX-3.14159
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-/
-\end_layout
+If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
+ in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
+ This will look in LyX like:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/LaTeX.png
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\newline
+For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\backslash
-/
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Units
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography ! Units"
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-das Minuszeichen
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\begin_layout Standard
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- ist ein
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+half space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
--
+ for units use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thin\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- im Mathematikmodus
+ (shortcut
+\family sans
+C-S-Space
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie erzeugen diese Zeichen, indem Sie das
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-
+Here's an example to show the differences:
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+24\InsetSpace ~
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
--Zeichen mehrmals hintereinander schreiben.
- LyX konvertiert sie automatisch in die richtige Länge.
+h
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die drei Strichtypen unterscheiden sich vom Minuszeichen, das im Mathematikmodus
- erscheint und eine eigene Länge hat.
- Hier sind einige Beispiele für den Gebrauch von
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
-:
+h
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche (
-\emph on
-Bindestrich
-\emph default
-)
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Von A -- Z (
-\emph on
-Gedankenstrich
-\emph default
-)
+\begin_layout Standard
+half space between number and unit
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh --- da ist ein
-\emph on
-langer Gedankenstrich.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
- (
-\emph on
-Minuszeichen
-\emph default
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, sehen Sie keine Unterschiede, aber in der gedruckten
- Version erkennen Sie es.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Silbentrennung
+Widows and Orphans
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Silbentrennung"
+name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Widows"
-\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX gibt es keine Silbentrennung, erst in der Druckausgabe, und zwar
- automatisch.
- Das macht das LaTeX-Paket
-\family typewriter
-babel
-\family default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LaTeX-Paket!babel"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-, und zwar in
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
+ for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
+ of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
+ of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These dangly-bits of text became known as
\emph on
-einigen
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
\emph default
- Sprachen, nach den Regeln der Dokumentsprache.
- Die LaTeX-Silbentrennung ist fast perfekt, sie hat nur Probleme mit dem
- Font
-\family sans
-Schreibmaschine
-\family default
-, manchmal auch bei serifenfreiem Text und bei unüblichen Begriffen wie
-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-
-h3knix/m0n0wand
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
-
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Falls LaTeX ein Wort nicht oder nicht richtig trennen kann, können Sie manuell
- Trennhilfen einfügen.
- Dazu wählen Sie
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family default
-T
-\family sans
-renn\SpecialChar \-
-möglichkeit
-\family default
- an der Stelle im Wort, an der Sie trennen möchten, oder einfach
-\family sans
-Strg+
-\family default
-\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
--.
- Beachten Sie, dass diese Trennhilfen nur Empfehlungen für LaTeX sind.
- Wenn keine Silbentrennung notwendig ist, wird LaTeX die Trennhilfen ignorieren.
+Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
+ to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
+ This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Manchmal will man verhindern, dass etwas getrennt wird.
- Dann schreibt man den Begriff am besten in eine
-\family typewriter
+There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
+ or how you can tweak that behavior.
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
-\backslash
-mbox
-\family default
- als ERT, zum Beispiel
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../clipart/mbox.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 102bp 22bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
-.
- In diesem Fall würde
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+ or\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
-A-b c
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- in einer Zeile gedruckt werden.
+] may have more information.
+ You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Satzzeichen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Satzzeichen"
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Abkürzungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abk\"urzungen"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
- und Satzenden
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Satzenden"
+name "Notes"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Abkürzungen-und-Satzenden"
+name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, um die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes zu erzeugen,
- unterscheidet LaTeX automatisch zwischen Worten, Sätzen und Abkürzungen.
- LaTeX fügt dann
-\emph on
-geeigneten Leerraum
-\emph default
- ein: zwischen dem Punkt am Ende eines Satzes und dem ersten Wort des nächsten
- kommt ein wenig mehr Leerraum.
- Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genausoviel Leerraum wie normale
- Worte.
+LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unglücklicherweise ist der Algorithmus zur Bestimmung einer Abkürzung und
- eines Satzendes ein wenig dumm.
- Wenn ein Punkt auf einen klein geschriebenen Buchstaben folgt, wird auf
- Satzende entschieden; folgt der Punkt auf einen groß geschriebenen Buchstaben,
- wird auf Abkürzung entschieden.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX\InsetSpace ~
+Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Hier sind einige Beispiele von
-\emph on
-richtigen
-\emph default
- Abkürzungen und Satzenden:
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-M.
- Butterfly
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ärgere Dich nicht.
- Sei glücklich.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- und hier sind welche, bei denen der Algorithmus falsch arbeitet:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-hier z.
- B.
- ist zu viel Leerraum!
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
+ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+\family default
+.
+\newline
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Dies bin ICH.
- Hier ist zu wenig.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Fehler sehen Sie erst in der gedruckten Version Ihres Dokumentes.
- Um das Problem zu beheben, können Sie folgendes tun:
+This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Benutzen Sie ein
-\family sans
-Normales
-\bar under
-\InsetSpace \space{}
+\end_inset
+
-\bar default
-Leerzeichen
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+Alt+Leertaste
-\family default
-) nach klein geschriebenen Abkürzungen.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Benutzen Sie einen kleinen Zwischenraum
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Greyed\InsetSpace ~
+Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
+\newline
-\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+\newline
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latex-einführung"
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is text
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
+ How this can be done is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-, S.
- 405) innerhalb von Abkürzungen.
+ of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Benutzen Sie einen
-\family sans
-Satzendepunkt
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-.
-\family default
-), den Sie auch unter
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Son\SpecialChar \-
-der\SpecialChar \-
-zei\SpecialChar \-
-chen
-\family default
- finden, um einen Leerraum wie zwischen Sätzen zu erzwingen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mit den Korrekturen sehen die obigen Beispiele so aus:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-hier z.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-B.
- ist zu viel Leerraum!
-\end_layout
+\newline
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Dies bin ICH\SpecialChar \@.
- Hier ist zu wenig.
+\newline
+As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
+ indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
+
+\begin_inset Note Framed
+status open
-\series bold
-Anmerkung
-\series default
-: Da diese Effekte im Deutschen NICHT zu sehen sind, habe ich die Beispiele
- als Englisch markiert.
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Anführungszeichen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Anf\"uhrungszeichen"
-
\end_inset
+ In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Anführungszeichen"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
\end_inset
-
+, the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
+ own paragraph.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
+\begin_inset Note Shaded
+status open
+
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX setzt Anführungszeichen normalerweise richtig.
- Insbesondere wird es unterschiedliche Anführungszeichen für den Beginn
- und das Ende des eingeschlossenen Textes benutzen.
- Zum Beispiel
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
+\end_layout
-Anfang Ende
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-.
- Das Tastaturzeichen
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- (=
-\family sans
-Umschalt+")
-\family default
- wird sie automatisch erzeugen.
+In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
+ and the note is set into its own paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können das Verhalten der
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
--Taste im Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\family default
- unter
-\family sans
-Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Stil\InsetSpace \space{}
-der\InsetSpace \space{}
-Anführungszeichen
-\family default
- einstellen.
-
-\end_layout
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
+ scale 85
+ scaleBeforeRotation
-\begin_layout Standard
-Über
+\end_inset
+
+ or the menu
\family sans
-Anführungszeichen
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note
\family default
- können Sie sechs verschiedene Anführungszeichen auswählen:
+.
+ Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Footnotes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Footnotes"
-text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\family default
- benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Footnotes"
-doppelt
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
+ menu
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
-\end_inset
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
-text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
-
+,
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you'll see
\family default
- benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
-\end_inset
+\series default
+\bar default
+ the following box:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
+ scale 80
-doppelt
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
+ If you
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+foot
+\family roman
-text
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family default
- benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again, will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
+ on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
+\end_layout
-doppelt
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
+ no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
+ LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
+ scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
+\family default
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Marginal Notes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Marginal notes"
-text
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
-\family default
- benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
-doppelt
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
-\end_inset
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Marginal\InsetSpace ~
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
-text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-
+, you'll see
+\family roman
+\series medium
+a
\family default
- benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\series default
+ grey
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with a
+\family default
+\series default
+ red
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-doppelt
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
+\family roman
+\series medium
+note.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+At the side is an example marginal note.
+\family roman
+\series medium
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
-\end_inset
-
-text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status open
-\family default
- benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a marginal note.
+\end_layout
-doppelt
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie die einfache Form des Anführungszeichens schreiben wollen, müssen
- Sie
-\family sans
-Alt+Um\SpecialChar \-
-schalt+"
-\family default
- benutzen.
- Wenn Sie aber ein
-\emph on
-echtes
-\emph default
- Anführungszeichen haben wollen, drücken Sie
-\family sans
-Strg+Umschalt+
-\family default
-".
- Das erzeugt ein ".
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligaturen
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Ligatur"
+name "Graphics"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Ligaturen"
+name "sec:Graphics"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es ist eine Standardschriftsetzpraxis, gewisse Buchstaben zusammenzuziehen
- und sie wie einen zu drucken.
- Diese Kombinationen nennt man
-\emph on
-Ligaturen
-\emph default
-.
- Da sich LaTeX mit Ligaturen auskennt, werden Ihre mit LyX geschriebenen
- Dokumente sie auch haben.
- Hier sind die möglichen Ligaturen:
-\newline
-ff
-\hfill
-fi
-\hfill
-fl
-\hfill
-ffi
-\hfill
-ffl
-\hfill
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
-\hfill
+\end_inset
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Manchmal aber möchte man keine Ligaturen in einem Wort.
- Während eine Ligatur in einem Wort wie
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
-
-Graffiti
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
-
- vielleicht in Ordnung ist, sieht es in zusammengesetzten Worten seltsam
- aus, zum Beispiel
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
-
-Stofflappen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
- oder
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
.
- Um die Ligatur aufzuheben benutzt man den LaTeX-Befehl
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-|
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
+\family sans
+Get\InsetSpace ~
+from\InsetSpace ~
+file
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Clip\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+bounding\InsetSpace ~
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
- zwischen den Buchstaben (
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ligaturtrenner
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Ligatur!-trenner"
+Extras
+\family default
+ tab.
+ You can also set the
+\family sans
+Subfigure
+\family default
+ option here if the image is inside a figure float.
+ This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\end_inset
-\family default
- oder
+.
+ The option
\family sans
-Strg+Umschalt+L
+Draft\InsetSpace ~
+mode
\family default
-).
- Dies macht aus
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+ effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
+ image size is printed.
+\end_layout
-Stofflappen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
+ The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
+ centered paragraph:
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ display color
+ scale 70
+ rotateOrigin center
-Stoff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-lappen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- und aus
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
-Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Schusterjungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schusterjungen"
-
-\end_inset
-
- und Hurenkinder
+Image Formats
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Hurenkinder"
+name "Image formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Schusterjungen-und-Hurenkinder"
+name "sub:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In den frühen Tagen der Textverarbeitungen passierten Seitenumbrüche genau
- dort, wo die Seiten zu Ende waren.
- Es spielte keine Rolle, worum es im Text eigentlich ging.
- Sie werden sich sicher erinnern, dass Sie nach dem Drucken eines Dokumentes
- feststellten, dass die Überschrift eines neuen Abschnittes oder die erste
- Zeile eines neuen Absatzes allein auf der letzten Zeile einer Seite standen,
- oder dass die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes die erste Zeile einer neuen Seite
- bildete.
- Diese Dinge nennt man
-\emph on
-Schusterjungen
-\emph default
- und
-\emph on
-Hurenkinder
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Klar, dass LyX vermeiden kann, eine Seite direkt nach der Abschnittsüberschrift
- umzubrechen.
- Das ist ein Vorteil von Absatzumgebungen.
- Aber was ist mit Schusterjungen und Hurenkindern? LaTeX hat Regeln, um
- mit Seitenumbrüchen fertigzuwerden, und einige von ihnen sind speziell
- dazu da, um Schusterjungen und Hurenkinder zu verhindern.
- Das ist
-\emph on
-ein
-\emph default
- Vorteil, dass LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund hat.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wir können es nicht näher erläutern, wie TeX und LaTeX Seitenumbrüche festlegen
- oder wie man das Verhalten beeinflussen kann.
- Einige LaTeX-Bücher im Literaturverzeichnis (zum Beispiel\InsetSpace \space{}
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
- oder\InsetSpace \space{}
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ LyX uses therefore the program
+\family typewriter
+Imagemagick
+\family default
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-) mögen mehr darüber enthalten.
- Auf jeden Fall müssen Sie sich fast nie darum kümmern.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn so etwas trotzdem auftritt und Sie ärgert, können Sie versuchen, es
- mit den Einträgen
-\family typewriter
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-widowpenalty=10000
-\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-clubpenalty=10000
+Graphics Interchange Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.gif
\family default
- im LaTeX-Vorspann loszuwerden.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notizen, Abbildungen, Tabellen und Gleitobjekte
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Notizen
+)
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notizen"
+name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Notizen"
-
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt zwei Kategrien von Notizen: die eine ist in LyX nur für den Verfasser
- eines Dokumentes da, um sich, wie der Name sagt, Notizen zu machen, und
- werden nicht gedruckt.
- Die andere wird gedruckt.
- Es gibt fünf Arten, die über
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Notiz
+\family typewriter
+.png
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/note-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 8bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- ausgewählt werden können und mit einem Rechts-Klick auf das Kästchen geändert
- werden können:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Kategorie 1:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
-\family sans
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-X-Notiz:
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX-Notiz
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- sie erscheint nur in LyX.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notiz!LyX"
-
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Kommentar:
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Note Comment
-status collapsed
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Kommentar
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Scalable\InsetSpace ~
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
+ without data loss.
+ The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+\newline
+S
+calable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- wird auch beim Exportieren nach LaTeX und plain text mit exportiert.
-\end_layout
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Kategorie 2:
-\end_layout
+ (SVG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Grauschrift:
+\family typewriter
+.svg
\family default
- wird, wie der Name sagt, als
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-grauer
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Text gedruckt.
+)
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notiz!Grauschrift"
+name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notiz!Kommentar"
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Wenn Ihnen das Standardgrau zu hell ist, können Sie es ändern, wie in
-\emph on
-Eingebettete Objekte
-\emph default
- beschrieben.
-\end_layout
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Eingerahmt:
+\family typewriter
+.eps
\family default
- wird, wie der Name sagt, als
-\begin_inset Note Framed
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-eingerahmter
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Text gedruckt.
+)
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notiz!eingerahmt"
+name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Schattiert:
-\family default
- wird, anders als der Name sagt, als
-\begin_inset Note Shaded
-status collapsed
+ (PDF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Text mit farbigem Hintergrund
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- gedruckt.
+)
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notiz ! schattiert"
+name "PDF"
\end_inset
+.
+ We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
+ or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
+ In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie im Handbuch
-\emph on
-Eingebettete Objekte
-\emph default
-.
+Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
+ versa.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Fußnoten
+Tables
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Fu\"snoten"
+name "Tables"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Fußnoten"
+name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Im Gegensatz zu anderen Textverarbeitungsprogrammen stellt LyX Fußnoten
- nicht am unteren Bildschirmrand oder an einer ganz anderen Stelle im Text
- dar, sondern verwendet dafür
-\emph on
-einklappbare
-\emph default
- Gleitobjekte, auch
-\emph on
-Floats
-\emph default
- genannt.
- Wenn Sie über den Menüpunkt
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fußnote
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
- eine neue Fußnote anlegen, erscheint ein Kästchen wie dieses:
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/FussnoteQt4.png
- display none
- scale 50
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 116bp 39bp
+ filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
+ scale 85
\end_inset
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here's an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Geben Sie den Text für die Fußnote in diesem Rahmen ein.
- Wenn Sie auf die Marke
-\emph on
-Fußnote
-\emph default
- klicken, wird der Rahmen geschlossen und alles, was Sie noch von der Fußnote
- sehen, ist eine Schaltfläche mit der Beschriftung
-\emph on
-Fußnote
-\emph default
-.
- Wenn Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt den Fußnotentext wieder ansehen oder
- verändern wollen, genügt ein Klick auf die Schaltfläche, und der Rahmen
- öffnet sich wieder.
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Auch werden Sie feststellen, dass die Fußnoten in LyX nicht nummeriert sind.
- Darum brauchen Sie sich aber sowieso nicht zu kümmern, denn für die fortlaufend
-e Nummerierung der Fußnoten sorgt LyX ebenso automatisch wie dafür, dass
- die Fußnote im Text auch auf der richtigen Seite erscheint.
- Wenn Sie übrigens eine bereits geschriebene Textpassage nachträglich in
- eine Fußnote umwandeln wollen, markieren Sie sie einfach und benutzen
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fußnote
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-.
- Umgekehrt können Sie auch eine Fußnote in gewöhnlichen Text (bzw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-den Text,
- in dem sich die Fußnote befindet) zurückwandeln, indem Sie den Cursor an
- den Anfang des Textes in der Fußnote setzen und Sie die
-\family sans
-Backspace
-\family default
--Taste (
-\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
\end_inset
-
-) drücken oder indem Sie den Cursor ans Ende des Fußnotentextes setzen und
- die
-\family sans
-Entf
-\family default
--Taste drücken (diese Methode funktioniert übrigens bei allen Gleitobjekten).
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Was LyX im Zusammenhang mit Fußnoten derzeit noch nicht beherrscht, sind
- Dinge wie die Änderung des Stils der Fußnoten (zum Beispiel arabische oder
- römische Zahlen usw.).
- Dazu müssen Sie -- wie im Abschnitt
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- der
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
- beschrieben -- einige LaTeX-Befehle verwenden.
+\begin_layout Standard
+2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Hinweis: In LyX und LaTeX ist ein Gleitobjekt nicht einfach ein gewöhnlicher
- Absatz wie in anderen Textverarbeitungen.
- Es handelt sich dabei vielmehr um eine komplexe Struktur, die beliebige
- Arten von Dingen (mit Ausnahme von weiteren Gleitobjekten) enthalten kann.
- Das bedeutet, dass Sie innerhalb eines solchen Gleitobjektes alle Ihnen
- bekannten Layout-Elemente, ja sogar Tabellen oder Abbildungen verwenden
- können.
- Das wird sicherlich nicht allzuoft der Fall sein, aber dann ist es ungemein
- praktisch.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Section
-Randnotizen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Randnotizen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+3
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Randnotizen"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Innerhalb von LyX erscheint und verhält sich eine Randnotiz genau wie eine
- Fußnote.
- Wenn Sie über
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Randnotiz
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- eine Randnotiz einfügen, erscheint ein rot umrandetes Feld mit der Bezeichnung
-
-\emph on
-Rand
-\emph default
- in Ihrem Text.
-
-\begin_inset Marginal
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Dies ist eine solche Randnotiz.
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-In diesem Feld können Sie den Text für die Randnotiz eingeben.
- Wenn Sie auf die rote Rand-Marke klicken, wird die Randnotiz geschlossen.
- Sie können die Randnotiz zu jedem Zeitpunkt wieder öffnen, indem Sie erneut
- auf die Schaltfläche
-\emph on
-Rand
-\emph default
- klicken.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Als Standardeinstellung verwendet LyX 1.9\InsetSpace ~
-cm (0.75\InsetSpace ~
-Zoll) als Breite für die
- Randnotizen.
- Dies wird eventuell nicht Ihren Wünschen entsprechen, aber wie auch bei
- den Fußnoten unterstützt LyX noch nicht alles, was in LaTeX möglich ist.
- Bitte lesen Sie in entsprechenden LaTeX-Büchern über weitere Einstellungsmöglic
-hkeiten.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Abbildungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abbildungen"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und eingebundene Grafiken
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Grafiken"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\size normal
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Abbildungen"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Kein Textverarbeitungsprogramm ist ohne die Fähigkeit, Grafiken und Bilder
- aus anderen Anwendungen in das Dokument einzubinden, vollständig.
- In LyX werden derartige Objekte
-\emph on
-Abbildungen
-\emph default
- genannt, unabhängig davon, ob es sich nun um Abbildungen im traditionellen
- Sinn oder um sonstige Bilder handelt.
- Mit Abbildungen kann LyX ganz hervorragend umgehen, es verwendet
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
-\family default
-, um die Bilder im LyX-Fenster darzustellen und den LaTeX-Befehl
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-includegraphics
-\family default
-, um sie im endgültigen Dokument einzubinden.
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Ein Hinweis am Rande: Die Art von Abbildungen, die hier beschrieben werden,
- haben keine zugeordneten Bildunterschriften und erscheinen im Text genau
- da, wo Sie sie platziert haben.
- Falls das nicht Ihren Bedürfnissen entspricht, lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Beschriftung-von-Abbildungen"
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um eine Abbildung in Ihr Dokument einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
- in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \-
-leiste oder wählen
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Grafik\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\family default
- Ein Dialogfenster erscheint, in dem Sie einen Dateinamen direkt oder über
-
-\family sans
-Durchsuchen
-\family default
- eingeben können.
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Table dialog
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Achtung
-\series default
-: Wenn Sie einen Dateinamen über
-\family sans
-Durchsuchen
-\family default
- eingeben, wird LyX den gesamten Pfad in das Feld
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
+ brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
+ where the cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Additionally to the table dialog the
\family sans
-Datei
+table\InsetSpace ~
+toolbar
\family default
- eintragen.
- Das ist etwas lästig, wenn Sie relative Pfade benötigen.
- Also passen Sie auf!
+, that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
+ properties.
+ It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+/\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+delete lines via the table
+ toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem können Sie in diesem Dialogfenster einige Einstellungen ändern.
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
- lyxscale 30
- scale 20
- scaleBeforeRotation
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Table\InsetSpace ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
- Ohne weitere Absatzformatierungen erscheint die Abbildung dort, wo sie
- eingefügt wurde.
- Das bedeutet auch, dass die Abbildung über den Seitenrand ragen kann wie
- hier.
- Um zum Beispiel kleine Bilder wie Icons in der Zeile zu zentrieren kann
- man im
-\family sans
-Grafik
-\family default
--Dialogfenster auf der Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Ausschnitt
-\family default
- den y-Wert für
-\family sans
-Links\InsetSpace ~
-unten
-\family default
- ändern.
- Wenn Ihnen das Ergebnis nicht gefällt, machen Sie Ihre Einstellungen am
- besten durch einen Klick auf
-\family sans
-Lese\InsetSpace \space{}
-aus\InsetSpace \space{}
-Datei
-\family default
- rückgängig.
- Damit wird sichergestellt, dass nichts zurückbleibt.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Maßeinheiten-zur-Bildskalierung"
-
-\end_inset
-
- sind die Maßeinheiten zur Bild\SpecialChar \-
-skalierung beschrieben.
- Alle Veränderungen werden erst durchgeführt, wenn Sie auf
-\family sans
-Übernehmen
-\family default
- oder
+You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
+ box
\family sans
-OK
+Multicolumn
\family default
- klicken.
- Wenn Sie später noch Änderungen vornehmen wollen, erhalten Sie das Dialogfenste
-r auch, wenn Sie mit der linken Maustaste in die Abbildung klicken.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Maßeinheiten-zur-Bildskalierung"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Maßeinheiten zur Bildskalierung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bildskalierung"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="45mm">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Einheit
+abc
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Name/Beschreibung
+def ghi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-mm
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Millimeter
+jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-cm
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Zentimeter
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-in
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Zoll (Inch)
+D
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-pt
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Punkt (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-in)
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-pc
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pt)
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-sp
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
+ Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
+ explained in the tables section of the
+\emph on
+Extended\InsetSpace ~
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Scaled Point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pt)
+degrees counterclockwise.
+ These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-bp
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Big Point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-in)
+The
+\family sans
+Borders
+\family default
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Longtables
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Tables ! Longtables"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-dd
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Longtables"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Didot (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-dd
-\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
-\end_inset
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+long\InsetSpace ~
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Longtable
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+\end_layout
- 0.376\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-mm)
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First\InsetSpace ~
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Standard
-cc
+\family sans
+First\InsetSpace ~
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-dd)
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last\InsetSpace ~
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Description
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Last\InsetSpace ~
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
+ The others will then be defined as
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First\InsetSpace ~
+header.
-\hfill
+\family default
+ See the following longtable to see how it works:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Einheit
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Name/Beschreibung
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Scale%
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-% der originalen Bildbreite
+
+\series bold
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-text%
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Textbreite
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-col%
+
+\series bold
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Spaltenbreite
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-page%
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Seitenbreite
+
+\series bold
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-line%
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Zeilenbreite
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-theight%
+
+\series bold
+continue ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Texthöhe
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-pheight%
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Seitenhöhe
+
+\series bold
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ex
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Höhe des Buchstabens
-\emph on
-x
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-em
+
+\series bold
+Bertoli
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Breite des Buchstabens
-\emph on
-m
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-mu
+
+\series bold
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Math Unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-mu =
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{18}$
+Walter
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-em)
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Das Dialogfenster hat eine ganze Reihe Parameter, von denen die meisten
- selbsterklärend sind.
- Auf der Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Grafik
-\family default
- können Sie im Feld
-\family sans
-Datei:
-\family default
- Ihre Bilddatei eingeben.
- Bemerken Sie auch, dass die Darstellungen in LyX (Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Zusatz-Optionen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-in\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ly
-\family default
+Maria
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-X\InsetSpace \space{}
-anzeigen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Anzeige
-\family default
-) und im gedruckten Dokument (
-\family sans
-Ausgabegröße
-\family default
-) getrennt definiert werden können, was bei großen Bildern hilfreich sein
- kann.
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Abbildung kann auch gedreht werden (Feld
-\family sans
-Grafik
-\family default
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-\family sans
-drehen
-\family default
-).
- Über die Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Ausschnitt
-\family default
- kann die Lage festgelegt werden.
- Auf der Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Zusatz-Optionen
-\family default
- können Sie die
-\family sans
-Teilabbildung
-\family default
-s-Option setzen, die
-\emph on
-nur
-\emph default
- bei Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen benutzt werden kann (siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Beschriftung-von-Abbildungen"
+\series bold
+Cachia
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-) und dort einen Untertitel erzeugt, dessen Text im Feld
-\family sans
-Legende
-\family default
- eingegeben wird.
- Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in
-\emph on
-Eigebettete
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-Objekte
-\emph default
-.
- Schließlich können LaTeX-Zauberer über die Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Zusatz-Optionen
-\family default
- weitere LaTeX-Optionen eingeben.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Maurizio
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grafikformate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Grafikformate"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Grafikformate"
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können Grafiken in aller bekannten Formate einfügen, aber weil jedes
- Druckausgabe-Format nur bestimmte Grafikformate zulässt, benutzt LyX
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
-\family default
- im Hintergrund, um die Bilder ins richtige Format zu konvertieren.
- In den Abschnitten\InsetSpace \space{}
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "PostScript-Version-anschauen"
+\series bold
+Cinquemani
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "PDF-Version-anschauen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Giusi
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- ist beschrieben, welche Grafikformate Sie benutzen sollten.
- Ähnlich wie bei Fonts gibt es zwei Hauptarten:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Pixelbilder\InsetSpace ~
-(Bitmaps) bestehen aus einzelnen Pixeln, oft in komprimierter
- Form.
- Bei starker Vergrößerung sind diese Pixel sichtbar -- man spricht vom
-\emph on
-Treppeneffekt
-\emph default
- (oder von
-\emph on
-Aliasing
-\emph default
-).
- Bekannte Formate sind:
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-BMP
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "BMP"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, das Windows-Bitmap-Format mit 24 Bit Farbtiefe und großer Dateigröße
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Itemize
-GIF
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "GIF"
+\series bold
+Colin
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (Graphic Interchange Format) mit 8 Bit Farbtiefe, geeignet für Webseiten
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bernard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-JPEG
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "JPEG"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (Joint Photograpic Experts Group) mit 24 Bit Farbtiefe und verlustfreier
- Kompression, auch für Webseiten geeignet
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-PNG
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PNG"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (Portable Network Graphics) mit 8-24 Bit Farbtiefe, Transparenz und verlustfrei
-er Kompression, auch für Webseiten geeignet
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Itemize
-PSD
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PSD"
+\series bold
+Concli
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (Photoshop Document) mit 24 Bit Farbtiefe und Transparenz
+\begin_layout Standard
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-TIF[F]
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (Tagged Image File Format) mit 24 Bit Farbtiefe, Transparenz und verlustfreier
- Kompression
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-XCF
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "XCF"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (das GIMP-eigene Dateiformat) mit 24 Bit Farbtiefe, Transparenz und verlustfrei
-er Kompression
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Description
-Skalierbare\InsetSpace ~
-Grafiken\InsetSpace ~
-(Vektor-) bestehen aus Vektoren, die das Bild beschreiben,
- und lassen sich ohne Datenverlust beliebig vergrößern.
- Das ist bei Präsentationen wichtig, weil dort die Bilder durch den Projektor
- skaliert werden.
- Hilfreich sind sie auch bei Online-Dokumenten, um den Benutzer in Diagramme
- hineinzoomen zu lassen.
- Bekannte Formate sind:
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-EPS
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "EPS"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (Encapsulated PostScript®)
+\begin_layout Standard
+Carolina
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-PDF
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PDF"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (Portable Document Format)
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-SVG
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "SVG"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
- (Scalable Vector Graphics)
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Pixelbilder lassen sich nicht oder nur stark vereinfacht in Vektorgrafiken
- verwandeln, zum Beispiel EPS oder PDF, sind dann aber nicht skalierbar.
- Umgekehrt geht das schon.
+Annamaria
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Die
-\family sans
-Beschrif
-\family default
-t
-\family sans
-ung von
-\family default
- Abbildungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abbildungs!-beschriftung"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Wie es funktioniert
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Beschriftung-von-Abbildungen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Feliciello
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das Problem beim direkten Einfügen von Abbildungen in den Text ist, dass
- der Seitenumbruch extrem schwierig wird.
- Wegen der LyX-Maxime, derartige Prozesse zu automatisieren, ist es deshalb
- meist besser, Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen zu verwenden, die LyX (eigentlich
- LaTeX) relativ frei im Dokument herumschieben kann, um so ein ansprechendes
- Ergebnis zu erzielen.
- Als Gegenleistung automatisiert LyX das Erstellen einer Abbildungsliste
- und erlaubt, die Abbildungen mit Titeln zu versehen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Um Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen anzulegen, wählen Sie aus der Menüleiste den
- Punkt
-\family sans
-Einfü\SpecialChar \-
-gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Abbil\SpecialChar \-
-dung
-\family default
- oder klicken auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+Domenico
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- Sie erhalten einen leeren roten Rahmen ohne Abbildung.
- In das rot umrahmte Feld rechts von
-\emph on
-Abbildung\InsetSpace \space{}
-Nr:
-\emph default
- schreiben Sie den Bildtitel.
- Nach einem Klick oberhalb oder unterhalb von
-\emph on
-Abbildung\InsetSpace \space{}
-Nr:
-\emph default
- können Sie dann, wie in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Abbildungen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- beschrieben, eine Abbildung einfügen.
-
-\begin_inset Float figure
-placement htbp
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Escher-Knoten"
+\series bold
+Focarelli
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-M.C.
- Escher in Hochform.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- display color
- scaleBeforeRotation
- rotateOrigin center
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset Float figure
-placement htbp
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Oreste
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 50
- display color
- scale 60
- scaleBeforeRotation
- rotateOrigin center
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Gasparini
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Platypus"
+Franca
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Ein Schnabeltier in einer Gleitobjekt-Umgebung.
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Paola
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Das erscheint sehr einfach, aber bei der Positionierung des Bildtitels gibt
- es eine kleine Subtilität.
- Wenn Sie den Titel unter der Abbildung bevorzugen, müssen Sie die Abbildung
- oberhalb von
-\emph on
-Abbildung\InsetSpace \space{}
-Nr:
-\emph default
- einfügen, wie bei Abbildung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Platypus"
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- Wollen Sie den Titel über der Abbildung haben, müssen Sie die Abbildung
- unterhalb von
-\emph on
-Abbildung\InsetSpace \space{}
-Nr:
-\emph default
- einfügen, wie bei Abbildung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Escher-Knoten"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Lassini
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- Es empfiehlt sich, nur jeweils eine Abbildung je Gleitobjekt zu verwenden.
- Dadurch kann LyX (eigentlich LaTeX) den besten Platz für jede Abbildung
- zu finden.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können aber auch auf einen Bildtitel, wie in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Ohne-Titel"
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
- für Tabellen beschrieben, verzichten.
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Abbildung zeigt auch, wie man eine Marke setzen und darauf verweisen
- kann.
- Dies geschieht einfach durch
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marke
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/label-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+Luciano
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, während sich der Cursor in der Bildunterschrift befindet (siehe auch Abschnitt
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Querverweise"
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-).
- Einen Verweis fügen Sie wie gewohnt mit
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Querverweis\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- ein.
- Insbesondere für Gleitobjekte ist diese Art der Referenzierung unbedingt
- den vagen Formulierungen wie
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Valeriano
+\end_layout
-in der obenstehenden Abbildung
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- vorzuziehen, da LaTeX diese Gleitobjekte jederzeit im Text verschieben
- kann und sich die Abbildung dann vielleicht gar nicht mehr über der verweisende
-n Textstelle befindet.
- Passt sie nicht mehr auf dieselbe Seite wie der Text, der sich darauf bezieht,
- wird sie auf eine andere Seite verschoben oder sogar auf einer eigenen
- Seite gesetzt.
- Sie können sich aber darauf verlassen, dass das Ergebnis im allgemeinen
- sehr gut aussieht.
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt noch zwei weitere Dinge, die die Verwendung von Gleit\SpecialChar \-
-objekt-Abbildungen
- so angenehm macht: falls Sie eine Liste der Abbildungen in Ihr Dokument
- einfügen wollen (siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Verzeichnisse"
+
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-), werden die Abbildungen dort automatisch eingetragen.
- Außerdem lassen sie sich schließen und öffnen, wodurch Sie sich besser
- auf Ihren Text konzentrieren können.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Roberto
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Platzierung von
-\family sans
-Gleitobjekt
-\family default
--Umgebungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der Gedanke hinter den gleitenden Abbildungen (ebenso wie bei den in
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabellen-in-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- beschriebenen gleitenden Tabellen) ist es, LyX zu ermöglichen, die Abbildung
- (oder eben Tabelle) auf eine möglichst konsistente, kontextbezogene Art
- und Weise auf der Seite zu platzieren.
- Das wäre aber ziemlich sinnlos, wenn Sie nicht auch eine Möglichkeit hätten,
- diese
-\emph on
-Art und Weise
-\emph default
- irgendwie zu beeinflussen.
- Deshalb bietet Ihnen LyX in
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt-Platzierung
-\family default
- mehrere Möglichkeiten, wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Standard-Platzierung\InsetSpace \space{}
-verwenden
-\family default
- deaktivieren:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Description
-Anfang\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Seite LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt oben auf der aktuellen Seite
- einzufügen.
- Passt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt.
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Ende\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Seite LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt unten auf der aktuellen Seite
- einzufügen.
- Passt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Description
-Seite\InsetSpace ~
-mit\InsetSpace ~
-Gleitobjekten Nur wenn mehr als 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-% einer Seite von Gleitobjekten
- belegt wird, wird eine neue Seite für weitere Gleitobjekte bereitgestellt.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Roberto
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Hier,\InsetSpace ~
-wenn\InsetSpace ~
-möglich LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt genau an der Stelle einzufügen,
- an der es im Text steht.
- Ist dort nicht ausreichend Platz, versucht es eine der anderen drei Positionen.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\noun on
-HHa
-\noun default
-: Diese Platzierung sollte immer dann verwendet werden, wenn das Gleitobjekt
- nicht zu weit entfernt von seinem Text gedruckt werden soll.
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Hier,\InsetSpace ~
-auf\InsetSpace ~
-jeden\InsetSpace ~
-Fall: ist selbsterklärend.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Erich
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Ignoriere\InsetSpace \space{}
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-X-Regeln damit können Sie die LaTeX-Regeln ausser Kraft setzen.
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit wird diese Einstellung dann für alle Gleitobjekte im gesamten Dokument
- verwendet.
- Wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein Gleitobjekt klicken, können
- Sie diese Einstellungen nur für dieses Objekt ändern.
+Paolo
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie geht das nun genau vor sich? Sie können unter
-\family sans
-Gleitobjekt-Platzierung
-\family default
- jede Kombination der ersten vier Möglichkeiten ankreuzen, die letzte nur
- allein.
- Wenn Sie eine Möglichkeit angekreuzt haben, können Sie zusätzlich
-\family sans
-Ignoriere\InsetSpace \space{}
-LaTe
-\family default
+111, 222
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+\series bold
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\family sans
-X-Regeln
-\family default
- ankreuzen.
- Ihre Reihenfolge ist nicht maßgeblich -- LaTeX gibt intern die Suchreihenfolge
-
-\family typewriter
-htbp
-\family default
- vor.
- Wenn es LaTeX nicht gelingt, das Gleitojekt nach Ihren Regeln zu platzieren,
- wird es in einem neuen Durchlauf auf die nächste Seite gesetzt.
- Und ein letzter Hinweis:
-\family sans
-Gleitobjekt-Platzierung
-\family default
- kontrolliert die Position sowohl von Abbildungen als auch von Tabellen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Claudio
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Tabellen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Tabellen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Stuffer
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX besitzt die Fähigkeit, Tabellen im WYSIWYM
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
+Oskar
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
--Stil zu erstellen und zu editieren.
- LaTeX beherrscht beim Umgang mit Tabellen weit mehr, als LyX derzeit unterstütz
-t.
- Sollten Ihnen die hier beschriebenen Möglichkeiten nicht ausreichen, sollten
- Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zu Rate ziehen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Eine gewöhnliche Tabelle fügen Sie mit
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabelle
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- ein.
- Es wird ein Dialogfenster geöffnet, in dem Sie die Anzahl der Zeilen und
- Spalten der Tabelle angeben müssen.
- Beim Klicken auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-öffnet sich darunter ein Fenster, in dem Sie die Größe mit dem Mauszeiger
- festlegen.
- In der so erstellten Tabelle ist jede Zelle umrandet.
- Die erste Zeile ist vom Rest durch eine doppelte Linie
-\emph on
-abgetrennt
-\emph default
-.
- Am besten sehen Sie das an einem Beispiel:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ugo
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features islongtable="true">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-12
+
+\series bold
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-45
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-98
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-A
+
+\series bold
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+Frieda
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-B
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-multi
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-C
+
+\series bold
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+Maurizio
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Winkler
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Tabelle wird dort eingefügt, wo der Cursor gerade ist.
- Wenn sie in einen neuen Absatz soll, müssen Sie vor der Tabelle auf
-\family sans
-Eingabe
-\family default
- drücken.
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-Andere Ausrichtungen erreichen Sie mit
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Absatz
-\family default
--
-\family sans
-Einstellungen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- Dabei
-\emph on
-muss
-\emph default
- der Cursor unmittelbar vor oder hinter der Tabelle stehen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Das Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Tabellen-Einstellungen
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!Einstellungen bearbeiten"
+\series bold
+Annovi
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Silvia
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Tabellen-Einstellungen"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Bertoli
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Eine Tabelle können Sie verändern, indem Sie den
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-Cursor
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-in die Tabelle stellen
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-und auf die rechte Maustaste klicken.
- Sie können auch auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+Stefano
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- klicken, und sehen am unteren Rand die Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste.
- Welche Einstellungen für die Zelle gelten, in
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-der der Cursor steht, erkennen Sie am grauen Hintergrund des Icons.
- Sie können aber auch
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-mit der rechten Maustaste in die Tabelle klicken.
- Es öffnet sich dann ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie Eigenschaften der Tabelle
- ändern können, unter anderem die folgenden -- die Symbole in Klammern sind
- die entsprechenden aus der Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste:
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Tabellen-Einstellungen
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Horizontale Ausrichtung
-\family default
- der Spalte(n) festlegen (
-\family sans
+\series bold
+Bozzi
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_align-left.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Walter
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_align-center.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Cachia
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Maria
+\end_layout
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_align-right.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-)
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Spaltenbreite
-\family default
- Hier können Sie eine feste Spaltenbreite vorgeben.
- Wenn Sie das machen, können Sie auch eine
+\begin_layout Standard
+Maurizio
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Vertikale
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Ausrichtung
-\family default
- definieren (
-\family sans
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_valign-top.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_valign-middle.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\series bold
+Cinquemani
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Giusi
+\end_layout
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_valign-bottom.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-).
+\series bold
+Colin
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Das ist bei einer variablen Spaltenbreite natürlich nicht möglich.
+Bernard
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Mehrfachspalte
-\family default
- definieren (
-\family sans
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_multicolumn.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-).
- Die Option
-\family sans
-Mehrfachspalte
-\family default
- verbindet zwei oder mehr benachbarte Zellen in einer Zeile.
- Im obigen Beispiel wurden so in Zeile B die Spalten 45 und 98 verknüpft.
- Um dies zu erreichen, müssen Sie zunächst die gewünschten Zellen markieren
- und dann die Option
-\family sans
-Mehrfachspalte
-\family default
- ankreuzen.
+\series bold
+Concli
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Drehen der gesamten Tabelle oder einzelner Zellen um 90 Grad
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-LaTe
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\family sans
-X-Argument
-\family default
- eingeben
+\begin_layout Standard
+Carolina
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Rahmen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Rahmen in einer Zeile oder Spalte ein- und ausschalten (
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-top.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-bottom.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-left.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-,
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_toggle-line-right.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-all-lines.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_unset-all-lines.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+Annamaria
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\family default
-).
- Wenn Sie eine der Linien entfernen, wird in LyX eine gestrichelte Linie
- angezeigt, diese dient aber nur zu Ihrer Orientierung.
- In der Druckausgabe ist keine Linie zu sehen.
- Wenn Sie die unterste Linie einer Zeile
-\emph on
-und
-\emph default
- die obere der darunterliegenden Zelle aktivieren, werden die beiden Zeilen
- durch einen kleinen Leerraum getrennt, wie Sie auch im Beispiel oben erkennen
- können.
- Sie können das auch vertikal erreichen, indem Sie die rechte Linie einer
- Spalte und die linke der rechts danebenliegenden Spalte einschalten.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn der Cursor in einer Zelle steht und Sie die rechte Maustaste klicken,
- sehen Sie unter
-\family sans
-Rahmen\InsetSpace ~
-ein
-\family default
- die Rahmen dieser Zelle.
- Wenn Sie dann auf eine waagerecht Linie klicken, gilt das für die ganze
- Zeile, bei einer senkrechten für die Spalte.
- In
-\family sans
-Alle\InsetSpace ~
-Rahmen
-\family default
- können Sie alle Rahmen einer Zelle und der mit ihr verbundenen Zeilen und
- Spalten
-\family sans
-Festlegen
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Löschen
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Karteikarte
-\family sans
-Lange Tabelle
-\family default
-:
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Einstellungen für Tabellen, die länger sind als die Seitenhöhe des Dokumentes.
- Die Tabelle wird dann am Seitenende umgebrochen und auf der folgenden Seite
- fortgesetzt.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Bedeutung der Parameter
-\family sans
-Kopfzeile
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Erste\InsetSpace ~
-Kopfzeile
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Fußzeile
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Letzte
-\family default
-\InsetSpace ~
-
-\family sans
-Fußzeile
-\family default
- finden Sie in Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "ErsteKopfzeile"
+\series bold
+Feliciello
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, oder Sie sehen sie sich an einem Beispiel an:
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Öffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Beispiele\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-de\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-TableExamples.lyx
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können übrigens auch die Menüleiste verwenden, um eine Tabelle zu verändern,
- wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Tabelle befindet:
+Domenico
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-B
-\family sans
-earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family default
-T
-\family sans
-abelle
-\family default
- setzt Rahmen und Mehrfachspalte
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bearbeiten
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Zeilen
-\family default
-\InsetSpace ~
-
-\family sans
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Spalten
-\family default
- legt die Ausrichtung des Textes fest und fügt Zeilen und Spalten hinzu
- oder löscht sie (
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_append-column.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\series bold
+Focarelli
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+Paola
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-,
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_delete-column.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-)
+\series bold
+Galletti
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-B
-\family sans
-earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabellen-Einstellungen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- öffnet das Menüfenster.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Die meisten Optionen können Sie auch auf markierte Bereiche anwenden, das
- heißt wenn Sie mehrere Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten markiert haben (Zellen
- müssen Sie immer anwählen; es hängt jedoch vom Kontext ab, wie diese interpreti
-ert werden) und dann eine Option anwählen, wird sie bei allen markierten
- Zellen aktiviert.
+Oreste
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Falls Sie eine neue Zeile hinzufügen, so wird sie
-\emph on
-unter
-\emph default
- der Zeile eingefügt, in der sich der Cursor gerade befindet.
- Gleichermaßen werden Spalten
-\emph on
-rechts
-\emph default
- vom Cursor eingefügt.
- Aus diesem Grund ist es ziemlich schwierig, eine Spalte auf der linken
- Seite der Tabelle oder über der ersten Zeile hinzuzufügen -- es ist eine
- Menge Ausschneide/Kopierarbeit notwendig.
- Gelöscht wird immer die Zeile oder Spalte, in der sich der Cursor befindet.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können den Mehrspalten-Modus auch verwenden, um für eine einzelne Zelle
- eine Sonderformatierung im Hinblick auf die Rahmen und die Ausrichtung
- des Textes zu ermöglichen.
- Hier ein Beispiel, bei dem das ausgenutzt wurde:
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-*
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-x
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-y
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Punkt a & b
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-103
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-9
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Punkt b & a
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-599
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-340
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Punkt abcd
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-96
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-11
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Wie Sie sehen, sind die Überschriften der einzelnen Spalten jeweils zentriert
- gesetzt, während die eigentlichen Einträge in der linken Spalte linksbündig
- und in den übrigen Spalten rechtsbündig sind.
- Außerdem wurde zwischen zwei Zellen der Trennstrich entfernt.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn eine Spaltet eine feste Breite haben soll, können Sie diese im Feld
-
-\family sans
-Breite
-\family default
- eintragen.
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wird Ihre Tabelle zu breit, um auf eine normale Seite im Hochformat zu passen,
- können Sie die Option
-\family sans
-Tabelle\InsetSpace ~
-um\InsetSpace ~
-90\InsetSpace ~
-Grad\InsetSpace ~
-drehen
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-rotate-tabular.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-) aktivieren, die Tabelle wird dann im Querformat gesetzt.
- Außerdem ist es auch möglich, nur einzelne Zellen um 90° zu drehen (
-\family sans
-Zelle\InsetSpace ~
-um\InsetSpace ~
-90\InsetSpace ~
-Grad\InsetSpace ~
-drehen
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_set-rotate-cell.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-) und so Platz zu sparen.
- Werfen Sie einen Blick auf Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zellen-um-90°-drehen"
-
\end_inset
-
-.
- Sie zeigt, wozu man diese Fähigkeit verwenden kann.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align center
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Zellen-um-90°-drehen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Zellen um 90° drehen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!-zelle drehen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Beschreibung
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 1
+
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 2
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 3
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 4
+
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 5
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 6
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 7
+
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 8
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 9
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Flag 10
+
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Summe
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Beschr.\InsetSpace ~
-1
+555, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-7
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Beschr.\InsetSpace ~
-2
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+999
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-9
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Beschr.\InsetSpace ~
-3
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Cells
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Tables ! Cells"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
-
+A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+ All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
+ But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
+ for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-8
+To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
+ for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
+ is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+ An example:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Beschr.\InsetSpace ~
-4
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multiline entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multiline entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-6
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Gesamt
-\end_layout
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
+ You can cut and paste even more than one row.
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
+ the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+
+\family sans
+Footnotes
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Margin\InsetSpace ~
+Notes
+\family default
+ are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
+ too much notes at the page.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
+ and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
+, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Floats are therefore numbered.
+ Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert a float, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+ A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace ~
+the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+Figure\InsetSpace ~
+#:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
+ the output.
+ Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Captions"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\end_layout
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
+ paragraph within the float.
+ To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
+ by left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/floatQt4.png
+ scale 80
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ -- a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-30
+It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
+ LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Float Types
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Figure floats"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-Hinweis:
-\emph default
- Diese 90°-Drehung wird weder im LyX-Fenster noch mit
-\family typewriter
-xdvi
-\family default
- angezeigt -- aber mit
-\family typewriter
-kdvi
-\family default
- und auch in der PostScript®-Ausgabe.
- Verwenden Sie also
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
-\family default
- (
+The menu
\family sans
-Strg+T
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
\family default
-) oder andere, wenn Sie eine Druckvorschau der Tabelle betrachten wollen.
-\end_layout
+ inserts a float with the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie an Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zellen-um-90°-drehen"
+\series bold
+Figure\InsetSpace ~
+#:
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- schön erkennen können, würde der Text in der Titelzeile (Flag 1 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
- Flag 10)
- nicht auf das Papier passen, wenn er nicht gedreht wäre.
-\end_layout
+.
+ Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
+ the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
+ This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Was kann eine Zelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!-zelle"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Platypus"
\end_inset
- alles enthalten?
-\end_layout
+.
+ If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
+ of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
+ This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-Viele Objekte können in eine Zelle einer Tabelle eingefügt werden.
- Eine (oder mehrere) Textzeilen, eine Formel (allerdings keine hervorgehobenen
- Formeln, und auch keine mehrzeiligen Gleichungen), eine Abbildung oder
- sogar alle diese Objekte gleichzeitig können in eine Zelle eingefügt werden.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Escher"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können Schriftgröße und -art verändern, und die Geometrie der Tabelle
- passt sich automatisch den neuen Gegebenheiten an.
- Es ist lediglich nicht möglich, eine weitere Tabelle in einer Tabelle einzufüge
-n, genausowenig können Sie besondere Umgebungstypen (wie
-\family sans
-Abschnitt*
-\family default
- usw.) verwenden.
- LyX würde dann versuchen, die gesamte Tabelle in diesem Umgebungstyp zu
- setzen -- mit unvorhersehbaren Auswirkungen.
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ display color
+ width 50col%
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ausschneiden
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!ausschneiden"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Platypus"
\end_inset
- und Einfügen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!einf\"ugen"
+A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- in Tabellen
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das Ausschneiden und Einfügen in und zwischen Tabellen funktioniert im allgemein
-en recht gut.
- Sie können dabei sogar mehr als eine Zeile gleichzeitig verarbeiten.
- Das Markieren funktioniert wie gewohnt mit der Maus oder über
-\family sans
-Umschalt
-\family default
- mit den Cursortasten.
- Im folgenden Beispiel wurden die Einträge in der zweiten Tabelle durch
- markieren, kopieren und einfügen aus der ersten Tabelle übernommen:
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-1
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Escher"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-2
+M.C.
+ Escher on acid.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-3
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ display color
+ scale 80
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-4
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it.
+ As described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ and refer to it using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+.
+ It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
+ references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
+ might not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ at all.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-5
+Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
+ to the tab
+\family sans
+Extra\InsetSpace ~
+options
+\family default
+ in the appearing dialog, use the option
+\family sans
+Subfigure
+\family default
+, and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
+ Figure\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ width 45col%
+ subcaption
+ subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
+ subcaption
+ subcaptionText "Platypus"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-6
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Two distorted images.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-7
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-8
+Note that the caption is added to the
+\family sans
+List\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Figures
+\family default
+ as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ListsOf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Table Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Table floats"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-9
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Table-Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+.
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
+ label.
+ Table\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Table-float"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+ is an example of a table float.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Table-float"
\end_inset
+A table float.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$
\end_inset
-
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
3
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-4
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-5
-\end_layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
+\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-6
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-7
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-8
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-9
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Beim Einfügen muss der Cursor in der Zelle links oben stehen.
- Beachten Sie bitte, dass Quell- und Zieltabelle dieselbe Anzahl an Zeilen
- und Spalten haben sollten, da sonst beim Einfügen Daten weggelassen werden.
- Bei größeren Zieltabellen werden die überzähligen Zeilen und Spalten leergelass
-en.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-1
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Algorithm Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-2
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-4
-\end_layout
+This float type is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Algorithm
+\family default
+.
+ It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
+ A possible environment for algorithms is the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+, described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-5
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-7
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
+ language.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-8
+ You have to do this manually by adding the following line
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
+name}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+to the document preamble (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+).
+
+\series bold
+your\InsetSpace ~
+name
+\series default
+ is the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+algorithm
+\emph default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+ in your language.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Text Wrap Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:floatflt"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="4">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-1
-\end_layout
+This float type is used if you want to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+wrap
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
+ width.
+ It can be inserted using the menu
+\begin_inset Wrap figure
+placement l
+width "40col%"
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-2
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ display color
+ width 40col%
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-3
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
+ it
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-4
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-5
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-6
-\end_layout
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Wrap\InsetSpace ~
+Float
+\family default
+ if the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+ is installed.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
+\emph on
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
+Configuration
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+ The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
+ float box.
+ Figure\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
-\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$
\end_inset
+ is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
+wrap float with a width of 40
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+col%.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-1
-\end_layout
+Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-2
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-3
+ Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
+ng text.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\end_layout
+The LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+ also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
+ If you need this, read the documentation of
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "floatflt"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-4
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-5
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-6
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Text\InsetSpace ~
+wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
+ having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
+ in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
+ over some other text.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+wrapfig
+\series default
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-7
+ instead of
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+ but it is currently not supported by LyX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-8
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-9
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ In general:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
+ That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
+ when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
+ breaks will appear.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
+ where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
+ there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Rotated Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Sie können auch eine ganze Tabelle auf einmal kopieren.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!mehrzeiliger Text"
+name "Floats ! Rotating"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mehrzeiliger Text mit Zeilenumbruch ist auch in Tabellen möglich, wenn auch
- nicht im gewohnten WYSIWYM
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
-
-\end_inset
-
--Stil.
- Sie können es auf mehreren Wegen erreichen.
- Geben Sie im Dialogfenster
+Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
+ To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
+ and use the option
\family sans
-Tabellen\InsetSpace ~
-Einstellungen
+Rotate\InsetSpace ~
+sideways
\family default
- eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Danach wird der eingegebene Text automatisch umgebrochen und die Höhe der
- Zeile entsprechend angepasst, falls er länger ist als die vorgegebene Länge
- (Zeile 3).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Entfernen Sie die Linien zwischen zwei oder mehr benachbarten Zeilen.
- Dies erweckt aber nur den Eindruck eines echten mehrzeiligen Eintrags (Zeilen
- 4 und 5).
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Sie können durch
-\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
- einen Zeilenumbruch erzwingen (Zeile 6).
- Aber dann stimmt wahrscheinlich der Zeilenabstand nicht.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
+ a two-column document).
+ They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
+ Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Sie können durch
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-newline
-\family default
- im LaTeX-Modus (
-\family sans
+\begin_layout Standard
+Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
+ format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Rotated-table"
\end_inset
-
-\family default
-) einen Zeilenumbruch erzwingen (Zeile 7).
- Dies ist die beste Methode.
+ is an example of a rotated table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mehrzeilige-Tabelle"
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- ist ein Beispiel dafür.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+sideways true
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align center
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mehrzeilige-Tabelle"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Mehrzeilige Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabelle!mehrzeilig"
+name "cap:Rotated-table"
\end_inset
-
+ Rotated table
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
<features>
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-1
+test
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="3cm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-2
+b
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-3
+c
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Dies ist ein
-\emph on
-mehrzeiliger
-\emph default
- Tabelleneintrag.
+d
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-4
+e
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dies ist ein
-\emph on
-mehrzeiliger
-\emph default
- Tabelleneintrag.
-\end_layout
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-5
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Jetzt ist er länger.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Float Placement
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Float-Placement"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-6
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Placement"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Dies ist ein
-\emph on
-mehrzeiliger
-\emph default
- Tabelleneintrag.
+Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
+ options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
\newline
-Jetzt ist er länger.
-\end_layout
+The option
+\family sans
+Span\InsetSpace ~
+columns
+\family default
+ is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
+ span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
+ one.
+\newline
+The option
+\family sans
+Rotate\InsetSpace ~
+sideways
+\family default
+ is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-7
+You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
+ set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
+\family sans
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+default\InsetSpace ~
+placement
+\family default
+:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="parbox">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
+Here\InsetSpace ~
+if\InsetSpace ~
+possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Top\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Bottom\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+floats: try to place the float on an own page
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Dies ist ein
+The order of the above option is
\emph on
-mehrzeiliger
+always
\emph default
- Tabelleneintrag.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ used by LaTeX.
+ That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
+
+\family sans
+Here\InsetSpace ~
+if\InsetSpace ~
+possible
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+Top\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page
+\family default
+, and then the others.
+ If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
+ in the same order.
+ If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
+ but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+By default, each options has its own rules:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-newline
+\family sans
+Top\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page
+\family default
+ only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% of the page can be placed at the top
+ of a page
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- Er sollte so aussehen wie oben.
+\family sans
+Bottom\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page
+\family default
+: only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% of the page can be placed at the bottom
+ of a page.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+floats
+\family default
+: only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
+ can be set together on a page.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
+ option
+\family sans
+Ignore\InsetSpace ~
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
+rules
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
+ exactly at the position where it is inserted.
+ For this case you can use the option
+\family sans
+Here\InsetSpace ~
+definitely
+\family default
+.
+ Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
+ be printed.
+ Because the float is then no longer able to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Wie Sie sehen, wird in LyX der Text nicht (immer) mehrzeilig angezeigt,
- im endgültigen Dokument stimmt die Ausgabe aber.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Lange Tabellen
+There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
+ surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Ein weiteres Problem in diesem Zusammenhang ist, dass Tabellen nicht automatisch
- so formatiert werden, dass sie auf die Seite passen.
- Das heißt wenn der Text in einer Zelle ohne Zeilenumbrüche zu lang ist,
- wird sich die Tabelle über den Rand der Seite hinaus erstrecken, gleiches
- gilt für Tabellen mit zu vielen Zeilen: sie reichen über das untere Seitenende
- hinaus.
- Zur Lösung dieser Probleme stehen Ihnen folgende Wege zur Auswahl:
-\end_layout
+For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Teilen Sie die Tabelle in zwei unabhängige Teile, so dass die Zeilen- und
- Seiten\SpecialChar \-
-umbrüche eingehalten werden können.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Aktivieren Sie die Option
-\family sans
-Lange\InsetSpace \space{}
-Tabelle
-\family default
- im Dialog
-\family sans
-Tabellen-Einstellungen
-\family default
.
- Dies verteilt die Tabelle automatisch auf mehrere Seiten, falls sie zu
- lang wird.
- Danach stehen Ihnen in diesem Dialog auch die zusätzlichen Optionen für
- lange Tabellen zur Verfügung, und Sie können die folgenden Dinge festlegen:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Erste\InsetSpace \space{}
-Kopfzeile
-\family default
-
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!erste Kopfzeile"
+name "Minipages"
\end_inset
-:
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "ErsteKopfzeile"
+name "sec:Minipages"
\end_inset
-Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
- aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen der ersten Seite einer
- mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
+ called minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
+apply.
+
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Kopfzeile
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Box
\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!Kopfzeile"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
- aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen aller Seiten festgelegt
- (mit Ausnahme der ersten, wenn
-\family sans
-Erste\InsetSpace ~
-Kopfzeile
-\family default
- aktiviert ist).
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Fußzeile
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!Fu\"szeile"
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
- aktiviert haben, werden als Fußzeilen aller Seiten festgelegt (mit Ausnahme
- der letzten, wenn
-\family sans
-Letzte\InsetSpace ~
-Fußzeile
-\family default
- aktiviert ist).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
\family sans
-Letzte\InsetSpace \space{}
-Fußzeile
+Horizontal Fills
\family default
+ as described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!letzte Fu\"szeile"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
- aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen der letzten Seite einer mehrseitigen
- Tabelle definiert.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
-\family sans
-Seitenumbruch\InsetSpace \space{}
-nach\InsetSpace \space{}
-der\InsetSpace \space{}
-aktuellen\InsetSpace \space{}
-Zeile:
-\family default
- manueller Seitenumbruch.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!Seitenumbruch"
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Falls Sie mehrere dieser Optionen in einer einzelnen Zeile aktivieren wollen,
- sollten Sie sich bewusst sein, dass nur die erste davon verwendet wird,
- alle anderen werden auf
-\emph on
-leer
-\emph default
- gesetzt.
- In diesem Zusammenhang bedeutet
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
-die erste
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- die erste in der Reihenfolge
-\family sans
-Fußzeile
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Letzte\InsetSpace ~
-Fußzeile
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Kopfzeile
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Erste\InsetSpace ~
-Kopfzeile
-\family default
- (betrachten Sie die Beispiele in der Datei
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Öffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Beispiele\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-de_TableExamples.lyx
-\family default
-, um einen Eindruck zu bekommen, wie das funktioniert).
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie mit dem dem Seitenumbruch nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie mit
-
-\family sans
-Seitenumbruch\InsetSpace \space{}
-nach\InsetSpace \space{}
-der\InsetSpace \space{}
-aktuellen\InsetSpace \space{}
-Zeile
-\family default
- einen erzwingen.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Benutzen Sie das Feld
-\family sans
-Breite:
-\family default
- im Dialog
-\family sans
-Tabellen-Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~
-bearbeiten
-\family default
-, um die Breite der Tabelle einzuschränken, bis sie auf die Seite passt.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Eine Tabelle kann auch in eine Gleitobjekt-Umgebung eingebettet werden,
- das ermöglicht es LaTeX, sie so gut wie möglich in die Seite einzupassen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hinweis:
-\family sans
-Lange\InsetSpace ~
-Tabelle
-\family default
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
+ to other box types.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabelle!Lange"
+name "Math"
\end_inset
- und
-\family sans
-90°\InsetSpace ~
-drehen
-\family default
- verwenden spezielle LaTeX-Pakete.
- Sie sollten mittels
-\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTe
-\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Formulas | see{Math}"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X\InsetSpace \space{}
-Kon\SpecialChar \-
-f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-i\SpecialChar \-
-gu\SpecialChar \-
-ra\SpecialChar \-
-tion
-\family default
- nachprüfen, ob diese auf Ihrem System vorhanden sind.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Tabellen in
-\family sans
-Gleitobjekt
-\family default
--Umgebungen
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!in Legende-Umgebungen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Tabellen-in-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
+name "Math ! Basics"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Falls Sie zum Erstellen der Tabelle einfach nur die Schaltfläche
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
\end_inset
- in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \-
-leiste oder den Menüpunkt
+.
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabelle
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- verwenden, wird die Tabelle genau an der Stelle im Text erscheinen, an
- der sich der Cursor befand.
- Sie wird als eigener Absatz und zentriert gesetzt.
- Verwenden Sie stattdessen
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabelle
+math\InsetSpace ~
+toolbar
\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
+, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
+\end_layout
-, so kann LaTeX die Tabelle auch ein wenig verschieben und so möglichst
- optimal positionieren.
- Diese Positionierung einer Gleitobjekt-Umgebung mit einer Tabelle funktioniert
- genauso, wie es im Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
+ line, like this one:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
- für Abbildungen erläutert wurde.
- Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Gleitende-Tabelle"
+ in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
+, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+A=B\]
\end_inset
- ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Gleitobjekt-Tabelle.
- In LyX wurde sie am Ende dieses Absatzes eingefügt.
-
-\begin_inset Float table
-placement htbp
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
+ E.g.
+ typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Gleitende-Tabelle"
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
-Eine gleitende Tabelle
+.
+ So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Navigating"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-1
-\end_layout
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-2
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-3
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Martin
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Lena
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Alina
+This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
+ space character (visible space).
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
+, type
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d\end{array}\right]$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+2x
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
++1
+\series default
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Tabellentitel
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!-titel"
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
\end_inset
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie eine neue Gleitobjekt-Umgebung für eine Tabelle anlegen, ist das
- erste, wozu Sie aufgefordert werden, die Eingabe eines Titels hinter
-\emph on
-Tabelle
-\series bold
-\InsetSpace ~
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in LyX.
+\end_layout
-\series default
-Nr:
-\emph default
-.
- Um wirklich eine Tabelle einzufügen, müssen Sie dies innerhalb der Gleitobjekt-
-Umgebung ähnlich wie bei Abbildungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Exponents"
\end_inset
- durchführen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ob die Tabelle über oder unter dem Titel steht, können Sie wie auch bei
- den Abbildungen über die Position des Cursors beim Einfügen der Tabelle
- festlegen: Befindet er sich über dem Wort
-\emph on
-Tabelle
-\series bold
-\InsetSpace ~
-\series default
-Nr:
-\emph default
-, so erscheint die Tabelle über dem Text (wie in Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Gleitende-Tabelle-mit-Titel-darunter"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Subscripts"
\end_inset
-), befindet er sich darunter, wird sie unter den Text gesetzt (Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Gleitende-Tabelle"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
+ way is to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-).
-
-\begin_inset Float table
-placement htbp
-wide false
-sideways false
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-1
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-2
-\end_layout
+\series default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
+\series bold
+x^2y
+\series default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-3
-\end_layout
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-4
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-5
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-6
-\end_layout
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ hat
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-7
-\end_layout
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the hat and the character.
+ E.g.
+ if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-8
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+a
+\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-9
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fractions
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Fractions"
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+Create a fraction with either the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Gleitende-Tabelle-mit-Titel-darunter"
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or using the icon
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
+ scale 60
\end_inset
-Noch eine gleitende Tabelle, mit dem Titel darunter
-\end_layout
+ in the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Roots"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Ohne-Titel"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Sie können auch Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen ohne Titel erzeugen, dafür gibt es
- zwei Möglichkeiten.
- Entweder erstellen Sie zunächst eine einfache Tabelle (ohne Gleitob\SpecialChar \-
-jekt-Umgebun
-g), markieren diese und wählen dann
+Roots can be created using the
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabelle
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
\family default
- (
+ button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
\end_inset
-), oder Sie erstellen ganz normal eine gleitende Tabelle, geben aber keinen
- Text ein, sondern fügen nur eine Tabelle ein.
- Setzen Sie nun den Cursor rechts neben den Titel und drücken Sie
-\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Der Eintrag
-\emph on
-Tabelle
+ or the commands
\series bold
-\InsetSpace ~
+\backslash
+sqrt
\series default
-Nr:
-\emph default
- verschwindet, die Tabelle wird ohne Titel gesetzt.
- Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabelle-ohne-Titel"
-
-\end_inset
+ or
+\series bold
- ist ein Beispiel dafür.
-\begin_inset Float table
-placement htbp
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+.
+ With the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-9
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ produces always a square root.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Sums"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-8
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Integrals"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-7
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-6
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-5
-\end_layout
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
+ a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-4
-\end_layout
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
+ formulas.
+ Such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-3
-\end_layout
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-2
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
+ types.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-1
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and hitting
+\family sans
+M-m l
+\family default
+ or using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Limits\InsetSpace ~
+Type
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Certain other mathematical expressions have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Tabelle-ohne-Titel"
+ feature as addition, such as
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Limits"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
\end_inset
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ohne Titel wird die Tabelle nicht nummeriert, deshalb wird sie, falls Sie
- eine Marke für Querverweise (siehe\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Querverweise"
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) einfügen, unter der Nummer des aktuellen (Unter)Kapitels/Abschnittes referenzi
-ert.
- Beachten Sie bitte auch, dass nur Tabellen und Abbildungen in Gleitobjekt-Umgeb
-ungen mit einem Titel versehen werden können.
-\end_layout
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Platzierung
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bei der Platzierung wird nicht zwischen Abbildungen und Tabellen unterschieden,
- es gilt diesbezüglich uneingeschränkt das in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
-
-\end_inset
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
- Gesagte.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Section
-Gleitobjekte
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Gleitobjekte"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Functions"
\end_inset
+ for an explanation of function macros.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Gleitobjekte"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Symbols"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Gleitobjekte werden detailliert im Handbuch
-\emph on
-Eingebettete\InsetSpace \space{}
-Objekte, Kapitel\InsetSpace \space{}
-3
-\emph default
- beschrieben.
-\end_layout
+Most math symbols can be found in the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+ ,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Minipage
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Minipage"
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
+ you don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+, but can type the command directly into the formula.
+ LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Altering Spacing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Spaces"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages werden detailliert im Handbuch
-\emph on
-Eingebettete\InsetSpace \space{}
-Objekte, Kapitel\InsetSpace \space{}
-5
-\emph default
- beschrieben.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematische Formeln
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "mathematische!Formeln"
+You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
+ LaTeX provides.
+ To do this, type
+\family sans
+C-Space
+\family default
+ or to use the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/space.xpm
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mathematische-Formeln"
-
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ Here a example for the sequence
+\series bold
+a C-Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset
+ (appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Grundlagen
+).
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and hit space again several times.
+ With every space hit the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
+ spaces.
+ Here two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mathematische Ausdrücke mit LyX zu schreiben ist jetzt fast vollständig
- WYSIWYM
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
+\series bold
+a C-Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
-.
- Sie können das mit dem Mathematik-Editor
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mathematik!Editor"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a C-Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
- (kurz Mathed) erledigen.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Mathed starten
+Functions
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mathed"
+name "Math ! Functions"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mathed-starten"
+name "sub:Functions"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt verschiedene Wege, um
-\family roman
-Mathed
+The
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
\family default
- zu starten.
- Sie können einfach auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
+ contains under the button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/functions.xpm
+
\end_inset
- klicken.
- Das öffnet ein kleines blaues Rechteck, mit purpurnen Häkchen umrandet.
- Das blaue Rechteck ist die Mathed-Cursor-Position, und die purpurne Farbe
- deutet an, dass Sie im
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- sind.
-\end_layout
+ a number of functions, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können auch
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Eingebettete\InsetSpace \space{}
-Formel
-\family default
- wählen oder die Tastenkürzel
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-M
-\family default
,
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-M
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Strg+M
-\family default
- (letzteres nur im CUA-Modus) benutzen.
- Auf all diese Arten wird ein Mathed-Kästchen
\emph on
-in der Zeile
+etc
\emph default
- erzeugt.
-\end_layout
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um eine eigenständige Formel oder Gleichung zu erhalten, wählen Sie
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Abgesetzte\InsetSpace \space{}
-Formel
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+Umschalt+M
-\family default
-).
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie den
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- nur benutzen wollen, um zum Beispiel ein
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
- zu schreiben, gibt es besondere Tastenkürzel, zum Beispiel
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-G\InsetSpace ~
-A
-\family default
- für
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-,
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-G\InsetSpace ~
-B
-\family default
- für
-\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
-\end_inset
- usw
-\emph on
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Dann gibt es noch die Mathe-Kontrollflächen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mathe-!Kontrollflächen"
-
-\end_inset
+For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
+ that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
-, die Sie über
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Werkzeugleisten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe-Kontrollfächen
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe-Kontrollflächen
-\family default
- ein- und ausschalten können, und die Mathe-Werkzeugleiste, die Sie über
-
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Werkzeugleisten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe
-\family default
- oder einen Klick auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
- ein- und ausschalten können.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Wie man sich in einer Formel
+Accents
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Formel"
+name "Math ! Accents"
\end_inset
- bewegt
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können auf eine existierende Gleichung klicken (
-\color black
-irgendetwas
-\color inherit
-, das blau aussieht), und Sie werden automatisch Mathed aktivieren und den
- Cursor in etwa dort vorfinden, wo Sie geklickt haben.
- In einer existierenden Formel hat man mit den Pfeiltasten die beste Kontrolle
- über die Cursorposition.
- Mathed benutzt manchmal kleine Rechtecke um anzuzeigen, wo etwas eingefügt
- werden kann, weil Mathed Symbole nicht einfach nur linear anordnet.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Pfeiltasten können benutzt werden, um sich in einer Mathed-Struktur
- zwischen Textgebieten zu bewegen.
- Wenn man eine Pfeiltaste am Rande von Mathed drückt, verlässt man Mathed,
- wenn der Pfeil aus dem Mathed-Kästchen herauszeigt.
- Wenn man die
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- drückt, verlässt man einen Teil oder eine andere Mathed-Struktur (eine
- Quadratwurzel
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
-\end_inset
-
-, Klammern
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
+ enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
- oder eine Matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
-\end_inset
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
-), und bleibt innerhalb von Mathed.
- Mit
-\family sans
-Esc
-\family default
- verlässt man Mathed, und der Cursor wird rechts vom Kästchen platziert.
- Mit der
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- kann man Mathed auch verlassen, aber der Cursor wird um eine Leerstelle
- neben dem Kästchen gestellt (wenn keine Leerstelle dort war, wird sie erzeugt).
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- kann benutzt werden, um sich waagerecht in einer Mathed-Struktur zu bewegen,
- wie in den Zeilen einer Matrix oder den Stellen in einer mehrzeiligen Gleichung.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+hat
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- scheint nichts innerhalb von Mathed zu bewirken, weil sie wirklich keinen
- Zwischenraum zwischen Zeichen hinzufügt, aber sie verlässt eine geschachtelte
- Struktur.
- Deshalb muss man mit der
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- vorsichtig sein.
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn man zum Beispiel
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
- erreichen will, muss man
-\family typewriter
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table\InsetSpace ~
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\family default
- eingeben, dann
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
-, dann
-\family typewriter
-2x+1
-\family default
-, aber nicht
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\family sans
-\InsetSpace ~
-Leertaste\InsetSpace ~
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-2x
-\family sans
-\InsetSpace ~
-Leertaste\InsetSpace ~
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-+
-\family sans
-\InsetSpace ~
-Leertaste\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\family typewriter
-1
-\family default
-, weil dann nur die
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Accent-names-and"
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+\end_layout
-\family default
- unter dem Wurzelzeichen stehen würden:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
-.
- Diejenigen, die es gewohnt sind, Ausdrücke auf diese Weise mit Zwischenräumen
- zu versehen, müssen ein wenig umlernen.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Da wir über die
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- sprechen: es mag sein, dass Sie Leerzeichen erzeugen wollen, die über das
- hinausgehen, was LaTeX normalerweise erzeugt.
- Wir empfehlen das natürlich nicht, weil das WYSIWYM
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Name
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
--Prinzip bedeutet, dass Sie nicht über den Schriftsatz nachdenken sollen,
- sondern über den Inhalt.
- Es mag aber Situationen geben, in denen Sie wirklich Leerzeichen hinzufügen
- wollen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das kann man mit
-\family sans
-Strg+Leertaste
-\family default
- machen.
- Das erzeugt einen kleinen Zwischenraum und zeigt ihn auf dem Bildschirm
- wie eine auf dem Rücken liegende eckige rote Klammer an:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\!\sqcup\! b$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- Gedruckt sieht das so aus:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Mit dem nächstes Trick ändert man die Größe.
-
-\emph on
-Bevor
-\emph default
- Sie nach
-\family sans
-Strg+Leertaste
-\family default
- den Cursor bewegen, drücken Sie die
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- erneut ein- oder mehrere Male, das vergrößert den Zwischenraum auf unterschiedl
-iche Größen:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
+\end_layout
-.
- Als letztes gibt es den roten, negativen Zwischenraum:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Wie in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mathed-starten"
-\end_inset
-
- bereits erwähnt, finden Sie all diese Symbole in der
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
-.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+hat
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Man kann viele teilweise gefüllte Mathed-Strukturen wie diese Matrix verlassen:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-Wenn Sie eine Teilstruktur, die nur teilweise gefüllt ist, verlassen oder
- einen Exponenten mit nichts darin, wird das Ergebnis unvorhersehbar, aber
- die meisten Objekte stört das nicht.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Text auswählen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mathed!Text auswählen"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Innerhalb von Mathed können Sie Text auf zwei verschiedene Arten auswählen.
- Stellen Sie den Cursor an das eine Ende der Zeichenkette, die Sie auswählen
- wollen und drücken Sie
-\family sans
-Umschalt+Pfeil
-\family default
- in der Richtung, in der Sie markieren wollen.
- Der markierte Text wird wie sonst auch hervorgehoben.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Oder Sie machen es wie gewohnt mit der Maus, obwohl dabei manchmal alles
- im purpurnen Rechteck markiert wird.
- Den markierten Text können Sie dann kopieren oder ausschneiden und in eine
- andere Formel einsetzen.
- Auch Text, der außerhalb von LyX ausgewählt wurde, kann in eine Formel
- eingesetzt werden.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponenten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Exponenten"
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+grave
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und Indizes
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Indizes"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können die automatische
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- am unteren Rand benutzen, um Hoch- oder Tiefstellungen zu erzeugen (
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/super.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/sub.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-), aber viel einfacher geht es mit der normalen TeX-Methode.
- Um
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+acute
+\end_layout
- zu erhalten, tippen Sie (in Mathed)
-\family typewriter
-x^2
-\family default
-, dann
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
-.
- Die
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- bringt den Cursor zurück auf die Grundlinie des Ausdrucks.
- Wenn Sie
-\family typewriter
-x^2y
-\family default
- tippen, erhalten Sie
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-; um
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- zu erhalten, müssen Sie
-\family typewriter
-x^2,
-\family default
- dann
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
-, dann
-\family typewriter
-y
-\family default
- tippen.
- Indizes sind ähnlich: um
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
- zu erhalten, müssen Sie in Mathed
-\family typewriter
-a_1
-\family default
-, dann
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- tippen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Brüche
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Br\"uche"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Einen Bruch kann man mit
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\series bold
-\family default
- (in Mathed) oder mit dem Bruchsymbol
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/frac-square.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\backslash
+ddot
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-aus der
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- schreiben.
- Sie erhalten einen leeren Bruch mit zwei blauen Mathed-Kästchen über und
- unter einem Bruchstrich.
- Der Cursor steht im Zähler.
- Mit der
-\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
--Taste gelangt man in den Nenner, mit der
-\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
--Taste wieder in den Zähler.
- Mit der automatischen
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- am unteren Rand können Sie über
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/frac.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 12bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
- einen Standardbruch erzeugen.
- Jede mathematische Struktur kann in einen Bruch geschrieben werden, wie
- dieses Beispiel zeigt:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Wurzeln
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Wurzeln"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wurzeln erhält man, wenn man auf das
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 25bp
+\backslash
+tilde
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
--Symbol oder das
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/root.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 25bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
-Symbol in der
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- klickt, oder die Befehle
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\family default
- oder
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-root
-\family default
- benutzt.
- Ersteres liefert nur Quadratwurzeln, letzteres beliebige.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Summen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Summen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und Integrale
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Integrale"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+dot
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Summen- und Integralzeichen
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- werden sehr oft mit Grenzen versehen, die in LyX (wie in LaTeX) als Exponenten
- und Indizes geschrieben werden.
- Bei Summen in der Zeile werden die Grenzen automatisch neben dem Summenzeichen
- platziert wie bei
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
-, bei abgesetzten Formeln hingegen über und unter dem Summenzeichen:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-Bei Integralen werden die Grenzen immer neben dem Integralzeichen platziert
- wie in
-\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, bei abgesetzten Formeln sieht es so aus:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Beide Symbole werden automatisch angepasst.
- Man kann die Platzierung der Grenzen (direkt über und unter oder rechts
- neben dem Zeichen) umschalten, indem man den Cursor direkt vor das Zeichen
- stellt und
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-L
-\family default
- eingibt.
- Wie die Änderung genau aussieht, hängt vom Zeichen ab.
- Einige andere mathematische Ausdrücke besitzen diese Automatik-Funktion
- auch, wie
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-bei dem
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+breve
+\end_layout
- unter dem
-\emph on
-lim
-\emph default
- bei abgesetzten Formeln platziert wird, aber in der Zeile daneben:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- Das
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
--Zeichen hat eine besondere Bedeutung.
- In LaTeX wird es als Sonderobjekt behandelt, damit es Indizes wie beschrieben
- darstellen kann.
- In LyX erhält man es mit
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-lim
-\family default
- in Mathed oder indem man es aus den
-\family sans
-Funktionen
-\family default
- im Menü
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- auswählt.
- Andere Spezialworte sind trigonometrische Funktionen (siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mathematische-Funktionen"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-).
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Besondere Integralzeichen
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das Standard-LaTeX hat nur einen beschränkten Satz von Integralzeichen.
- Deshalb haben mehrere Pakete zusätzliche Zeichen implementiert wie Mehrfachinte
-grale
-\begin_inset Formula $\iint$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-iint
-\family default
-).
- Unglücklicherweise sehen sie nicht immer konsistent aus.
- Zum Beispiel sieht das Zeichen
-\begin_inset Formula $\iint$
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-
-\family typewriter
-(
\backslash
-iint)
-\family default
- des
-\family typewriter
-wasysym
-\family default
--Paketes wie
-\begin_inset Formula $\varint$
+check
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\family typewriter
-(
-\backslash
-varint
-\family default
-) aus, nicht wie
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-(
-\backslash
-int
-\family default
-).
+
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Deswegen sollten Sie in
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-Mathe-Optionen esint-Paket\InsetSpace \space{}
-automatisch\InsetSpace \space{}
-verwenden
-\family default
- ankreuzen, wenn Sie besondere Integralzeichen benötigen.
- Dieses Paket hat einen vollständigen Satz von Integralzeichen, die konsistent
- aussehen.
- Die meisten finden Sie in der
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
-.
- Dieses Dokument benutzt das
-\family typewriter
-wasysym
-\family default
--Paket anstatt des
-\family typewriter
-esint
-\family default
--Paket, damit Sie die unterschiedlichen Integralzeichen in der dvi-Vorschau
- sehen können, weil das letztere nicht in allen (La)TeX-Distributionen vorhanden
- ist.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Die
-\family sans
-Mathe-Kontrollflächen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mathe-!Kontrollflächen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
+\series bold
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mathe-Kontrollflächen"
+\backslash
+bar
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
-\family sans
-Mathe-Kontrollflächen
-\family default
- sind in einer Werkzeugleiste zusammengefasst, die eine sehr umfangreiche
- Liste an Symbolen, Funktionen und Strukturen besitzt.
- Wie bereits erwähnt können Sie sie anzeigen lassen, wenn Sie mathematische
- Formeln schreiben.
- Dadurch gelangen Sie leichter an die weniger trivialen Funktionen des
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
-.
- Wenn Sie auf einen Schaltknopf klicken, bekommen Sie eine Auswahl an Symbolen
- angezeigt, von denen Sie eines durch Anklicken einfügen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/space.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
- bringt eine Auswahl von geschützten Leerzeichen, zum Beispiel
-\begin_inset Formula $2\qquad3$
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/style.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- gibt eine Auswahl von Schriftstilen.
- Dabei ist
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
+vector
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-displaystyle
-\family default
- die Grundgröße für abgesetzte Formeln,
-\family typewriter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-textstyle
-\family default
- die Grundgröße für Textformeln,
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-scriptstyle
-\family default
- die Grundgröße für einfache Umstellungen und
-\family typewriter
+\series bold
\backslash
-scriptscript\SpecialChar \-
-style
-\family default
- die Grundgröße für zweifache Umstellungen (siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-after "Abschnitt 5.5.2"
-key "latex-einführung"
+vec
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Fontgrößen-Mathe"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/frac-square.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 12bp 22bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-erzeugt eine Schablone für Brüche wie
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2},\:{1\atop 2},\:\nicefrac{1}{2},\:\tfrac{1}{2},\:\dfrac{1}{2},\:{1 \choose 2}$
\end_inset
-.
- Auch hier gibt es eine Auswahl an Bruch-Typen, die mehr oder weniger selbsterkl
-ärend ist.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/font.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- legt den Schrifttyp fest.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
+\family sans
+Frame\InsetSpace ~
+decorations
+\family default
+ symbol set button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/functions.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/math/hat.xpm
\end_inset
-Funktionen: siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+ in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mathematische-Funktionen"
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Brackets"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die folgenden Symbole sind auch in Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Andere-Mathe-Symbole"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Delimiters"
\end_inset
- beschrieben.
- Wenn Sie mit der Maus auf ein Symbol zeigen, erhalten Sie eine Beschreibung.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/hat.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
-: Rahmen-Verzierungen.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several brackets available through LyX.
+ For most purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+'s delimiter icon
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/intop.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
\end_inset
-: große Operatoren
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/bigtriangledown.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+.
+ For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
+ matrix such as:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
\end_inset
-: verschiedene, nicht zuzuordnende Synmbole
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/alpha.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
\end_inset
-: kleine griechische Buchstaben und die großen, die anders aussehen als
- die lateinischen.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/leftarrow.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
+ to accommodate the size of what is inside.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
+\family sans
+Keep\InsetSpace ~
+matched
+\family default
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown below the button field.
+ If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
+ It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+\end_layout
- : Pfeile
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
+ you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
+ inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+.
+ The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/dashleftarrow.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+{
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-: AMS-Pfeile
+ for grouping.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/pm.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Section
+Grouping
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Grouping"
\end_inset
-: Operatoren
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/leq.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Grouping"
\end_inset
-: Relationen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/leqq.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-: AMS-Relationen
+\begin_layout Standard
+You may need to group a set of symbols.
+ In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
+\family typewriter
+{x^y}^z
+\family default
+ is different from
+\family typewriter
+x^{y^z}
+\family default
+:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/nless.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+{x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
\end_inset
-: AMS-Negierte-Relationen
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/ldots.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-: Punkte
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/dotplus.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\series bold
+\backslash
+{
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-: AMS-Operatoren
+ then type space.
+ Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
+ Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
+ The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/digamma.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Arrays"
\end_inset
-: AMS-Verschiedenes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Die Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family sans
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Mathe-!Werkzeugleiste"
+name "Math ! Matrices"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mathe-Werkzeugleiste"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie enthält ebenfalls eine Liste mit Schaltknöpfen:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\paragraph_spacing onehalf
+Matrices are entered in LyX using the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ matrix button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/equation.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
\end_inset
-: Darstellungsmodus
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\paragraph_spacing onehalf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/sub.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+.
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
\end_inset
-: Indizes
-\end_layout
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/super.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
-: Exponenten
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 25bp
-
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-: Quadraturzeln
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/root.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 25bp
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-; allgemeine Wurzeln
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/frac.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 12bp 22bp
-
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-: Standardbrüche
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
-\end_inset
-: Summen
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/int.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-: Integrale
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/prod.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-: Produkte
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/lparen_rparen.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 12bp 22bp
-
+.
+ LyX proposes a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-: runde Klammern
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/lbracket_rbracket.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 12bp 22bp
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-: eckige Klammern
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/lbrace_rbrace.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 12bp 22bp
-
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-: geschweifte Klammern
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/delim.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\family sans
+lrc
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-: Trennzeichen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math-matrix.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\, column & this\, column\\
+column & has & has\, right\\
+has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
\end_inset
-: Matrizen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/cases.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 8bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-: Fallunterscheidungen
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+C-Enter
\family default
-: Zeile hinzufügen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_append-column.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
\family default
-: Spalte hinzufügen
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cases\InsetSpace ~
+Environment
\family default
-: Zeile löschen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+ or the command
+\series bold
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-feature_delete-column.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\backslash
+cases
+\series default
+.
+ Here an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
\end_inset
-\family default
-: Spalte löschen
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math_panels.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
+\series medium
+C-E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\family sans
+\series medium
+C-E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further hit of
+\family sans
+\series medium
+C-E
+\series default
+nter
\family default
-: Mathe-Kontrollflächen an/aus
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Andere mathematische Symbole
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "mathematische!Symbole"
+.
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
+ To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
+ where you want to start the shift and hit
+\family sans
+C-Tab.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Andere-Mathe-Symbole"
+\family default
+ It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
+ position to the next column.
+ Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
+ within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie den LaTeX-Namen für ein bestimmtes Symbol kennen, können Sie ihn
- direkt eingeben.
- Mathematische Symbole sind sehr hilfreich, wenn Sie den LaTeX-Namen nicht
- kennen.
- Einen LaTeX-Namen, den Sie kennen, tippen Sie mit einem vorangestellten
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-
-\family default
-, den LaTeX benutzt, ein, wie zum Beispiel
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-alpha
-\family default
-, und der Text wird automatisch in das Zeichen konvertiert, nachdem Sie
- ihn mit der
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- oder einem anderen nicht-alphabetischen Symbol abgeschlossen haben.
- Der Text erscheint zunächst ohne den
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-
+\series medium
+eqnarray
\family default
-, wird aber zu einem blauen Symbol, wenn LyX verstanden hat, was Sie wollen.
- Wenn Mathed den Text nicht in ein Symbol konvertieren kann, wird er rot
- bleiben.
- Das nennt man
-\emph on
-Makromodus.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inzwischen werden fast alle in LaTeX verfügbaren Symbole WYSIWYM
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
+\series default
+.
+ There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:asquared"
\end_inset
- in LyX dargestellt.
- Sie finden Sie in der
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- rechts von den Funktionen.
- Die dort unter
-\family sans
-Griechisch
-\family default
-
-\emph on
-fehlenden
-\emph default
- großen Buchstaben sehen aus wie die entsprechenden lateinischen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Eigenschaft von LyX, Texte in Mathed, die es nicht kennt, so zu lassen
- wie sie eingegeben wurden, erlaubt Ihnen, Ihre eigenen Makrokürzel zu definiere
-n und zu benutzen.
- Der zugehörige Befehl muss im LaTeX-Vorspann stehen (siehe
-\emph on
-Hand\SpecialChar \-
-buch\SpecialChar \-
-ergänzungen
-\emph default
).
- Wenn Sie dort zum Beispiel schreiben:
-\end_layout
+ The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-a}{
-\backslash
-alpha}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-können Sie in Mathed
-\family typewriter
+.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-a
-\family default
- anstatt
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Formula numbering"
-\backslash
-alpha
-\family default
- benutzen, um
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
- zu erzeugen.
- Vorsicht ist aber geboten, weil es LyX egal ist, ob das Makro gültig ist.
- Ist es ungültig, werden Sie Fehlermeldungen erhalten, sobald Sie es an
- LaTeX senden (für eine Druckvorschau oder zum Druck).
- Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in den
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Weitere Symbole
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Symbole"
+name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Weitere-Symbole"
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt einige mathematische Symbole, die es in LaTeX (oder LyX) nicht gibt,
- die aber in mathematischen Schriften benutzt werden, wie zum Beispiel die
- altdeutsche Frakturschrift und die
-\emph on
-Wandtafel
-\emph default
--Fettschrift (Blackboard), die für Vektoren, komplexe Zahlen oder ganze
- Zahlen benutzt werden.
- Diese Pakete kann man jetzt über ein Menü hinzufügen: im Dialogfenster
-
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\family default
- gibt es unter
-\family sans
-Mathe-Optionen
-\family default
- zwei Optionen
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
-AMS-Mathe-Paket\InsetSpace \space{}
-automatisch\InsetSpace \space{}
-verwenden
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle\InsetSpace ~
+Numbering
\family default
- und
+ or the shortcut
\family sans
-AMS-Mathe-Paket\InsetSpace \space{}
-verwenden
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+n
\family default
-, von denen keine oder eine angekreuzt werden kann.
-\end_layout
+.
+ The formula number appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das
-\family typewriter
-esint
-\family default
--Paket, das Sie ebenfalls benutzen können, erlaubt für Computer-Modern-Fonts
- alternative Integral-Symbole, näheres finden Sie auf
-\newline
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/esint.html"
+ within parentheses.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
+ is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+1=2\end{equation}
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn die erste angekreuzt ist, sind alle AMS-LaTeX-Symbole und Umgebungen
- verfügbar, und LyX versucht, sie so gut wie möglich zu verwenden.
- Wenn Sie die zweite ankreuzen, wird LyX gezwungen, das Paket zu benutzen.
- Sie werden Ärger bekommen, wenn Sie diese Pakete in den Vorspann einfügen,
- weil LyX jetzt ein paar Makros dieser Pakete selber definiert hat.
- Die AMS-Klassen fügen diese Pakete automatisch hinzu.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Leerraum ändern
+Using
+\family sans
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+n
+\family default
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vielleicht wollen Sie Leerraum verwenden, der vom LaTeX-Standard abweicht.
- Natürlich empfehlen wir das nicht, weil es dem WYSIWYM-Prinzip widerspricht,
- sich nur um den Inhalt zu kümmern und nicht um den Druck.
- Aber es gibt Situationen, in denen Sie mehr Leerraum benötigen.
- Als erstes benutzen Sie
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
\family sans
-Strg+Leertaste
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle\InsetSpace ~
+Numbering\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Line
\family default
-, was einen kleinen Leerraum erzeugt und in LyX so aussieht:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Wenn Sie dann wieder die
+ or the shortcut
\family sans
-Leertaste
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+N
\family default
- betätigen, wird der Leerraum größer.
- Zuletzt wird der Leerraum rot und bedeutet einen negativen Leerraum:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
-\end_inset
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
-, oder
-\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
-.
- Diese Leerräume können Sie auch über die
+To number all lines use the shortcut
\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+n
\family default
- einfügen.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Mathematische Funktionen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "mathematische!Funktionen"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mathematische-Funktionen"
-
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended to use the proposed
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Funktionen wie
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+eq:
+\family default
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-kann man in Mathed auch mit Befehlen wie
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-sin
-\family default
- usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-eintippen.
- Standardmäßig werden Funktionen, die Namen sind wie
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+ as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
+ type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, nicht kursiv geschrieben.
- Gibt man in Mathed aber nur die Buchstaben
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- ein, sind sie natürlich kursiv.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Deshalb gibt es diese besonderen Makros.
- In der Druckausgabe bewirken sie aber mehr als nur die Schriftform zu ändern.
- Zum Beispiel bekommt der Ausdruck
-\emph on
-sint
-\emph default
- zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen sin und t:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
-\end_inset
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
-.
- Bei komplexeren mathematischen Objekten wie
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
- bestimmt das Makro, wo die Bedingung platziert wird, ob neben das Wort
- lim als Index wie hier:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
+ placeholder
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- oder darunter wie hier:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
-
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Beide Ausdrücke wurden exakt gleich eingetippt, nur die Art, wie das lim-Makro
- benutzt wurde, entschied über die Darstellung (in diesem Fall wurde das
- Makro für die Darstellung in der Zeile geändert, damit der Zeilenabstand
- besser aussieht).
+.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross\InsetSpace ~
+Reference
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
+ The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Akzente
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Akzente"
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
\end_inset
-
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Im
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- setzt man Akzente wie im normalen Textmodus.
- Wie das gemacht wird, kann von Ihrer Tastatur und Ihrer Tastaturdatei abhängen.
- Sie können aber auch die LaTeX-Äquivalente als Makros benutzen.
- Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Akzente ermöglicht, können Sie zum Beispiel in
- Mathed
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-hat{a
-\family default
- eintippen, um
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
+The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
- zu erhalten.
- Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Akzente"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
- enthält die Akzentnamen im Textmodus, in Mathed und Beispiele für die Akzente:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Akzente"
+This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Akzente
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Akzente"
+name "Math ! Macros"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
+ For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
+ in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
+ them.
+\newline
+The general form of a quadratic equation is:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+The general form of its solution is:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Text
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The macro should print the parameters
+\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $p$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Mathed
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $q$
+\end_inset
+
+ like in the equation above.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+A macro is created by executing the command
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Beispiel
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+math-macro
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-hat
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Name
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-grave
+Number\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Arguments
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-grave
+in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
+ Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
+ The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
+ If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
+ of arguments.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+We have three arguments and name the macro
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+qE
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, so that the command is:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-acute
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\series bold
+math-macro
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-acute
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+qE
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-umlaut
+3
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-ddot
-\end_layout
+This results in the following macro definition box:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/macrobox.png
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
+{\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-tilde
+The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
+ The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-tilde
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
+ the math panel or commands.
+ The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
+ followed by the argument number, e.g.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
+\backslash
+#1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-dot
-\end_layout
+ for the first argument.
+ Placeholders will be displayed in red.
+ The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
+ This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
+ in LyX with its full size.
+ If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
+ In our example we insert the sequence
+\newline
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\series bold
+qE:
+\backslash
+#1
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+,
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+#2
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+,
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+#3
+\newline
+
+\series default
+The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-dot
+To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+qE
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/macrouse.png
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
+ If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
+ To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
+ the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
+ The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
+ to the new definition.
+ Here an example of our macro with the arguments
+\begin_inset Formula $x$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Formula $B$
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
+ as the command:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+qE}[3]{#1_{1,
+\backslash
+,2}=-
+\backslash
+frac{#2}{2}
+\backslash
+pm
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+hphantom{
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-breve
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-breve
+The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
+ That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
+ definition box in your document.
+ There are also some other restrictions: The command
+\backslash
+newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
+ macros.
+ You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
+ of arguments.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Typefaces
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Typefaces"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/font.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+
+, or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+
\end_inset
+, directly.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+
+\end_inset
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-caron
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-check
+Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-macron
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-bar
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
----
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-vector
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Der Mathe-Editor für LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-X-Freaks
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Mathematische Ausdrücke kann man in LyX auf zwei Arten editieren.
- Sie können entweder die
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- benutzen, um Formeln WYSIWYM darzustellen, oder als LaTeX-Benutzer die
- Tastatur benutzen, um etwas wie
-\family typewriter
-$
-\backslash
-alpha$
-\family default
- einzugeben, das gedruckt dann so aussieht:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
-, weil Sie glauben, dass das schneller ist.
- Hier ist das Bekenntnis eines alten LaTeX-Benutzers,
-\noun on
-David Johnson:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Schließlich war ich überzeugt, dass der Mathe-Editor der richtige Weg war,
- nachdem ich herausfand, dass ich ihn mit ein paar Ausnahmen so benutzen
- konnte wie ich es früher beim Schreiben von LaTeX-Befehlen tat.
- Zum Beispiel habe ich dieses
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
-\end_inset
- erhalten, indem ich zunächst
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-M
-\family default
- eingab, um den
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- zu starten, dann
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-alpha
-\family default
-, dann
-\family sans
-Leertaste,
-\family default
-wonach sofort das
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
-
- zu sehen war, und schließlich
-\family sans
-Esc
-\family default
-.
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-M
-\family default
- fügt eine Formel ein, das
-\family typewriter
+\series bold
\backslash
-alpha
-\family default
- ist natürlich der TeX-Befehl für den griechischen Buchstaben alpha und
- mit
-\family sans
-Esc
-\family default
- verlässt man die Formel.
- Diese Vorgehensweise hat einige Vorteile:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Sie sehen sofort, ob Ihr LaTeX-Befehl richtig ist
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Sie sehen den wirklichen mathematischen Ausdruck auf dem Bildschirm -- korrekt
- dargestellt --, um sich zu vergewissern, dass Ihre Mathematik richtig geschrieb
-en wird
+mathfrak
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-LyX kümmert sich für Sie um den LaTeX-Kram mit speziellen Umgebungen
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Sie müssen nicht mehr den Code durchforsten, um ein fehlendes
-\family sans
-$
-\family default
--Zeichen oder eine Extra-
-\family sans
-{
-\family default
- zu finden
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wenn Sie sich nicht mehr an den LaTeX-Namen eines Zeichens wie
-\begin_inset Formula $\wp$
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph on
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
-erinnern, können Sie ihn in den Dialogen finden
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Klammern
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Klammern"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und Dekorationen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dekorationen"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathcal
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Klammern-und-Dekos"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten.
- Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten
-\family typewriter
-[{]}()|
-\backslash
-<>
-\family default
- zu drücken.
- Aber die Wirkung ist besser, wenn Sie die
-\family sans
- Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- benutzen, insbesondere, wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche
- in Klammern setzen wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammernschichten haben.
- So zum Beispiel würden Sie Klammern um eine Matrix setzen:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4\end{array}\right].\]
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-In Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen"
+\backslash
+mathsf
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- steht ausführlich beschrieben, wie man das im Einzelnen macht.
- Auch erkennt man mehrere Klammernschichten besser bei Scheußlichkeiten
- wie hier:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\label{eq:Bruch}\end{equation}
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-oder hier:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Die Klammern aus dem Menü werden automatisch an die Größe ihres Inhaltes
- angepasst.
- (Das wird direkt mit den LaTeX-Befehlen
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-left( bla\InsetSpace ~
-bla
-\backslash
-right)
-\family default
- erreicht.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es ist sehr einfach, die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen.
- Klicken Sie in der automatischen
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/delim.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-, um das
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
\family sans
-Mathe-Trennzeichen
+Blackbold
\family default
--Menü zu öffnen.
- Sie müssen links das Klammersymbol, das Sie links haben wollen, auswählen,
- rechts das, das Sie rechts haben wollen, und schließlich zum Einsetzen
- auf den Knopf
+ and
\family sans
-Einfügen
+Calligraphic
\family default
.
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, wählen Sie das leere
- Symbol.
- In LyX wird es als gestrichelte senkrechte Linie angezeigt, in der Druckausgabe
- ist nichts zu sehen.
- Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie
-
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
\family sans
-Zusammenpassend
+Space
\family default
- ankreuzen und müssen nur eine Klammer auswählen.
-\end_layout
+ within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
+ protected space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here an example where a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Schließlich können Sie noch zwischen 5 Klammergrößen wählen.
-
+N
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in
\family sans
-Variabel
+Blackbold
\family default
- sollte meistens die richtige Wahl sein.
-\end_layout
+ denotes the set of numbers:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie sich erst nachträglich entschließen, eine mathematische Struktur
- mit Klammern, anderen mathematischen Symbolen oder Verzierungen zu versehen,
- können Sie das tun, indem Sie das, was innerhalb der Klammern usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-stehen
- soll, markieren.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Dazu stellen Sie den Cursor links oder rechts neben Ihre Auswahl, drücken
- die
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can e.g.
+ put a character in
\family sans
-Umschalt
+Fraktur
\family default
--Taste und gehen mit den Pfeiltasten in die gewünschte Richtung.
- Sie können natürlich auch mit der Maus markieren.
- Dann wählen Sie die gewünschten Klammern für links und rechts und klicken
- auf
+ in a box for
\family sans
-Einfügen
+Typewriter
\family default
-.
- Die Klammern werden um die markierte Struktur gesetzt.
-\end_layout
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Gruppierung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Gruppierung"
+
+\newline
+So better don't use this feature.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Gruppierung"
+\newline
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Eventuell müssen Sie einen Satz von Symbolen gruppieren.
- In LaTeX wird zum Beispiel
-\family typewriter
-(x^y)^z
-\family default
- anders als
-\family typewriter
-x^(y^z)=x^y^z
-\family default
- gesetzt:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
-x^{yz} & \mathrm{ist}\,\mathrm{anders\, als} & x^{y^{z}}\end{eqnarray*}
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Gruppierung erreichen Sie, indem Sie im ersten Fall
-\family typewriter
-x^y
-\family default
-, gefolgt von
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- und schließlich
-\family typewriter
-^z
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Font\InsetSpace ~
+Change
\family default
- eingeben.
- Im zweiten Fall geben Sie einfach
-\family typewriter
-x^y^z
-\family default
- ein.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Matrizen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Matrizen"
-
-\end_inset
-
- und mehrzeilige Gleichungen
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Gleichungen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Matrizen-mehrzeilige-Gleichungen"
+name "Math ! Text"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrizenähnliche Gebilde kann man in LyX einfach eingeben.
- Entweder wählen Sie
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Array-Umgebung
+Normal\InsetSpace ~
+text\InsetSpace ~
+mode
\family default
-: dann bekommen Sie automatisch eine 2x2-Matrix, oder Sie klicken in der
- automatischen
+ of the
\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
\family default
- den Knopf
+ button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math-matrix.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/math/font.xpm
\end_inset
- an, der das Menü
+ (alternatively the shortcut
\family sans
-Mathe-Matrix
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+m
\family default
- öffnet, in dem Sie verschiedene Optionen setzen können.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel:
-\begin_inset Formula $ $
-\end_inset
-
-
+).
+ Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
+ Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
+-x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
\end_inset
-Die Klammern werden nicht automatisch eingefügt, sondern müssen mit dem
-
-\family sans
-Mathe-Trenn\SpecialChar \-
-zeichen
-\family default
--Menü hinzugefügt werden.
- Das können Sie nachträglich machen (siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Klammern-und-Dekos"
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Font sizes"
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können festlegen, ob die Spalten einer Matrix (oder Teile davon) links-
- oder rechtsbündig oder zentriert ausgerichtet werden sollen.
- Die Voreinstellung ist zentriert
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
\family sans
-.
-
-\family default
- Bei anderen und verschiedenen Ausrichtungen müssen Sie die entsprechende
- Buchstabenkombinationen aus
-\family typewriter
-l
+textstyle
\family default
,
-\family typewriter
-c
+\family sans
+displaystyle
\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
-r
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
\family default
- in das Feld
+, and
\family sans
-Ausrichtung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Horizontal
+scriptscriptstyle
\family default
- eingeben.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-rlc
+.
+ For most characters,
+\family sans
+textstyle
\family default
- bedeutet: Spalte 1 rechtsbündig, Spalte 2 linksbündig und Spalte 3 zentriert.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/style.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
- Außerdem können Sie den Inhalt der Zeilen
+, which is normally in
\family sans
-Vertikal
+textstyle
\family default
- ausrichten, voreingestellt ist
+, larger in
\family sans
-Mitte
+displaystyle
\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+\end_inset
+
.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn der Cursor in der Matrix steht, können Sie über
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe
-\family default
- oder die 4 rechten Knöpfe in der Mathe-Werkzeugleiste Zeilen und Spalten
- hinzufügen oder löschen.
- Hier ist ein anderes Beispiel mit unterschiedlichen Ausrichtungen:
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset
-ü
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
- erhält man übrigens durch
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-ddot u
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_layout Standard
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
+ inset is set in a particular size with the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As example a formula in the font size
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- oder "u, aber "u wird in LyX
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- als ü dargestellt.
+largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-diese & diese & diese\\
-Spalte & Spalte & Spalte\\
-ist\: linksb\ddot{u}ndig & ist\: zentriert & ist\: rechtsb\ddot{u}ndig\end{array}.\]
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+AMS-LaTeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "AMS math"
\end_inset
-Der LaTeX-
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- hat viele Matrizenarten, insbesondere bietet das AMS-LaTeX-Paket zum Beispiel
-
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-cases
-\family default
- und kommutative Diagramme.
- Hier ist ein einfaches Beispiel, wie LyX Bedingungen (LaTeX
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! AMS"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-cases
-\family default
-) darstellen kann:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
-f(x) & := & \begin{cases}
-\frac{1}{q} & \mathrm{f}\ddot{\mathrm{u}}\mathrm{r}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\,(\mathrm{p},\,\mathrm{q}\,\,\mathrm{ganzzahlig})\\
-0 & \mathrm{falls}\, x\,\mathrm{irrational}\,\mathrm{ist}\end{cases}\end{eqnarray*}
-
-\end_inset
+LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
+ (AMS) that are in common use.
+\end_layout
-Dies wurde folgendermaßen erreicht: zuerst wurde eine Gleichungs-Umgebung
- gewählt (
-\family sans
-Ein\SpecialChar \-
-fü\SpecialChar \-
-gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Eqnarray-Umgebung
-\family default
-), in die linken beiden Kästchen f(x) und := geschrieben.
- Ins rechte Kästchen wurde eine Bedingungs-Umgebung (
-\family sans
-Ein\SpecialChar \-
-fü\SpecialChar \-
-gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases-Umgebung
-\family default
-) eingefügt und mit
-\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
- zwei Zeilen erzeugt.
- In die beiden blauen Kästchen wurde dann alles rechts der geschweiften
- Klammer geschrieben.
- Wie man den Roman-Font bekommt, wird später erklärt.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mehrzeilige Gleichungen kann man mit LyX sehr einfach schreiben (
+Selecting the checkbox
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Eqnarray-Umgebung
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+AMS\InsetSpace ~
+math\InsetSpace ~
+package
\family default
-).
- Dadurch wird das LaTeX-Format
-\family typewriter
-eqnarray
-\family default
- für mehrzeilige Gleichungen eingeschaltet.
- Innerhalb des Kästchens tippt man
+ in the
\family sans
-Strg+Ein\SpecialChar \-
-gabe
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- so oft, bis man die Zahl der gewünschten Zeilen hat, am besten als erstes.
- Jede Zeile hat drei Gebiete, links, Mitte, rechts, zwischen denen Sie sich
- mit den Pfeiltasten, der Maus oder der
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
--Taste bewegen können.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
-3 & = & 1+2\\
-4+5 & = & 9\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
-Man kann auch eine vorhandene abgesetzte Formel in eine mehrzeilige umändern,
- indem man irgendwo in der Formel
-\family sans
-\series medium
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
-\series default
- tippt.
- LyX wird alles in den linken Teil der mehrzeiligen Gleichung packen, wobei
- alles links vom Cursor in die erste Zeile kommt, der Rest in die zweite.
- Um die Gleichungen auszurichten, stellen Sie den Cursor dorthin, wo der
- mittlere Teil (zum Beispiel das Gleichheitszeichen) beginnen soll, und
- tippen
+ dialog under
\family sans
-Strg+Tab.
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Options
\family default
+ will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
+ available.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
+ formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie KDE als grafische Oberfläche verwenden, geht das leider nicht,
- es sei denn, Sie konfigurieren KDE um (zum Beispiel
-\family sans
-Strg+Tab
-\family default
- auf
-\family sans
-Windows+Tab
-\family default
-: KDE-Kontrollzentrum oder kubuntu-Systemeinstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Regional-Einstellungen
- & Zugangshilfen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tastenkürzel).
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Alles rechts vom Cursor wird dann in den mittleren Teil der Gleichung gepackt
- (LaTeX setzt den mittleren Teil übrigens nicht wie normale Formeln, deshalb
- sollten Sie dort keine großen Ausdrücke wie Brüche schreiben).
- Stellen Sie dann den Cursor dorthin, wo der rechte Teil beginnen soll,
- und tippen nochmals
-\family sans
-Strg+Tab
+AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
+ LyX allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
\family default
.
- Der
-\emph on
-zusätzliche
-\emph default
- Einfügepunkt in der Zeile verschwindet dann.
-
+ We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Eine ganze Zeile der Gleichung kann man löschen, indem man den Cursor in
- die Zeile stellt und
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace \space{}
-W\InsetSpace \space{}
-D
-\family default
- tippt.
- Weitere Zeilen fügt man mit
-\family sans
-Strg+Eingabe
-\family default
- hinzu.
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Gleichungen nummerieren
+Cross-References
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Gleichungen!nummerieren"
+name "Cross references"
\end_inset
- und markieren
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Gleichungen!markieren"
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
+ We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren"
+name "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mit LyX ist es sehr einfach, Gleichungen zu nummerieren.
- Um eine Gleichung wie
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-1+2=3\]
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ or the by pressing the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
+ scale 85
\end_inset
-in eine nummerierte
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
-1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
+.
+ A grey label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/labelQt4.png
+ scale 85
+
+\end_inset
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-zu verwandeln, wählt man
+
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marke
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-, wenn der Cursor in der Gleichung steht.
- In das Fenster, das dann erscheint, müssen Sie eine Zeichenkette als Marke
- eingeben.
- Man muss die Marke nicht mit einer Zahl aufrufen, weil LaTeX sich um die
- Nummerierung kümmert.
- LaTeX wird die Marken durch geeignete Nummern ersetzen.
- Die Marken werden intern für Querverweise benutzt.
- Man kann die Nummerierung auch ohne spezielle Marke benutzen, indem man
- den Cursor in die Gleichung stellt und
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-N
+enu: Second-item
\family default
- eingibt:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
-1+1=2.\end{equation}
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ The prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Rechts von der Gleichung erscheint dann (#).
-
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-N
-\family default
- ist ein Umschalter.
- Tippt man es nochmal, verschwindet (#) wieder.
- Auf eine markierte Gleichung kann man mit
+
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Querverweis
+enu:
\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- verweisen, aber nicht auf eine mit dem Nummerzeichen, zum Beispiel (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "mathed:first-eqn"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bei nummerierten oder markierten mehrzeiligen Formeln wird standardmäßig
- jede Zeile für sich nummeriert.
- Wenn Sie eine Zeile mit einer Marke zum Nummerieren versehen, werden alle
- folgenden mit # markiert.
- Diese Marke kann geändert werden, damit man darauf verweisen kann wie bei
- (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
-
+ stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-).
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
-2 & = & 4-2\\
-4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
+enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
+ if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Die Nummerierung einer Zeile kann man mit
+
\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-Umschalt+N
+sec:
\family default
- ab- und wieder anschalten.
- Mit
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-N
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
\family default
- schaltet man die Nummerierung aller Zeilen der mehrzeiligen Formel an und
- aus.
-
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
-2 & = & 7-5\\
-1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
-16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
+ scale 85
\end_inset
-Beachten Sie, dass die erste Gleichung (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
+.
+ A grey cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
+ scale 85
\end_inset
-) markiert ist, die zweite nur nummeriert, die dritte gar nicht und die
- letzte (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
-
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
+ the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-) wieder markiert.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Benutzerdefinierte Makros
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Makro"
+\family sans
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- im
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
+ Here is our cross-reference:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX erlaubt dem Benutzer, Makros zu definieren.
- Wenn Sie wie in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Makro-erzeugen"
+Item\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
- ein Makro erzeugt haben, erscheint an der Cursorposition ein Makro-Definitionsk
-ästchen, das in etwa so aussieht:
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\hfill
+\begin_layout Standard
+described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-Space"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Makro: Makroname:
-\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-
+ between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
+ between them.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are six varieties of cross-references:
+\end_layout
-.
-\hfill
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-\begin_inset FormulaMacro
-\newcommand{\Makroname}{}
\end_inset
-
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dabei ist die die Umrandung rot, und die beiden
-\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
+ style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
+ name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- sind doppelte blaue Rechtecke, die wie im Mathed editiert werden können.
- Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, probieren Sie es.
- Der Inhalt des ersten Rechtecks wird während des Exports nach LaTeX benutzt,
- der Inhalt des zweiten zur Makro-Expansion auf dem Bildschirm.
- Normalerweise sind beide Inhalte gleich, so dass man das zweite Rechteck
- leer lassen kann.
- LyX wird dann den Inhalt des ersten Rechtecks automatisch für Export und
- Expansion benutzen.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset FormulaMacro
-\newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Wollen Sie das Makro
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Makro: macro: a + b
-\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
- in anderen Mathed-Kästchen benutzen, müssen Sie nur seinen Namen im LaTeX-Modus
- schreiben, in diesem Fall
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-macro
-\family default
-, und er wird automatisch umgewandelt wie hier:
-\begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+on\InsetSpace ~
+page\InsetSpace ~
+<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
\end_inset
-.
- Wie Sie bemerken werden, können Sie den Cursor nicht ins Makro stellen,
- denn es wird als einzelnes Zeichen behandelt.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bei Makros mit
-\emph on
-Argumenten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Makro!mit Argumenten"
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>\InsetSpace ~
+on\InsetSpace ~
+page\InsetSpace ~
+<page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
+ the page number:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-\emph default
- aber kann man den Cursor in das Makro stellen.
- In einer Makrodefinition sieht ein Argument aus wie ein # mit einer Nummer
- dahinter:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\hfill
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted\InsetSpace ~
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\newline
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Makro: macrowarg: 2 +
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\#1}$
-\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
+
\end_inset
+\series default
+ installed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\hfill
-\begin_inset FormulaMacro
-\newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Benutzt man das Makro, wird das bekannte blaue Rechteck erscheinen, in das
- Sie dann als Argument schreiben können, was immer Sie wollen:
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-macrowarg =
-\begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{\Box}$
+Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
+ the previous, the same, or the next page.
+ You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace ~
+see the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\family sans
+on this page
\family default
-.
- Beispiel:
-\begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-
+ instead.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn man das Dokument als LaTeX exportiert, wird eine Makrodefinition in
- den Befehl
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-newcommand
+The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
+ is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
\family default
- umgesetzt, im letzten Beispiel also
+ of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
+e box.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-macrowarg}[1]{2+
-\backslash
-sqrt{#1}}.
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Wie man Makros
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Makro!erzeugen"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
+ to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
+ For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
- erzeugt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Makro-erzeugen"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um ein Makro zu definieren, schreiben Sie in den Befehlspuffer (
+The button
\family sans
-Alt+X
+Go\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+Label
\family default
- oder
+ in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
+ The button text changes then to
\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Werkzeugleisten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Befehlspuffer
+Go\InsetSpace ~
+Back
\family default
-) folgendes:
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\noun on
-HHa
-\noun default
-: Makros dürfen nicht in Überschriften definiert werden!
+ and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
+ referred label but without a possibility to go back.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
+ References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
+ new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-math-macro <Makroname> [Zahl der Argumente]
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
+ marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+References are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Table of contents"
-\backslash
-macro
-\family default
- zum Beispiel wurde mit
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-math-macro macro
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Outline"
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- erzeugt und
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-macrowarg
-\family default
- mit
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
+
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-math-macro macrowarg 1
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table of Contents and Outline
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie den Cursor in das Makrokästchen stellen, können Sie eine Argumentmarke
- setzen, indem Sie
-\family typewriter
-#<Zahl>
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
+ You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
+ Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
+\family sans
+Navigate
\family default
- eingeben oder im Befehlspuffer folgendes schreiben:
+ menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
-\family typewriter
-math-macro-arg <Zahl>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Argumentmarke in
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-\backslash
-macrowarg
-\family default
- wurde mit
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section\InsetSpace ~
-\family typewriter
-math-macro-arg 1
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- eingefügt.
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
+ using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie dürfen höchstens 9 Argumente benutzen, nummeriert von 1 bis 9.
- Eine Argumentmarke kann mehrfach benutzt werden, aber natürlich nur einmal
- mit einem Argument versorgt werden.
- Eine Argumentnummer darf nicht größer sein als die bei der Makrodefinition
- festgelegte.
-
+You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
+ in your documents.
+ The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Outline
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Wie man sich im Makro
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Makro!sich darin bewegen"
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:ListsOf"
\end_inset
- bewegt
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Mit\InsetSpace ~
-den\InsetSpace ~
-Pfeiltasten: Wenn man in ein Makro von links hineingeht, wird der
- Cursor im ersten Argument stehen.
- Mit der
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
--Taste gelangt man zum nächsten.
- Mit der
-\family sans
-Leertaste
-\family default
- verlässt man das Makro, und der Cursor steht dann rechts neben ihm.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Mit\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Maus: Wie gewöhnlich klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Argumentkästchen.
- Manchmal, wenn das Kästchen leer oder zu klein ist, schlägt das fehl.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Zur Zeit kann man nur Befehlsmakros schreiben, aber keine Umgebungsmakros.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Feineinstellungen
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Im folgenden wird vorausgesetzt, dass Sie sich bei der Texteingabe im
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
+Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List\InsetSpace ~
+/\InsetSpace ~
+TOC
\family default
- befinden.
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Schriftstile
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Schriftstile"
+name "URLs"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Schriftstile"
+name "sec:URL"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können verschiedene Schriftstile benutzen, die Sie über die Schaltfläche
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/font.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+It is often desirable to include long
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+verbatim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- auf der
+ items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
+ These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
+ to typeset properly.
+ Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
+ resulting in an overfull line.
+ To avoid this, use the menu
\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+URL
\family default
- oder Tastaturbefehle auswählen.
- Nicht alle erscheinen genau WYSIWYM
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, und einige werden überhaupt nicht angezeigt.
- Der Standardfont für Text ist kursiv,
-\begin_inset Formula $text$
-\end_inset
-
-, aber für Zahlen ist der Standard Roman.
+ to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um Text im
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- Roman zu setzen, benutzen Sie
+The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-R
+Name
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{\mathbf{\mathrm{text}}}$
-\end_inset
+ field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
+ before the URL.
+ Here an example:
+\end_layout
-.
- Für Fettdruck,
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{text}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+name "LyX-Homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
-, ist es
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-F
-\family default
-.
- Den kalligraphischen Font für Großbuchstaben,
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TEXT}$
\end_inset
-, erhält man mit
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-I
-\family default
.
- Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mathematik-Schriftstile"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
- zeigt die unterstützten Fonts:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
+\series bold
+Important notes
+\series default
+:
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset Float table
-placement h
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_layout Itemize
+When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
+ them with a backslash before, e.g.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Mathematik-Schriftstile"
+\backslash
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Mathematik-Schriftstile
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+URLs must not end with a backslash!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Appendices
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "mathematische!Schriftstile"
+name "Appendix"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="4">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+Appendices are created with the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Start\InsetSpace ~
+Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+Here
+\family default
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as appendix region.
+ The region is marked with a red borderline.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Textmodus
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Credits"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mathed
-\end_layout
+; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mathed-Tastenkürzel
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Bibliography"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX-Befehl
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-fett
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
+ You can include a bibliography database
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{Fett}$
+Known under the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+BibTeX-database
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+, which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
+ manually.
+ For the second method we use the paragraph environment
\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-F
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+Bibliography
+\family default
+, described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
-\backslash
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-mathbf
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Within the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+\family sans
+Key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
+ and we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\emph on
-kursiv
+, a short form of its title, as key.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
+ or the toobar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
+ When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
+ the reference.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALLIGRAFISCH}$
+Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
+ with surrounding brackets.
+ If you set a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
+ Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Credits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Have a look at the
\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-I
-\end_layout
+LaTeX Companion Second Edition
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-\family typewriter
-mathcal
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Bibliography ! Databases"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
----------
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
+ documents.
+ It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
+ entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The database is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-R
-\end_layout
+.bib
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+ containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
-\backslash
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-mathrm
-\end_layout
+).
+ Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
+ Under
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\newline
+you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use a database, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\family default
+/
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+BibT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-Schreibmaschine
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Schreibmaschine}$
+The style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+.bst
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
+ Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
+ take care of the layout.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
----------
+Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-mathtt
+\begin_layout Standard
+To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
+ by LyX.
+ This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
+es dialog under
+\family sans
+Outputs
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+eX
+\family default
+ in the field
+\family sans
+BibT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Voreinstellung
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+command
+\family default
+.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
+
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Voreinstellung}$
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
+We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
+ the two methods of creating them.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ We used the style file
\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-Leertaste
+alphadin.bst
+\family default
+ to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Bibliography ! Layout"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-\family typewriter
-textrm
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
----------
-\end_layout
+In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
+ For this feature you need to use the option
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+ enabled in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
+ For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
+ in the previous section.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{WANDTAFEL}$
+You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
+ in the citation reference window.
+ Here an example where we set the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Chapter\InsetSpace ~
+3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to appear after the reference:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+after "Chapter 3"
+key "latexcompanion"
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-K
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Index
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index generation"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-\family typewriter
-mathbb
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Index"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
----------
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+An index entry is created if you use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index\InsetSpace ~
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+.
+ A gray box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Idx
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
----------
+ is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
+ The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
+ by LyX as index entry.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-mathfrak
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
+ you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ Therefore you cannot insert
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Find & Replace
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{kursiv}$
+to an index entry field, because the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+&
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
+ get LaTeX-errors.
+ The correct entry is
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Find
+\backslash
+& Replace
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
+ ways using special LaTeX commands.
+ We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
+ For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
+ of the LaTeX books
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
-\backslash
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-mathit
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List\InsetSpace ~
+/\InsetSpace ~
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index\InsetSpace ~
+List
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
\family sans
-serifenfrei
-\end_layout
+Index
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{serifenfrei}$
+ will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
+ The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping Index Entries
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Grouping"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
+ index.
+ We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
+ lists under the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~
-S
-\end_layout
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ First we create the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
-\family typewriter
-mathsf
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Lists"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+.
+ In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{Fett\, Symbol}$
-\end_inset
+, we insert the command
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+and the command
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Lists ! Enumerate
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
-\backslash
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Enumerate"
-\family typewriter
-boldsymbol
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The exclamation mark
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ marks the grouping levels.
+ You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
+ An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
+ If we don't have an index entry for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Page Ranges
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Page ranges"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Der Tastaturbefehl, um zu einem speziellen Font zu wechseln, wird im
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- wie beschrieben interpretiert.
- Der
-\family typewriter
-Mathe-Modus
-\family default
- unterstützt aber nicht alle Zeichen in allen Fonts, und der Kalligraphiefont
- unterstützt nur Großbuchstaben.
+Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
+ section.
+ But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
+ E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bei all diesen Fonts müssen Sie den Text sorgfältig eingeben.
- Wenn es rechts vom Anfangspunkt Text gibt, wird der Font nach einem Buchstaben
- in den anderen Stil geändert.
- Um eine Zeichenkette mit einem speziellen Font zu schreiben, müssen Sie
- rechts vom Cursor ein geschütztes Leerzeichen eingeben.
- Außerdem wird durch ein geschütztes Leerzeichen der nachfolgende Text in
- den Standardfont geändert.
+
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In AMS-LaTeX ist es möglich, Zahlen und Spezialsymbole fett (aber nicht
- kursiv) zu schreiben.
- Um ein fettgedrucktes
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
-\end_inset
+and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
- zu bekommen, müssen Sie
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
-\backslash
-boldsymbol\InsetSpace \space{}
-{
-\backslash
-alpha}
-\family default
- eingeben:
-\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{\mathbb{\alpha}}$
\end_inset
-.
- Klammer-zu erscheint automatisch, nachdem Sie Klammer-auf getippt haben.
- Dies funktioniert für alle Symbole und Zahlen.
-
+ with the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Mathematischer Textmodus
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "mathematische!-r Textmodus"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The commands
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+|(
+\series default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die verschiedenen Schriftstile sind hilfreich, um Variablennamen in einem
- bestimmten Zeichensatz einzugeben, aber sicherlich nicht, um damit normalen
- Text zu schreiben.
- Verwenden Sie deshalb zum Schreiben von längeren Textstücken den mathematischen
- Textmodus, den Sie durch
-\family sans
-Alt+M\InsetSpace ~
-M
-\family default
- aktivieren, wenn Sie sich bereits im Mathematikmodus befinden.
- Der mathematische Textmodus wird am Bildschirm in Schwarz anstelle des
- üblichen Blau dargestellt.
- Sie können in diesem Modus allerdings nicht den Zeichensatz wechseln oder
- Satzzeichen verwenden,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem gibt der mathematische Textmodus den Text in einer
-\family typewriter
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-textrm{}
-\family default
--Umgebung aus, obwohl eigentlich
-\family typewriter
-\backslash
-mbox
-\family default
- (oder das
-\family typewriter
+\series bold
+|)
+\series default
-\backslash
-text
-\family default
- von AMS-LaTeX) die bessere Wahl wäre.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ respectively starts and ends the index range.
+ You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
+ They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
+ the pages of the indexed document parts.
+ An example is the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Document ! Settings
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- doch für einfache Texte ist das ausreichend.
- Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f(x)=\begin{array}{rl}
-x & \textrm{wenn ich es sage}\\
--x & \textrm{sonst}\end{array}\]
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cross referencing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Cross referencing"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fontgrößen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Font!-gr\"o\"se"
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
+ We referred for example in the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+GIF
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Fontgrößen-Mathe"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+) to the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in the same section using the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt vier (relative) Fontgrößen, die in den meisten Fällen automatisch
- benutzt werden.
- Sie heißen
-\emph on
-displaystyle
-\emph default
-,
-\emph on
-textstyle
-\emph default
-,
-\emph on
-scriptstyle
-\emph default
- und
-\emph on
-scriptscriptstyle
-\emph default
-.
- Für die meisten Zeichen haben
-\emph on
-displaystyle
-\emph default
- und
-\emph on
-textstyle
-\emph default
- dieselbe Größe, aber Brüche, Exponenten, Indizes und gewisse andere Effekte
- werden größer oder im
-\emph on
-displaystyle
-\emph default
- gesetzt.
- Außer einigen Operatoren, die ihre Größe an die jeweilige Situation anpassen,
- werden die Texte in der Größe gesetzt, die LaTeX für geeignet hält.
- Das kann mit
-\family typewriter
-math-size
-\family default
- im Befehlspuffer geändert werden.
+
+\series bold
+GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Zum Beispiel kann man
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
-\end_inset
+The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
+ The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Order
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Entry order"
- normal schreiben (
-\emph on
-textstyle
-\emph default
-), oder man kann es vergrößern, wobei auch die Zeilenabstände vergrößert
- werden, indem man
-\emph on
-displaystyle
-\emph default
- benutzt.
- Dazu gibt man im Befehlspuffer
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-math-size displaystyle
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
+ then not follow the rules for the index order.
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
- ein oder wählt über den Knopf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/math/style.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
+\begin_layout Standard
+The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
+ section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
- der
-\family sans
-Mathe-Werkzeugleiste
-\family default
- die entsprechende Größe aus, während der Cursor auf der Hauptlinie des
- Mathed-Kästchens steht:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
.
- Hier ist Text in den verschiedenen Größen:
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+ doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
+ We created as example the three dummy index entries
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mit einer Änderung der Fontgröße kann zum Beispiel Gleichung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:Bruch"
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+maître
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "eq:Bruch"
+.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
\end_inset
- so aussehen:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left({\displaystyle \frac{1}{1+{\displaystyle \left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}}}\right)\right)}\]
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! maître"
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
+ order maïs, maison, maître.
+ To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All diese Fontgrößen sind relativ, das heißt sie werden angepasst, wenn
- die gesamte Formel, Gleichung usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-und der umgebende Text in einer bestimmten
- Größe geschrieben werden.
- Auf ähnliche Weise wird alles angepasst, wenn die Basisfontgröße eines
- Dokumentes geändert wird.
+
+\series bold
+previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size huge
-Hier ist ein Absatz im
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+In our case we want to have
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-größten
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Font, mit Symbolen:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+ after
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\size default
-.
+ and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Dies gilt auch für Mathematikfonts in Titeln usw.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+maïs@maison
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
+ another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
+ an example.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-X
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "AMS-TeX"
+name "Index ! Entry layout"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die American Mathematical Society (AMS) stellt LaTeX-Pakete bereit, die
- oft benutzt werden.
- LyX unterstützt diese Pakete ein wenig.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS verwenden
+You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
+ If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie unter
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-Mathe-Optionen
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-AMS-Mathe-Paket\InsetSpace ~
-automatisch\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-AMS-Mathe-Paket\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden
-\family default
- aktivieren, werden diese Pakete in Ihrem Dokument verwendet.
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Symbole
+\backslash
+textit{This is an italic entry}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die AMS-LaTeX-Pakete unterstützen einige mathematische Symbole, die man
- mit LaTeX (LyX) nicht direkt erreicht, die aber in mathematischen Veröffentlich
-ungen benutzt werden, zum Beispiel der altdeutsche Frakturfont, der nach
- der Eingabe von
-\family typewriter
+where the command
+\series bold
\backslash
-mathfrak\InsetSpace \space{}
-{g}
-\family default
- ein Fraktur-
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{{g}}$
+textit
+\series default
+ produces the italic layout.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
+
\end_inset
- druckt, oder die
-\emph on
-Wandtafel
-\emph default
--
-\emph on
-Fettschrift
-\emph default
-, zum Beispiel
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-mathbb\InsetSpace \space{}
-{R}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
-\end_inset
-
- für reelle und komplexe Zahlen.
- Diese Symbole werden nicht alle WYSIWYM
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "WYSIWYM"
+ We refer to LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\end_inset
- in LyX erscheinen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formeln
+) for an overview of layout commands.
+ There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
+ To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
+ command instead:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Unter
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe
-\family default
- können Sie die AMS-Formeltypen
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
- auswählen.
- Eine ausführliche Dokumentation dieser Typen finden Sie unter
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://www.ams.org"
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-esint
+\series bold
+This@
+\backslash
+textit{This is an italic entry}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das
-\family typewriter
-esint
-\family default
--Paket, das Sie ebenfalls benutzen können, erlaubt für Computer-Modern-Fonts
- alternative Integral-Symbole, näheres finden Sie auf
-\newline
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/esint.html"
+You can also format the page number using the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ We can write for example
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Weitergehende Literatur
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+old-style page number:|oldstylenums
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "Mathebefehle"
+to get the page number in an old-style layout.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
\end_inset
- gibt es eine sehr umfangreiche Beschreibung des Mathematik-Editors, die
- auch Hinweise für physikalische und chemische Formeln enthält.
- Außerdem gibt es Hinweise, wie man Formeln, die LyX nicht sehr sauber setzt,
- verfeinern kann.
- Für viele Befehle ist die LaTeX-Notation angegeben, weil der Autor meint:
-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+ Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
+ case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Wer aber viele Formeln zu schreiben hat, wird feststellen, dass man mit
- den LaTeX-Befehlen viel schneller eine Formel setzen kann.
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+|command
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ means
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Dokumentation ist hier zu finden:
-\newline
+\backslash
+command{page\InsetSpace ~
+number}
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/LyX/LyXMathebefehle"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-.
- Die Datei
-\family typewriter
-Mathebefeh\SpecialChar \-
-le.lyx
-\family default
- können Sie aber nur als DVI, PDF oder PostScript® ansehen oder drucken,
- wenn Sie die dort erwähnten LaTeX-Pakete
-\family typewriter
-adobestd
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-adobe\SpecialChar \-
-other
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-aeguill
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-bbm
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-hyperref
-\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
-tocbibind
-\family default
- installiert haben.
+ to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Allerdings ist sie sehr hilfreich um zu lernen, wie man die Formeln schreibt.
- Wenn Sie sich nur für die gedruckte Version interessieren, sollten Sie
- sich die Dateien
-\family typewriter
-Ma\SpecialChar \-
-the\SpecialChar \-
-be\SpecialChar \-
-feh\SpecialChar \-
-le.pdf
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-Mathebefehle.ps
-\family default
- oder
-\family typewriter
-Mathebefehle.dvi
-\family default
- holen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Weitere Werkzeuge
+You can also change the layout for the whole index.
+ E.g.
+ we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
+ for all index entries.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Querverweise
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Program
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Querverweis"
+name "Index ! Program"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Querverweise"
+name "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch in LyX lesen, sehen Sie am Anfang dieses Satzes
- ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin.
- Das ist eine
+LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
\family sans
-Marke
+makeindex
\family default
.
- Genauer gesagt ist es eine Hälfte eines Querverweises.
- Die andere Hälfte ist der
-\family sans
-Querverweis
-\family default
- und sieht so aus:
+ It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
+ see section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Querverweise"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex"
\end_inset
.
- In LyX ist das auch ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin.
- Im gedruckten Dokument ist es eine Zahl -- in diesem Fall die Nummer dieses
- Abschnittes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mit Querverweisen können Sie andere Teile Ihres Dokumentes zitieren.
- Sie müssen sich die Abschnittsnummer nicht merken -- LyX macht das für
- Sie! Alles, was Sie brauchen, ist eine
-\family sans
-Marke
-\family default
- zum Markieren eines Abschnittes, eines Bildes, einer Tabelle, einer Gleichung
- usw., die Sie dann mit einem
+You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
+
\family sans
-Querverweis
+xindy
\family default
- zitieren.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um eine Marke zu definieren, benutzen Sie
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marke
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/label-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Section
+Nomenclature / Glossary
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nomenclature"
\end_inset
-.
- Ein Kästchen erscheint, in das Sie Ihre Marke eingeben können.
- Sie können eine Marke ändern, indem Sie auf die Marke klicken und den Text
- ändern.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um auf eine Marke zu verweisen, wählen Sie
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Querverweis
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
\end_inset
-.
- Das Menü
-\family sans
-Querverweis
-\family default
- erscheint mit einer Liste der Marken.
- Um eine Marke einzufügen, wählen Sie sie aus und klicken auf
-\family sans
-OK
-\family default
-.
- Im Feld
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- können Sie einen der unten beschriebenen Verweistypen auswählen.
- Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, ob es die richtige Marke ist, können Sie
- mit
-\family sans
-Gehe\InsetSpace ~
-zur\InsetSpace ~
-Marke
-\family default
- dorthin gehen, wo sie definiert wurde.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt folgende Querverweistypen:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Makro-erzeugen"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nomenclature"
\end_inset
- (die Abschnittsnummer),
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
-reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
+ document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
+ glossary.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
\end_inset
- (setzt den Querverweis in runde Klammern und ist deshalb für das Zitieren
- von Gleichungen geeignet),
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
-reference "Makro-erzeugen"
+\series default
+ installed.
+ You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
- (die Seitennummer der Marke),
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "Makro-erzeugen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
+ and then use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\end_inset
+\family default
+N
+\family sans
+omenclature\InsetSpace ~
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toobar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
- (
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-auf Seite
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+.
+ A gray box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- + die Seitennummer der Marke),
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Makro-erzeugen"
+\family sans
+Nom
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (Typ 1 + Typ 4).
- Wenn Sie bei Verwendung dieses Typs Probleme mit LaTeX bekommen sollten,
- verwenden Sie bitte einen anderen oder formulieren Sie den Text mit dem
- Querverweis etwas anders.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Formatierter Querverweis sieht aus wie 1.
+ is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie Text aus einem anderen Dokument kopieren, der eine Marke oder einen
- Verweis enthält, oder wenn Sie eine Marke aus Ihrem Dokument, auf die verwiesen
- wird, löschen, werden in der Druckausgabe zwei Fragezeichen an der Stelle
- des Verweises stehen.
+A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
+ The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
+ The second is the description of the symbol.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt noch einige Anmerkungen zu
-\family sans
-Marken
-\family default
-.
- Sie enthalten immer die Abschnittsnummer der vorangehenden Überschrift.
- Wenn Sie also auf ein
-\family sans
-Kapitel
-\family default
- verweisen wollen, aber eine
-\family sans
-Abschnitt
-\family default
--Überschrift unmittelbar folgt, müssen Sie die Marke
-\emph on
-in
-\emph default
- die
-\family sans
-Kapitel
-\family default
--Umgebung setzen.
- Es ist egal, wo, und es sieht auf dem Bildschirm seltsam aus.
- Aber Sie müssen es tun, wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Kapitel
-\family default
- anders als
-\family sans
-Abschnitt
-\family default
- markieren wollen.
- Dasselbe gilt für alle Abschnittsüberschriften.
- Nur wenn nach der Überschrift Text folgt, dürfen Sie die Marke ohne Nachdenken
- in den Text setzen.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem macht eine Marke
-\emph on
-nur
-\emph default
- für
-\emph on
-nummerierte
-\emph default
- Abschnitte und Gleitobjekte (Tabellen und Abbildungen) Sinn.
- Normale Abbildungen und Tabellen sind nicht nummeriert, also kann man für
- sie ebenso wie für nichtnummerierte Abschnitte eigentlich keine Marken
- benutzen.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nun, man
-\emph on
-kann,
-\emph default
- aber nur, wenn man als
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- <Seite> oder auf Seite <Seite> benutzt.
- Der normale Verweis auf eine Abschnitts-, Tabellen- oder Abbildungsnummer
- geht nicht, weil es keine Nummer gibt! Ein Verweis mit <Querverweis> würde
- auf die letzte nummerierte Überschrift zeigen.
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
+ all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- In den Abschnitten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Beschriftung-von-Abbildungen"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabellen-in-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Definition and Layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Gleichungen-numerieren-markieren"
-
-\end_inset
- finden Sie weitere Einzelheiten über das Markieren von Abbildungen, Tabellen
- und Gleichungen.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Inhaltsverzeichnis
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+\family sans
+Symbol
+\family default
+ field as LaTeX-formula.
+ For example to get
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- und andere Listen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Einer der wirklich hervorragenden Vorzüge von LaTeX ist die Einfachheit,
- mit der die unterschiedlichsten Arten von Verzeichnissen wie zum Beispiel
- das Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellt werden können.
- Sie müssen nur bestimmte Absatzumgebungen benutzen und eine Referenz dort
- einfügen, wo das Verzeichnis erscheinen soll.
-\end_layout
+, insert this:
+\newline
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie LaTeX-Benutzer sind, werden Sie sicher wissen, dass LaTeX unter
- Umständen mehrmals aufgerufen werden muss, damit alle Einträge korrekt
- sind.
- Das ist glücklicherweise nicht mehr nötig.
- LyX achtet selber darauf, dass LaTeX oft genug aufgerufen wird, damit alle
- Dinge in der
-\family typewriter
-dvi
-\family default
--Vorschau richtig erscheinen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Inhaltsverzeichnis und Gliederung
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\newline
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu erstellen, sind vier Dinge notwendig:
-\end_layout
+\series default
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Sie müssen eine Dokumentklasse verwenden, die ein Inhaltsverzeichnis unterstützt
- (fast alle Standard-Typen außer
-\family sans
-letter
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Verwenden Sie Umgebungstypen, die automatisch von der Inhalts-Funktion erkannt
- werden:
-\family sans
-Kapitel
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-[Unter[Unter]]Abschnitt
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-[Unter]Paragraph
-\family default
-.
- Beachten Sie auch, dass Umgebungstypen mit einem Stern, wie etwa
-\family sans
-Abschnitt*
-\family default
-,
-\emph on
-nicht
-\emph default
- im Inhaltsverzeichnis aller
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-Dokumentklassen erscheinen.
-\end_layout
+ character hereby starts/ends the formula.
+ The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
+ with a backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Einträge im Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
- Nummerierung\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Nummerierung
-\family default
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Nummerierung"
+\backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- und
-\family sans
-Im\InsetSpace \space{}
-Inhaltsverzeichnis\InsetSpace \space{}
-aufführen
-\family default
- auf vernünftige Werte gesetzt sind.
- Wenn Sie etwa nur Kapitel und Abschnitte im Inhaltsverzeichnis haben wollen,
- verschieben Sie den Regler so weit, dass diese Begriffe in der Tabelle
- ein
-\emph on
-Ja
-\emph default
- enthalten.
-\end_layout
+.
+ For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
+ like
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses an der gewünschten
- Stelle ein.
- Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Liste\InsetSpace \space{}
-/\InsetSpace \space{}
-Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Inhaltsverzeichnis
-\family default
+\backslash
+Sigma
+\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können das Inhaltsverzeichnis auch als Gliederung verwenden.
- Klicken Sie auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
+(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
- oder wählen Sie Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gliederung.
- Näheres finden Sie unter Nr.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Gliederung"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-.
+.)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Abbildungs-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abbildungs!-verzeichnis"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, Tabellen-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tabellen!-verzeichnis"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You cannot use the
+\family sans
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- und Algorithmenverzeichnisse
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Algorithmen!-verzeichnis"
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Verzeichnisse"
-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in this document is:
+\newline
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+dummy entry for the character
+\backslash
+textsf{sigma}
+\series default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Zusammenstellungen der im Dokument verwendeten Abbildungen, Tabellen und
- Algorithmen können genauso einfach erstellt werden wie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis.
- Es gibt nur ein paar kleine Unterschiede, die hier am Beispiel eines Abbildungs
-verzeichnisses erläutert werden sollen:
-\end_layout
+\newline
+The command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Abbildungen, die im Verzeichnis erscheinen sollen,
-\emph on
-müssen
-\emph default
- als Gleitobjekt (
+\backslash
+textsf
+\series default
+ sets the fonts to
\family sans
-Ein\SpecialChar \-
-fü\SpecialChar \-
-gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleit\SpecialChar \-
-objekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Abbildung
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
\family default
-) eingefügt werden.
-\end_layout
+.
+ To get
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ font use the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen des Abbildungsverzeichnisses an der gewünscht
-en Stelle ein.
- Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Liste\InsetSpace \space{}
-/\InsetSpace \space{}
-Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Abbildungsverzeichnis
+\backslash
+textbf
+\series default
+, for
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ use
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Für die beiden anderen Klassen von Gleitobjekten gilt sinngemäß dasselbe.
- Die gleitenden Algorithmen werden in
-\emph on
-Eingebettete
-\emph default
-
+\backslash
+texttt
+\series default
+, for
\emph on
-Objekte
+emphasized
\emph default
- näher beschrieben.
+ use
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+emph
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "URL"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "URLs"
+name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es ist oft wünschenswert, lange Ausdrücke
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
+ the symbol definition.
+ This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
+ Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
\emph on
-wörtlich
-\emph default
- im Text einzufügen, etwa Adressen von Seiten im WWW, Email-Adressen usw.
- Diese Dinge enthalten normalerweise keine Leerzeichen und es ist deshalb
- schwer, sie korrekt zu setzen.
- Sie geraten dann oft an das Ende einer Zeile und erzeugen je nach den äußeren
- Umständen zu volle oder zu leere Zeilen.
- Sie könne in diesen Fällen den Menüpunkt
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/url-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+a
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "a"
+description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
\end_inset
- verwenden, um eine lange URL einzugeben, die dann bei Bedarf an (automatisch
- bestimmten) Trennstellen umgebrochen wird.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wählen Sie an der gewünschten Einfügestelle einfach
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/url-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\emph default
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-.
- Es öffnet sich ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie (im Feld
-\family sans
-URL
-\family default
-) die volle Adresse eingeben können.
- Im einfachsten Fall ist das bereits alles.
- Klicken Sie einfach mal auf das folgende graue Feld um zu sehen, wie die
- Adresse der LyX-Homepage eingegeben wurde:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+prefix "sigma"
+symbol "$\\sigma$"
+description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
\end_inset
.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ They will be sorted by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Wichtiger Hinweis
-\series default
-: Enthält die URL eines der folgenden Zeichen:
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
-%
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
- oder
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\family default
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, dann müssen diese Zeichen mit einem vorangestellten Backslash eingegeben
- werden, zum Beispiel
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+ -- the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-
-\backslash
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+ will be sorted before the
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ since the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- URLs dürfen nicht mit einem Backslash enden!
-\end_layout
-
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ is considered in sorting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie die Adresse darüberhinaus mit einem aussagefähigen Begriff versehen
- wollen, könne Sie diesen im Feld
+To control the sort order, you can edit the
\family sans
-Name
+Sort\InsetSpace ~
+as
\family default
- des Dialoges eingeben; er wird als normaler Text direkt vor dem URL gedruckt,
- zum Beispiel finden Sie alle mit LaTeX zusammenhängenden Dinge auf
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-name "CTAN:"
-target "http://ctan.tug.org"
+ field of the nomenclature dialog.
+ Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
+ definition.
+ For the given example, you can insert
+\family typewriter
+sigma
+\family default
+ to this field for the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+, then
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ will be located before
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
.
- In der gedruckten Version endet der letzte Satz mit
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- auf CTAN:
-\family typewriter
-http://ctan.tug.org
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ documentation,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl"
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Anhang
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Options
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Anhang"
+name "Nomenclature ! Options"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um einen Anhang zu erstellen, fügen Sie zunächst eine neue Überschrift des
- höchsten Abschnitttyps hinzu, also
-\family sans
-Kapitel
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Abschnitt.
+The
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
+ Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+refeq Appends the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family default
- Dann stellen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang der Überschrift und wählen
-\family sans
-Dokument
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\family sans
-Anhang\InsetSpace \space{}
-hier\InsetSpace \space{}
-beginnen
+, see equation (
+\emph on
+eq
+\emph default
+)
\family default
-.
- LyX fügt eine rote Linie ein, um den Anhang vom übrigen Dokument abzugrenzen.
- Die erste Nummer vor den nun folgenden Überschriften wird in einen Großbuchstab
-en umgeändert.
- Die weitere Nummerierung ist wie gewohnt.
- Auf Anhänge kann natürlich auch verwiesen werden: siehe Anhang\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "LyX-Einstellungen"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Zweige
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zweige"
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+eq
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+refpage Appends the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Zweige"
+\family sans
+, page (
+\emph on
+page
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Manchmal wollen Sie mehrere Versionen desselben Dokuments ausgeben Der Extremfal
-l ist die Ausgabe eines einzigen Dokuments in verschiedenen Sprachen, aber
- als eine Datei und so, dass korrespondierende Teile aufeinander folgen.
- Dies kann man mit
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
\emph on
-Zweigen
+page
+\family default
\emph default
- erreichen.
-
+ is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Zuerst müssen Sie die verschiedenen Zweige definieren.
- Das machen Sie in
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Zweige
-\family default
-.
- Sie können jedem Zweig eine Hintergrundfarbe zuweisen, um ihn leichter
- erkennen zu können.
- Dann geben Sie in das Feld
-\family sans
-Neu
-\family default
- einen Namen ein und klicken auf
-\family sans
-Hinzufügen
-\family default
-.
- Der Name erscheint im unteren Feld, wo Sie ihn bearbeiten können.
+There are furthermore the options
+\series bold
+croatian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+danish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+english
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+french
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+german
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+italian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+polish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+portuguese
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+russian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+spanish
+\series default
+, and
+\series bold
+ukrainian
+\series default
+ to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
+ language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Dort können Sie den Zweig
-\family sans
-(de)aktivieren
-\family default
-, ihm eine
-\family sans
-Farbe
-\family default
- geben und ihn wieder
-\family sans
-Entfernen
-\family default
-.
- Wenn Sie nun Text für einen Zweig schreiben wollen, wählen Sie ihn unter
-
+To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
+ class options list in the
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Zweig
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
- aus und geben ihn ein.
- Sie können natürlich auch vorhandenen Text auswählen und ihn dann einem
- Zweig zuweisen.
- Alle deaktivierten Zweige werden automatisch geschlossen und aktivierte
- geöffnet.
+ dialog.
+ In this document the options
+\series bold
+intoc
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ are used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Eine weitere mögliche Anwendung wäre eine Lehrerversion, in der die Antworten
- auf Prüfungsfragen stehen würden.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Dokumentschnipsel ansehen
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX gestattet es, Teile Ihres Dokuments in der Druckvorschau anzusehen,
- ohne es zum Beispiel mit Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI vollständig zu bearbeiten.
- Wenn Sie Ihre mathematischen Formel als Druckvorschau sehen wollen, müssen
- Sie die notwendigen Pakete wie unten beschrieben installieren und unter
-
-\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aussehen\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Grafik
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Sofortige\InsetSpace \space{}
-Vorschau
-\family default
- auf
-\family sans
-An
-\family default
- setzen.
- Vorschauen werden erzeugt, wenn Sie ein Dokument öffnen und etwas eingefügt
- haben.
- Von einem bereits geöffneten Dokument werden
-\emph on
-keine
-\emph default
- Vorschauen erzeugt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX erzeugt Vorschauen von mathematischen Objekten.
- Es erzeugt auch Vorschauen von include-Einfügungen und Unterdokumenten,
- wenn Sie in dem entsprechenden Menü
+You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
+ entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
+
\family sans
-Vorschau\InsetSpace \space{}
-anzeigen
+Description
\family default
- ankreuzen.
- Das letztere ist nützlich, wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine LaTeX-Abbildung anschauen
- wollen.
+ field in the nomenclature dialog:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Damit Vorschauen möglich sind, müssen Sie zusätzliche Pakete installieren.
- Zunächst benötigen Sie das LaTeX-Paket
-\family typewriter
-preview.sty
-\family default
-, das Sie hier finden:
-\newline
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "CTAN/support/preview-latex/"
+\backslash
+nomrefeq Like the
+\series bold
+refeq
+\series default
+ option
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-.
- Schönere Ergebnisse erzielen Sie, wenn Sie zusätzlich
-\family typewriter
-pnmcrop
-\family default
- des
-\family typewriter
-netpbm
-\family default
--Paketes installieren.
+\backslash
+nomrefpage Like the
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ option
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-ERT und die LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+nomrefeqpage Short notation of
+\series bold
-{}
+\backslash
+nomrefeq
+\backslash
+nomrefpage
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
-X-Syntax
+\backslash
+nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
+
+\backslash
+nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-ERT-Kästchen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "ERT-Kästchen"
+Printing the Nomenclature
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Die LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
+To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lists\InsetSpace ~
+/\InsetSpace ~
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-X-Syntax
+ will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
+ Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Rechtschreibprüfung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Rechtschreibpr\"ufung"
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
+ command
+\series bold
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Rechtschreibprüfung"
+\backslash
+nomname
+\series default
+ in the preamble.
+ For example, in order to change the name to
+\emph on
+List of Symbols
+\emph default
+, add the following line to the preamble:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX selber besitzt keine Rechtschreibprüfung, sondern benutzt wahlweise
-
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die neueste Version können Sie im Internet unter
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://aspell.sourceforge.net"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- finden.
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
+ by adding the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-hspell
-\family default
- oder
-\family typewriter
-ispell.
-\family default
+\family roman
+\series bold
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomlabelwidth}{width}
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die neueste Version können Sie im Internet unter
-\newline
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://fmg-www.cs.ucla.edu/fmg-members/geoff/ispell.html"
+\family roman
+Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
- finden, falls sie nicht in Ihrer Distribution ist.
+.
+ The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+cm.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Branches
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Branches"
+
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- ist neuer und generell besser als
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-.
- In der
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
--Dokumentation finden Sie Installationsanweisungen und Hinweise zu Wörterbüchern.
- Sorgen Sie dafür, dass
-\family typewriter
-\shape up
-ispell
-\family default
-\shape default
- in Ihrem
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Branches"
+
\end_inset
-PATH
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Branches"
+
\end_inset
- erreichbar ist.
-
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Rechtschreibprüfung können Sie mit
-\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Rechtschreibprüfung
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-,
-\family sans
-F7
-\family default
- oder
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
+Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
+ For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
+ pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
+ document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+\end_layout
- starten.
- Die Prüfung beginnt automatisch an der Cursorposition.
- Im Fenster
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
+ The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
+ To create a branch, go in the
\family sans
-Rechtschreibprüfung
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- wird das nächste falsch geschriebene (oder unbekannte) Wort, das das Rechtschre
-ibprogramm findet, ins Kästchen
+ dialog to
\family sans
-Unbekanntes\InsetSpace \space{}
-Wort
+Branches
\family default
- geschrieben.
- Außerdem wird das Wort markiert und das Textfenster aktualisiert, damit
- das Wort zu sehen ist (meistens\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-).
+.
+ The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
+ the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In dem Kästchen
+Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
+ These boxes are inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Ersetzung
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch
\family default
- können Sie einen Ersatz eingeben und das falsche/unbe\SpecialChar \-
-kannte Wort mit
-\family sans
-Ersetzen
-\family default
- ersetzen.
- Wenn das Rechtschreibprogramm ein
-\emph on
-ähnliches
-\emph default
- Wort kennt, wird es ins Kästchen
-\family sans
-Vorschläge
-\family default
- geschrieben.
- Klickt man auf einen Vorschlag, wird er ins
-\family sans
-Ersetzung
-\family default
-s-Kästchen kopiert.
- Ein Doppelklick auf einen Vorschlag ersetzt das falsche/unbekannte Wort
- durch ihn.
- Die einzelnen Knöpfe des Menüs sind ziemlich selbsterklärend:
+ where you can choose a branch.
+ You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\series medium
-E
-\family sans
-rsetzen
-\family default
-\series default
- ersetzt das bemängelte Wort durch das, das im Kästchen
-\family sans
-Ersetzung
-\family default
- steht.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
+ is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
-\series medium
-I
-\family sans
-gnorieren
-\family default
-\series default
- lässt das vom Rechtschreibprogramm bemängelte Wort, wie es ist, wird es
- aber wieder bemängeln, wenn es noch einmal vorkommt.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
-\series medium
-A
-\family sans
-lle
-\family default
-\InsetSpace ~
-\family sans
-ignorieren
-\family default
-\series default
- akzeptiert das vom Rechtschreibprogramm bemängelte Wort bis zum Ende der
- Rechtschreibprüfung, ohne es zum persönlichen Wörterbuch hinzuzufügen.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status open
-\series medium
-H
-\family sans
-inzufügen
-\family default
-\series default
- schreibt das Wort in ein persönliches Wörterbuch.
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-\series medium
-Schließen
-\family default
-\series default
- hört mit der Prüfung auf.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem gibt es eine Anzeige für den Fortschritt der Rechtschreibprüfung.
+\begin_layout Section
+ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:ERT"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung
+ERT Boxes
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Rechtschreibpr\"ufung"
+name "ERT"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Rechtschreibprüfung-Optionen"
+name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können folgende Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung festlegen (Menü
-
+As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
+ constructs, but not all.
+ LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
+ Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
+ This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
+ problem exists a LaTeX-package.
+ But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
+ and their commands.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
+ ERT box.
+ ERT stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+evil red text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ An ERT box is created by the menu
\family sans
-Werkzeu\SpecialChar \-
-ge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TeX
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ or by the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+.
+ The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
\family sans
-Sprach
+Inline
\family default
--
+,
\family sans
-Einstellungen
+Collapsed
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
+, and
+\family sans
+Open
+\family default
+.
+ To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
+ Left-clicking on the box will switch between
+\family sans
+Collapsed
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Rechtschreibprüfung
+Open
\family default
-):
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
+ Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
+ For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
+ LaTeX-command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+fbox
+\series default
+, you can write the command part
+\series bold
\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
+fbox{
+\series default
+ in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
+\series bold
+}
+\series default
+ in a second ERT box behind the word.
+ The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
+ following example:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ERT.png
+ scale 89
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Rechtschreibprogramm
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Rechtschreibprogramm"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+gives
+\end_layout
-/Wörterbuch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Wörterbuch"
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with a
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Rechtschreibprogramm"
+\backslash
+fbox{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+framed
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Die verwendete
-\family typewriter
-aspell/hspell/ispell
-\family default
--Datei hängt von der Sprache ab, die im zu prüfenden Dokument verwendet
- wird.
- Diese wiederum wurde im Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Sprache
-\family default
- festgelegt.
- Wenn es für die gewählte Sprache kein Wörterbuch gibt, wird die Rechtschreibprü
-fung erst gar nicht gestartet.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Für
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- kann man auch einen
-\emph on
-link
-\emph default
- von zum Beispiel
-\family typewriter
-deutsch.(
-\family default
-aff
-\family typewriter
-|
-\family default
-hash
-\family typewriter
-)
-\family default
- nach
-\family typewriter
-[n]
-\family default
-ger\SpecialChar \-
-man
-\family typewriter
-.(aff|hash)
-\family default
-, oder was auch immer auf Ihre Sprache zutrifft, definieren.
- Das ist nötig, weil die
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
--Dateien normalerweise Namen in der Muttersprache haben (
-\emph on
-deutsch
-\emph default
-) während
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-, wenn es von LyX aus gestartet wird, nach dem englischen Namen der Datei
- sucht, der vom LaTeX-Babel-Paket benutzt wird ([n]german).
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- benutzen wollen, sollten Sie
-\family typewriter
-aspell (Bibliothek)
-\family default
- wählen.
- Der normale
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
--Modus funktioniert nicht richtig.
+\end_inset
+
+ word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Möglicherweise werden Sie auch Probleme bekommen, wenn die Fontkodierung
- für das Wörterbuch nicht richtig ist.
- Wenn Sie eine Sprache mit Latin1-Kodierung benutzen und die
-\family sans
-Kodierung
-\family default
-s-Option im Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\family default
- auch
-\family sans
-Latin1
-\family default
- (also nicht default) ist, müssen Sie diese Option auch in Ihrem Wörterbuch
- benutzen.
- Wenn Ihr Wörterbuch Ihre gewählte Kodierung nicht unterstützt, werden Sie
- sich sicher darüber wundern, dass richtig geschriebene Worte bemängelt
- werden.
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt vier Möglichkeiten, das zu vermeiden.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die einfachste ist, die
-\family sans
-Standardkodierung\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Sprache\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden
-\family default
--Option anzukreuzen.
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
+ to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Wenn das nicht hilft, könnten Sie im Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Kodierung:
-\family default
- auf
-\family sans
-LaTe
-\family default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+The LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X-Standard
-\family default
- setzen, bevor Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung starten (was sicher ärgerlich
- ist).
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX Syntax"
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die dritte Möglichkeit ist, die
-\family typewriter
-Latin1
-\family default
--Option in der Datei
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-<
-\family default
-Meine\InsetSpace ~
-Sprache
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
->.
-\family default
-aff hinzuzufügen und das Wörterbuch noch einmal zu übersetzen (was sicher
- nicht einfach ist, wenn Sie
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- mit einer Distribution installiert haben und die
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
--Quellen nicht haben).
- Lesen Sie dazu die
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
--Dokumentation!
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Die vierte Möglichkeit ist, dass der Pfleger des Wörterbuchs das Problem
- löst.
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
+ about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
+ Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+program
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ your text.
+ This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
+ every time if you know the right commands.
+ E.g.
+ imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
+ the end of the day.
+ Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
+ all caption labels bold.
+ But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
+ in your manual.
+ Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Persönliches\InsetSpace ~
-Wörterbuch
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now LaTeX comes into play.
+ As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
+ database,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "Catalogue"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As result you know that the package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "W\"orterbuch!pers\"onliches"
+name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
\end_inset
+ is what you need.
+ To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+) with the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+usepackage[options]{package name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
+ two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
+ Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- benutzt ein persönliches Wörterbuch, in dem Worte gespeichert werden können,
- die im Hauptwörterbuch nicht gefunden werden konnten.
- Sonst werden diese Worte immer bemängelt, wenn Sie das Dokument auf Rechtschrei
-bfehler prüfen lassen.
- Der Name ist normalerweise
-\family typewriter
-$HOME/.ispell_Sprache
-\family default
-, wobei
-\emph on
-Sprache
-\emph default
- der Name des von LyX/LaTeX benutzten globalen Wörterbuches ist (zum Beispiel
-
-\emph on
-[n]german
-\emph default
-).
- Oft ist der Dateiname für das
-\family sans
-default
-\family default
--Wörterbuch nur
-\family typewriter
-$HOME/.ispell_words
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+In your case the package name is
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
.
+ After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
+\series bold
+labelfont=bf
+\series default
+ will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
+ So you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- ignoriert den Eintrag und legt ein eigenes Wörterbuch an, zum Beispiel
-
-\family typewriter
-$HOME/.aspell.de.pws.
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Weitere Optionen
+\backslash
+usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+to the preamble and the problem is solved.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Alternative\InsetSpace ~
-Sprache
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For more commands provided by the
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+ package, have a look at its documentation,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "caption"
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-'Escape'-Zeichen
-\family default
-: hier können Sie Sonderzeichen definieren, die in Worten auftreten dürfen.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Zusammengesetzte\InsetSpace ~
-Wörter\InsetSpace ~
-erlauben
-\family default
- verhindert, dass zusammengeschriebene Worte als Fehler gemeldet werden,
- außer bei
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- und der neuen deutschen Rechtschreibung.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
+ like your case.
+ For example if you use a
\family sans
-Eingabekodierung\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden
+koma-script
\family default
- können Sie ankreuzen, wenn Ihre Rechtschreibprüfung keine internationalen
- Zeichen akzeptiert.
+ class, you don't need the package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+, you can instead write
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grenzen
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+setkomafont{captionlabel}{
+\backslash
+bfseries}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Auch wenn
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- zusammengesetzte Worte korrekt erkennt, scheint das von LyX aus nicht immer
- zu funktionieren.
- Einige Benutzer haben den Wunsch geäußert, die Schreibweise eines Wortes
- global ändern zu können, anstatt bei jedem Auftreten des Wortes.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+in the preamble and the problem is solved.
+ So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
+ documentation of the document class you want to use.
+ (
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+setkomafont
+\series default
+ is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
+\end_layout
-\noun on
-HHa
-\noun default
-: Nun, mit dem Menü
-\family sans
-Suchen\InsetSpace ~
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Ersetzen
-\family default
- ist es zumindest einfacher als mit der Rechtschreibprüfung.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
+ text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
+ argument.
+ To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
+ previous section.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
+ LaTeX-books
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+
\end_inset
- Diese Funktion wird für spätere LyX-Versionen in Betracht gezogen.
+.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Thesaurus
+Previewing Snippets of your Document
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Thesaurus"
+name "Instant preview"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Thesaurus"
+name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Thesaurus gibt es zur Zeit nur für die englische Sprache.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Änderungsverfolgung
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Änderungsverfolgung"
+name "Document ! Preview"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!Änderungsverfolgung"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
+ fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
+ to break your train of thought with
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Aenderungsverfolgung"
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
+ LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+preview-latex
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn mehrere Personen ein Dokument zusammen bearbeiten, ist es sehr nützlich,
- wenn die Änderungen der anderen im Dokument hervorgehoben werden.
- Sie können dann entscheiden, ob Sie eine Änderung akzeptieren wollen.
- Das erreichen Sie, indem Sie
+\series default
+ as explained below, and turn on
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-verfolgen
+Instant\InsetSpace ~
+preview
\family default
- (
+ in the
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+dialog under
\family sans
-Strg+Umschalt+E
+Look\InsetSpace ~
+and\InsetSpace ~
+feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
\family default
-) ankreuzen.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Änderungen werden dann im Text farbig markiert:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-hinzugefügter Text wird
-\color blue
-blau
-\color inherit
- markiert
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-gelöschter Text wird
-\color red
-rot
-\color inherit
- markiert.
+Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
+ editing an inset.
+ Previews of an already loaded document are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ generated just by selecting the
+\family sans
+Instant\InsetSpace ~
+preview
+\family default
+ check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Farben können Sie in
+LyX will generate previews of math insets.
+ It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aussehen\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Farben
+Show\InsetSpace ~
+preview
\family default
- ändern.
+ check box in the insert dialog.
+ This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
+ example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn die Änderungsverfolgung aktiviert ist, erscheint oben eine weitere
- Werkzeugleiste:
+To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+preview-latex
+\series default
+ (on some systems named simply
+\series bold
+preview
+\series default
+) installed.
+ You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ You obtain prettier results if you install the program
+\family typewriter
+pnmcrop
+\family default
+ from the
+\family typewriter
+netpbm
+\family default
+ package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
+ with LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
-
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Werkzeugleiste enthält folgende Schaltknöpfe:
+You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
+ of it.
+ Use the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\InsetSpace ~
+Source
+\family default
+ and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
+ The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
+ currently in.
+ You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
+ selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
+ To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
+ the source view window.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/changes-track.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Section
+Spell Checking
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Spellchecking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Spell checking"
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
+ Rather it uses one of the external programs
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+hspell
+\family default
+, or
\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-verfolgen
+pspell
\family default
- (
+ as backend.
+ This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
+ programs.
+
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+ can be seen as successor of
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+, so that it is recommended to use aspell.
+
+\family sans
+hspell
+\family default
+ is a Hebrew spell-checker.
+ The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
+ under
\family sans
-Strg+Umschalt+E
+Language Settings
\family default
-)
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/changes-output.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
+ greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
+\family sans
+aspell
+\family default
+ can be used.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
+\family sans
+ Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
+ A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
+ allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
+ scrolled so that it is visible.
+ In the
+\family sans
+spell checker
+\family default
+ dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
+ could be found.
+ Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-In\InsetSpace \space{}
-der\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ausgabe\InsetSpace \space{}
-anzeigen
+Replace
+\family default
+ field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
+ Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/change-next.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
+ that is set in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
+ will bring an error message.
+ In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
+ specifying a different
+\family sans
+Alternative language
+\family default
+ in preferences dialog.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
+\end_layout
- springt zur nächsten Änderung
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Limitations
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/change-accept.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
+ rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
+ of the word.
+ But you can use the
+\family sans
+Find\InsetSpace ~
+&\InsetSpace ~
+Replace
+\family default
+ dialog for that.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ This does work with
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Further Settings
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderung\InsetSpace \space{}
-akzeptieren
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/change-reject.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Escape\InsetSpace ~
+characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
+ checker should consider, e.g.
+ German umlauts although you spell check English document.
+ This should not normally be needed.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderung\InsetSpace \space{}
-ablehnen
+\begin_layout Description
+Personal\InsetSpace ~
+dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
+ choice as your personal dictionary
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Description
+Accept\InsetSpace ~
+compound\InsetSpace ~
+words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
+ words like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+passthrough
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+input\InsetSpace ~
+encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-zusammenfassen
-\end_layout
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ also for the spellchecker.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+\begin_layout Standard
+The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Settings"
+\end_inset
-\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Alle\InsetSpace \space{}
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-akzeptieren
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
-
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Alle\InsetSpace \space{}
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-ablehnen
+ Only enable this if you use
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
+ There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
+ so this is disabled by default.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/note-insert.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Section
+Thesaurus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Thesaurus"
\end_inset
-\family sans
- Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Notiz\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Thesaurus"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-X-Notiz
+\begin_layout Standard
+Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
+ and use the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thesaurus
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/note-next.png
- scale 70
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+ filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
- Navigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Nächste\InsetSpace \space{}
-Notiz
+.
+ A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
+ replacement.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Änderungsverfolgungs-Werkzeugleiste hilft Ihnen beim Bearbeiten der
- Änderungen -- Sie müssen nur die Änderungen auswählen und einen der Schaltknöpf
-e anklicken.
- Wenn Sie Änderungen zusammenfassen, erscheint ein Fenster, das Ihnen Informatio
-nen über die nächste Änderung nach der momentanen Cursorposition anzeigt.
- Sie brauchen dann keine bestimmte Änderung zu markieren.
- In dem Fenster können Sie entscheiden, Änderungen zu akzeptieren oder abzulehne
-n, und dann zur nächsten Änderung zu gehen.
- So können Sie alle Änderungen durchgehen.
+The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
+ you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
+ cases to find related words.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Werkzeugleiste hat auch zwei Schaltknöpfe, um Notizen zu behandeln,
- weil diese zur Beschreibung einer Änderung oft wichtig sind.
-\end_layout
+The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
+ singular form.
+ For example starting the thesaurus with the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um Änderungen in der Druckausgabe anzeigen zu können, benötigen Sie das
- LaTeX-Paket
-\family typewriter
-dvipost
-\family default
+reports
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LaTeX-Paket!dvipost"
+ leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+report
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- Sie finden es im TeX-Katalog,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
-
+ To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, oder im Paket-Manager Ihres LaTeX-Systems.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Internationale Unterstützung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Internationale Unterst\"utzung"
-
+report
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ of the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+reports
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie Sie LyX mit jeder gewünschten Sprache benutzen
- können.
- Die voreingestellte LyX-Konfiguration arbeitet in der Sprache, die Sie
- für Ihre graphische Linux-Oberfläche festgelegt haben, der zugehörigen
- Tastatur, mit der Standard-Papiergröße und einer Rechtschreibprüfung Ihrer
- Sprache.
- Sie können von diesen Einstellungen ändern, was Sie wollen, und Sie können
- sich aussuchen, ob die Änderungen nur für die momentane Sitzung gelten
- sollen oder Ihre Standardkonfiguration werden soll.
+ to get results.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Ihre Tastatur an Ihre Sprache angepasst ist (zum Beispiel eine deutsche
- Tastatur, um in Deutsch zu schreiben), und wenn Sie Ihre graphische Oberfläche
- richtig eingerichtet haben, müssen Sie LyX nur Ihre Sprache mitteilen,
- die Zeichenkodierung und die gewünschte Papiergröße.
- In
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Sprachoptionen"
+\begin_layout Section
+Change Tracking
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Change Tracking"
\end_inset
- finden Sie weitere Informationen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vielleicht wollen Sie nur einige Tasten ändern oder eine völlig andere Tastaturt
-abelle benutzen (für Marsianisch vielleicht).
- Wenn Sie zum Beispiel im Normalfall italienisch auf einer U.S.-Tastatur schreiben
-, aber hin und wieder etwas Deutsches zitieren wollen, dann können Sie Ihre
- eigene Tastaturtabelle benutzen oder eine vorhandene modifizieren.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wie Sie LyX an Ihre eigene Sprache anpassen können, liegt
-\emph on
-weit außerhalb
-\emph default
- dieses Handbuches.
- Sie können nicht nur die Tastaturtabelle ändern, Sie können auch die Menübeschr
-iftungen an Ihre Sprache anpassen.
- Wenn Sie mehr über all dies wissen wollen, lesen Sie bitte das Handbuch
-
-\emph on
-Anpassung
-\emph default
-, das Sie unter
-\family sans
-Hilfe
-\family default
- finden werden.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Sprachoptionen
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Sprachoptionen"
+name "Document ! Change Tracking"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Sprachoptionen"
+name "sec:Change-Tracking"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das Dialogfenster
+When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
+ to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
+ You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
+ This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Track\InsetSpace ~
+Changes
\family default
- hat Optionen für Sprache, Papiergröße und Zeichenkodierung.
- Um Ihre Sprache auszuwählen, klicken Sie im Dialogfenster
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
+\color blue
+Blue text
+\color inherit
+ is an addition,
+\color red
+red canceled text
+\color inherit
+ is a deletion.
+ You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
\family sans
-Do\SpecialChar \-
-ku\SpecialChar \-
-ment-Ein\SpecialChar \-
-stel\SpecialChar \-
-lungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Sprache
+Look\InsetSpace ~
+and\InsetSpace ~
+feel
\family default
- auf den Pfeil rechts neben dem
+,
\family sans
-Sprache
+Colors
\family default
--Kästchen.
- Suchen Sie Ihre Sprache in der Liste und klicken Sie darauf.
- Der Sprachname wird ins Kästchen kopiert.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Für LaTeX bedeutet die Wahl einer anderen Sprache als der Standardeinstellung,
- die Babel-Unterstützung einzuschalten.
- Wenn bei Ihnen Babel nicht installiert ist, suchen Sie nach einer anderen
- LaTeX-Distribution.
-\end_layout
+When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Toolbar ! Review"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mit der Option
-\family sans
-Kodierung
-\family default
- können Sie die Zeichenkodierung auswählen.
- Die Voreinstellung ist
-\family sans
-latin1
-\family default
-, die die Zeichen der westeuropäischen Sprachen enthält (Umlaute, akzentuierte
- Vokale und ähnliche).
- Die Möglichkeit
-\family typewriter
-Latin2
-\family default
- ist für die osteuropäischen Sprachen.
-
-\family typewriter
-Latin5
-\family default
- schließlich ist für die kyrillische Schrift.
- Klickt man auf den Pfeil und dann auf die gewünschte Kodierung, so erscheint
- sie im Kästchen.
- (In Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zeichentabellen"
-
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
- finden Sie mehr über Zeichenkodierung.)
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX unterstützt auch die Ausgabe von Unicode
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Unicode"
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
\end_inset
--kodiertem Text.
- Dies ist insbesondere dann nützlich, wenn Sie viele Sonderzeichen oder
- nicht-alphabetische Schriften verwenden.
- Wenn Sie Unicode-Ausgabe erzeugen wollen (Voraussetzung dafür ist allerdings,
- dass Ihre LaTeX-Installation Unicode unterstützt), wählen Sie die Zeichenkodier
-ung
-\family typewriter
-utf-8
-\family default
-.
- Die anderen Unicode-Kodierungen im Menü werden für spezifische Zwecke bereitges
-tellt:
-\family typewriter
-UTF
-\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
-utf8x
-\family default
- für CJK-Sprachen,
-\family typewriter
-utf8-plain
-\family default
- für die Verwendung von LyX mit XeTeX, einem TeX-System, das Unicode direkt
- (ohne Zuhilfenahme des
-\family typewriter
-imputenc
-\family default
--Paketes
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LaTeX-Paket!inputenc"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-) verarbeitet.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Klicken Sie im Dialogfenster
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Seitenformat
-\family default
- auf das pull-down-Menü
-\family sans
-Papier
-\bar under
-g
-\bar default
-röße,
-\family default
- um die Wahlmöglichkeiten für die Papiergröße zu sehen.
- Die Voreinstellung ist
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-.
- Klicken Sie auf die Größe Ihrer Wahl, und sie erscheint im Kästchen.
+The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
+ buttons:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um Ihre Wahl wirksam zu machen, klicken Sie auf
-\family sans
-OK
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Übernehmen
-\family default
-.
- Die Änderungen werden im Dokument gespeichert.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Tastaturtabellen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tastaturtabellen"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Tastaturtabellen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/changes-track.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Über
-\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aussehen & Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tastatur
-\family default
- können Sie den Knopf
-\family sans
-Tastatur\SpecialChar \-
-tabelle verwenden
-\family default
- aktivieren, mit dem Sie die Sprache für Ihre Tastatur auswählen können.
- Sie können
-\family sans
-Erste
-\family default
- und
+
\family sans
-Zweite
-\family default
- Tastatursprache festlegen.
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Track\InsetSpace ~
+Changes
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Zeichentabellen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Zeichentabellen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Zeichentabellen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/changes-output.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Tabelle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "cap:Der-latin1-Zeichensatz"
-
\end_inset
-
- zeigt den Zeichensatz, wenn Sie in den
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\family default
- unter
-\family sans
-Sprache
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Standardkodierung\InsetSpace \space{}
-der\InsetSpace \space{}
-Sprache\InsetSpace \space{}
-verwenden
-\family default
- angekreuzt haben, was empfohlen wird.
- Im Moment ist das der ISO8859-15-Zeichensatz.
- Sie sollten die Zeichen in den ersten acht Spalten direkt mit der Tastatur
- eingeben können.
- Beachten Sie, dass Sie über
-\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Kodierung
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-latin1
-\family default
- auswählen müssen, um diesen Zeichensatz benutzen zu können.
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ein paar Dinge müssen Sie über diese Tabelle wissen.
- Sie wurde manuell erzeugt, um alle Zeichen zu drucken.
- Das ist nicht der Normalfall, bei weitem nicht.
- Hier sind einige Einzelheiten, die Sie berücksichtigen müssen, wenn Sie
- Zeichen des ISO8859-15-Zeichensatzes benutzen wollen:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Auch wenn Sie ISO8859-15 als
-\family sans
-Kodierung
-\family default
- im Dialogfenster
\family sans
-Dokument-Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
-\family default
- gewählt haben, aber die
-\family typewriter
-T1
-\family default
--Schriften für LaTeX verwenden, werden Sie noch ein paar Zeichen vermissen:
- D0, F0, DE, FE, AB und BB -- eth und thorn (jeweils groß und klein) und
- die französischen Anführungszeichen.
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Show\InsetSpace ~
+Changes\InsetSpace ~
+in\InsetSpace ~
+Output
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "ISO8859-15-Zeichensatz"
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/change-next.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-Der ISO8859-15-Zeichensatz
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Jumps to the next change
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size tiny
-00
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/change-accept.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-10
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-20
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Accept\InsetSpace ~
+Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size tiny
-30
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/change-reject.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-40
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-50
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Reject\InsetSpace ~
+Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size tiny
-60
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/changes-merge.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-70
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-80
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Merge\InsetSpace ~
+Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size tiny
-90
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/all-changes-accept.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-A0
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-B0
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Accept\InsetSpace ~
+All\InsetSpace ~
+Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size tiny
-C0
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/all-changes-reject.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-D0
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-E0
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Reject\InsetSpace ~
+All\InsetSpace ~
+Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size tiny
-F0
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\size tiny
-00
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LyX\InsetSpace ~
+Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/note-next.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-0
+
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Next\InsetSpace ~
+Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-@
-\end_layout
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-P
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-'
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
+ the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
+ When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
+ the next change behind the current cursor position.
+ So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
+ Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
+ step to the next change.
+ This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-p
+The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
+ to describe a change.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+dvipost
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\end_layout
+\series default
+ installed.
+ You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+International Support
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "International support"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
+ For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
+ how to set up LyX to use them:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-°
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Special-Character"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-À
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Language Options
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Language ! Options"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ð
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-à
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Language"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-ð
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\size tiny
-01
+The
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog lets you set
+\family roman
+the language and character encoding for your language.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Choose your language in the
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ section of this dialog.
+ The default is
+\family sans
+English
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
+ export.
+ The option
+\family sans
+use language's default encoding
+\family default
+ is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
+ For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Settings"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Keyboard mapping configuration
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
+ language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
+ you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+ The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
+ see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+ You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
+ which one you want to use.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-!
+Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
+ different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
+ You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
+ keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
+ In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
+ one to support the characters you want.
+ This and much more customizations are explained in the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Character Tables
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:keytab"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-1
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Table\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ shows the
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ character set.
+ You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
+ from the keyboard.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A
+There are a few things you need to know about this table.
+ Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
+ from the
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ character set:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Even if you have selected
+\family sans
+latin1
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog, users who have only the
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+-fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+-fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
+ DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
+ french quotes won't show up.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Q
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Standard
-a
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:The-latin1-character"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-q
+The
+\family typewriter
+latin1
+\family default
+ character set
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¡
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+00
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-±
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+10
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Á
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+20
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ñ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+30
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-á
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+40
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ñ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+50
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-02
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+60
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+70
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+80
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+90
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-2
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A0
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-B
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B0
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-R
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-b
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-r
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C0
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¢
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-²
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+D0
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Â
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ò
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+E0
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-â
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-ò
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+F0
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-03
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+00
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-#
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-3
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-C
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+@
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-S
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+P
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-c
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+'
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-s
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+p
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-³
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+°
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ã
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+À
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ó
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ð
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ã
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+à
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ó
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ð
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-04
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+01
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-$
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+!
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-4
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-D
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-T
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Q
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-d
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-t
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+q
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¤
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¡
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-´
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+±
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ä
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Á
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ô
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ñ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ä
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+á
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ô
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ñ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-05
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+02
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-%
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-5
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-E
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-U
-\end_layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
+\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-e
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+R
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-u
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+r
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¥
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-µ
+¢
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Å
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+²
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Õ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Â
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-å
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ò
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+â
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-õ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ò
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-06
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+03
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-&
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+#
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-6
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-F
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-V
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+S
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-f
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-v
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+s
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¦
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+£
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¶
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+³
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Æ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ã
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ö
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ó
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-æ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ã
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ö
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ó
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-07
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+04
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-`
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+$
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-7
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-G
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+D
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-W
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+T
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-g
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-w
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+t
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-§
+¤
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-·
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+´
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ç
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ä
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-×
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ô
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ç
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ä
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-÷
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ô
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-08
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+05
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-(
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+%
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-8
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-H
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+E
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-X
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+U
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-h
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+e
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-x
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+u
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¨
+Â¥
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¸
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+µ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-È
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Å
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ø
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Õ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-è
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+å
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ø
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+õ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-09
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+06
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-)
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+&
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-9
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-I
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+F
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Y
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+V
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-i
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+f
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-y
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+v
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-©
+¦
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¹
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¶
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-É
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Æ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ù
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ö
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-é
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+æ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ù
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ö
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-0A
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+07
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-*
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+`
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-:
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-J
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+G
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Z
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+W
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-j
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+g
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-z
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+w
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ª
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+§
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-º
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+·
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ê
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ç
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ú
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+×
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ê
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ç
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ú
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+÷
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-0B
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+08
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+(
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-;
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-K
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+H
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-[
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+X
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-k
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+h
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-{
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+x
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-«
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¨
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-»
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¸
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ë
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+È
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Û
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ø
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ë
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+è
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-û
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ø
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-0C
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+09
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-,
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-<
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-L
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+I
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Y
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-l
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+i
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-|
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+y
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¬
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+©
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¼
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¹
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ì
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+É
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ü
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ù
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ì
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+é
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ü
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ù
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-0D
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0A
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
--
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-=
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+:
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-M
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+J
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-]
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Z
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-m
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+j
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-}
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+z
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-–
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ª
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-½
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+º
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Í
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ê
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ý
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ú
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-í
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ê
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ý
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ú
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-0E
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0B
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-.
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
++
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
->
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+;
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-N
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+K
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-^
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+[
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-n
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+k
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-~
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-®
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+«
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¾
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+»
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Î
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ë
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Þ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Û
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-î
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ë
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-þ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+û
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
\size tiny
-0F
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-/
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+,
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-?
-\end_layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+<
+\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-O
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+L
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-_
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\backslash
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-o
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+l
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+|
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¯
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¬
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-¿
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¼
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ï
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ì
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ß
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ü
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ï
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ì
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ÿ
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ü
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0D
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Es folgt eine Aufstellung aller akzentuierten Zeichen, die LyX direkt darstellen
- kann.
- Das sind alle akzentuierten Zeichen von
-\family typewriter
-ISO8859-1
-\family default
- bis
-\family typewriter
-4
-\family default
-.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Aus
-\family typewriter
-ISO8859-1
-\family default
-:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
-\hfill
-diaeresis
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
-\hfill
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
-\hfill
-grave
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
-\hfill
-acute
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
-\hfill
-tilde
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-¸Çç
-\hfill
-cedilla
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+=
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-¯
-\hfill
-macron
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Die
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
-dead macron
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+M
+\end_layout
- wird normalerweise nicht benötigt, weil Sie eine
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-non--dead
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
--Taste benutzen werden.
- Zum Beispiel
-\family sans
-Umschalt+Alt+
-\family default
-\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-- oder
-\family sans
-Umschalt+Alt+macron
-\family default
-, wenn
-\family typewriter
-.Xmodmap
-\family default
- richtig ist.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+]
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+m
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Aus
-\family typewriter
-ISO8859-2
-\family default
- bis
-\family typewriter
-4
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-ĤĴĥȷ̂ĈĜŜĉĝŝ
-\hfill
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-ŚŹśźŔĹĆŃŕĺćń
-\hfill
-acute
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ĩı̃Ũũ
-\hfill
-tilde
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ŞşŢţŖĻĢŗļģŅĶņķ
-\hfill
-cedilla
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Zeichen sehen auf dem Bildschirm sicher nicht schön aus, dafür aber
- ausgedruckt umso schöner.
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-ĒēĀĪŌŪāı̄ōū
-\hfill
-macron
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-ŐŰőű
-\hfill
-hungarian umlaut
+–
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-All diese Zeichen werden aktiv von LaTeX-Fonts unterstützt.
- Zusätzlich erlaubt LaTeX diakritische Marken auf fast allen Zeichen.
- Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie die
-\family typewriter
-T1
-\family default
--Fontkodierung benutzen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Die restlichen Befehle
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+½
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Außer den Werkzeugleisten werden hier Befehle beschrieben, die im Dokument
- noch nicht vorkamen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Die Werkzeugleisten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Werkzeugleiste"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Í
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Werkzeugleiste"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ý
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+í
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt mehrere Werkzeugleisten, von denen die ersten drei (
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Extra
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Ansicht/Aktualisierung
-\family default
-) über
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Werkzeugleisten
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
- wahlweise an- und abgeschaltet werden können, während die anderen drei
- (
-\family sans
-Überarbeitung
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Tabelle
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-Mathe
-\family default
-)
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-automatisch erscheinen, wenn der Cursor entsprechend positioniert ist.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-Alle Werkzeugleisten können mit dem Cursor verschoben werden, wenn er sich
- über dem gepunkteten Griff befindet (siehe auch Abschnitt
-\family sans
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "LyX-Hauptfenster"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ý
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
-)
-\family sans
-.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0E
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard-Werkzeugleiste
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-pull-down
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
--Menü für die Absatzumgebungen.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 4bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Neu
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/file-open.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 4bp 20bp 20bp
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Öffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 4bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Speichern
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+N
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Drucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+^
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-: Rechtschreibprüfung
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/undo.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+n
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Rückgängig
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/redo.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+~
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Wiederholen
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/cut.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ausschneiden
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/copy.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-:
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+®
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¾
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Î
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Þ
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+î
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+þ
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0F
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+/
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+?
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+O
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+_
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+o
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¯
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¿
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ï
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ß
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ï
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ÿ
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
+ directly.
+ It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
+ also the characters from
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--2
+\family default
+ through
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+From
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--1
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
+\hfill
+diaeresis
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
+\hfill
+circumflex
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
+\hfill
+grave
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
+\hfill
+acute
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
+\hfill
+tilde
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+¸Çç
+\hfill
+cedilla
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+¯
+\hfill
+macron
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+From
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--2
+\family default
+ through
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+ĤĴĥȷ̂ĈĜŜĉĝŝ
+\hfill
+circumflex
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+ŚŹśźŔĹĆŃŕĺćń
+\hfill
+acute
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ĩı̃Ũũ
+\hfill
+tilde
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+ŞşŢţŖĻĢŗļģŅĶņķ
+\hfill
+cedilla
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+ĒēĀĪŌŪāı̄ōū
+\hfill
+macron
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+ŐŰőű
+\hfill
+Hungarian umlaut
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
+ In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
+ Also make sure you're using the
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+ font-encoding.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+\start_of_appendix
+The User Interface
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cha:The-User-Interface"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
+ It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
+ inside the user's guide.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The File Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! File"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Under the
+\family sans
+File
+\family default
+ menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
+ At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+New
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Creates a new document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+New from Template
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu prompts you for a template to use.
+ Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
+ the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Open
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens a document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Open Recent
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
+ Click there on a file to open it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Close
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Closes the current document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Save
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Saves the actual document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Save As
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Revert to saved
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Reloads the actual document from disk.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Version Control
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is used when more people are working on the same document.
+ It is described in the section
+\emph on
+Version Control in LyX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Extended\InsetSpace ~
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Import
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
+ text files (ASCII-files).
+ The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When using the menu
+\family sans
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
+Lines
+\family default
+, all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
+ A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
+ , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
+ will start a new paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Export
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to various file formats.
+ The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
+ The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
+ They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
+ section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+CJK\InsetSpace ~
+LyX
+\family default
+format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
+ (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+DVI
+\family default
+ DVI-format
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
+ work in all cases)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+HTML\InsetSpace ~
+(MS\InsetSpace ~
+Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
+ to
+\family sans
+MS Word
+\family default
+, as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
+ in the format
+\family sans
+MathML
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
+ will be converted to a format that is readable for the
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+ program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+(plain)
+\family default
+ text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
+ document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
+ for the
+\family typewriter
+latex
+\family default
+ program
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX\InsetSpace ~
+1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is replaced by the version number)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+\family sans
+OpenOffice
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+KOffice
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Abiword
+\family default
+, etc.
+ (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
+ all cases)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(dvipdfm)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+text
+\family default
+ text format
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+text\InsetSpace ~
+(ps2ascii)
+\family default
+ text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
+ and then exported as text using the program
+\family sans
+ps2ascii
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Postscript
+\family default
+ PostScript format using the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Custom
+\family default
+ custom format
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
+ It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
+ what you want.
+
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+ produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If one of the menu entries
+\family sans
+DVI
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Postscript
+\family default
+ is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
+ After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
+\family sans
+Custom
+\family default
+ allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
+ the export program.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Print
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
+ or send it to a printer.
+ The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
+ The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
+ program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+New and Close Window
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
+ You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The Edit Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! Edit"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Undo and Redo
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Select All
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selects the whole document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Find & Replace
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Move paragraph Up/Down
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
+ up or down.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Text Style
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraph Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
+ cursor is in.
+ Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
+ This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
+ indents in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Layout
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Tabular and Math
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
+ The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
+ The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Tables"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Increase / Decrease List Depth
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
+ be nested.
+ They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nesting"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The View Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! View"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
+ document with an external program.
+ The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
+ - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
+ All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You should at least see the menu entries
+\family sans
+DVI
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+.
+ If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
+ After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
+ The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+At the bottom of the
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ menu the opened documents are listed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View Source
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Update
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
+ opening a new view window.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Toolbars
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Toolbars"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Toolbar"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
+ All toolbars and the
+\family sans
+Command\InsetSpace ~
+Buffer
+\family default
+ can be turned on and off.
+ The
+\emph on
+on
+\emph default
+ state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
+ The
+\family sans
+Review
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panels
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Math
+\family default
+ toolbars can be additionally set to the state
+\emph on
+automatic
+\emph default
+ that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
+\family sans
+(auto)
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
+\emph on
+on
+\emph default
+ state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
+\emph on
+automatic
+\emph default
+ state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
+ or when a certain feature is enabled.
+ That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
+ is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
+ is inside a formula or table, respectively.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Toolbars"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The Insert Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! Insert"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Special Character
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Special-Character"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can insert the following characters:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+End\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Abbreviations"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
+Quote Inserts this quote:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, no matter what quote type you selected in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Single\InsetSpace ~
+Quote Inserts this quote:
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Menu\InsetSpace ~
+Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
+Symbols
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Phonetic symbols"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
+ Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
+ For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+tipa
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ installed.
+\newline
+For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
+ of
+\series bold
+tipa,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "tipa"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ and this Wiki-page:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Formatting
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can insert the following format constructs:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
+\begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
+\begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
+Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Thin\InsetSpace ~
+Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Thin-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
+Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
+Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Vertical\InsetSpace ~
+Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
+Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Hyphenation"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Ligature\InsetSpace ~
+Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Ligatures"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Line\InsetSpace ~
+Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Clear\InsetSpace ~
+Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Clear\InsetSpace ~
+Double\InsetSpace ~
+Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List / TOC
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
+ The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:toc"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Index"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nomenclature"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Float
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Note
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Notes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Branch
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Branches"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+File
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "External Material"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
+ How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
+\emph on
+External Stuff
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Box
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Boxes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Minipages"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Citation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cross-Reference
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Label
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Caption
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Captions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Longtables ! Caption"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
+ Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, cations in longtables are described in section
+\emph on
+Longtable Captions
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Index"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Entry
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Nomenclature"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a table.
+ Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Tables"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Graphics
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a graphic.
+ Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Graphics"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URL
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:URL"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Footnote
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Footnotes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Marginal Note
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Short Title
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+TeX Code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Program Listing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Program listings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a program listings box.
+ Program listings are explained in chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Date
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts the actual date in the following form: month/day/year
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The format is independent of the document language.
+ LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
+
+\emph on
+External Material
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There the different methods are also compared.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The Navigate Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! Navigate"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
+ the current document.
+ This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The Navigate menu also offers to
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bookmarks
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
+ This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
+ to jump e.g.
+ between section\InsetSpace ~
+2.5 and 6.3.
+ To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
+2.5 and use the menu
+
+\family sans
+Save\InsetSpace ~
+Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
+1
+\family default
+.
+ Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
+6.3 and use
+\family sans
+Save\InsetSpace ~
+Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
+
+\family default
+2.
+ Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
+ the key bindings
+\family sans
+C-1
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+C-2
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
+ The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
+ cursor position.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Go to Label
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
+ Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
+ on a cross-reference box.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The Document Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! Document"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Change Tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX Log
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
+ enabled.
+ It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
+
+\emph on
+Experts
+\emph default
+ will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Start Appendix Here
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
+ position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Appendices"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Compressed
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Un/compresses the actual document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
+ document.
+ You can save your document settings as default with the
+\family sans
+Save as Document Defaults
+\family default
+ button in the dialog.
+ This will create a template named
+\family typewriter
+default.lyx
+\family default
+ which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
+ using a template.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Document Class
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
+ Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Document-Classes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
+ When using
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
+ It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Fonts
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Text Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
+ skips.
+ The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
+ That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
+
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Page Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Page Margins
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Margins"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Language
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Language ! Encoding"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The document language and quote styles are set here.
+ The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
+ LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
+ All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
+ be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
+ known for a particular character).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The known commands are defined in a text file.
+ You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
+
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for details.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use the option
+\family sans
+use language's default encoding
+\family default
+, LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
+ this text.
+ If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
+ than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
+ If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
+ exactly one encoding.
+ Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
+\family sans
+XeTeX
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
+ It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
+ encoding.
+ More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "XeTeX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (see below).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
+ lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
+ If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
+ for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
+ Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
+ so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
+ with
+\family sans
+use language's default encoding
+\family default
+ (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
+ a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
+ because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is a list with the important encodings:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
+default Same as
+\family sans
+use language's default encoding
+\family default
+, but the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is not used.
+ You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+armscii8 encoding for Armenian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
+ file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
+13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
+ Serbian, and Ukrainian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
+ Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
+ Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
+ replaced by latin9
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
+ Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
+ Turkish
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
+ where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
+ the euro currency sign, the
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+oe
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
+ be the replacement for latin1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+ (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
+\family sans
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "XeTeX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Numbering & TOC
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
+\series bold
+natbib
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+jurabib
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Math Options
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
+\series bold
+amsmath
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
+esint
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+amsmath
+\series default
+ is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+ assure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+esint
+\series default
+ is used for special integral characters.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Float Placement
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The float placement options are described in section
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Bullets
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
+ The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Itemize"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Branches
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Branches"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX Preamble
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
+ to define LaTeX-commands.
+ The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
+ You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
+ do.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The Tools Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! Tools"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Spellchecker
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Thesaurus
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Thesaurus"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Count Words
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Word count"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
+ part.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX Information
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "TeX Information"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Reconfigure
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu reconfigures LyX.
+ That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Preferences
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The Help Menu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Menu ! Help"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
+ menus.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Kopieren
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
+Configuration
+\family default
+ shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
+ found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Toolbars
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Toolbars"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Toolbars"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
+ This is described in the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Standard Toolbar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Toolbar ! Standard"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
+ width 100col%
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
+ buttons:
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+LTleft}{0pt}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
+ See the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual for more information.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
+ clip
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace -10mm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align left
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/paste.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+ filename ../images/buffer-new.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einfügen
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 24bp 24bp
+ filename ../images/file-open.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Suchen & Ersetzen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- (
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Strg+F
-\family default
-)
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Open
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/font-emph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/buffer-write.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Hervorhebung
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Alt+Z+H
-\family default
-,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Strg+E
-\family default
-)
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Save
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/font-noun.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Kapitälchen
-\family default
- (
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Alt+Z+K
-\family default
-)
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Print
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/font-free-apply.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-: wenn Sie über
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-Textstil
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
- den voreingestellten Font geändert haben, können Sie mit einem Klick auf
- diesen Knopf einzelne Worte oder markierten Text damit formatieren.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-:
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Eingebettete Formel (Strg+M)
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/undo.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Grafik\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Undo
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/redo.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabelle\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Redo
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/cut.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Gliederung"
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gliederung
-\family default
-.
- Hiermit schalten Sie die Gliederung an, die dann im linken Teil des LyX-Fenster
-s erscheint.
- Ein weiterer Klick auf den Knopf läßt die Gliederung wieder verschwinden.
- Die Gliederung zeigt zunächst das Inhaltsverzeichnis, aber Sie können auch
- andere auswählen.
-\newline
-Am unteren Rand gibt es einen Schieberegler, mit dem Sie
- die Anzeigetiefe ändern können.
- Außerdem sind dort fünf Knöpfe mit folgender Bedeutung:
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cut
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/reload.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/copy.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-: aktualisiert das Verzeichnis
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Copy
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/promote.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/paste.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-: schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element um eine Stufe nach oben (z,\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-B.\InsetSpace \space{}
-von
- 1.2.3 nach 1.3.
- Alle folgenden Gliederungs-Elemente werden angepasst.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/demote.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-: schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element um eine Stufe nach unten (z,\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-B.\InsetSpace \space{}
-von
- 1.2 nach 1.2.1.
- Alle folgenden Gliederungs-Elemente werden angepasst.
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/down.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 22bp 22bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-: schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element nach unten.
- Die Gliederung wird angepasst.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/up.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-: schiebt das ausgewählte Gliederungs-Element nach oben.
- Die Gliederung wird angepasst.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die letzten vier Knöpfe erleichtern das Verschieben von Textteilen, sofern
- es sich um ganze Abschnitte und ähnliches handelt.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-: schaltet die Mathe-Werkzeugleiste an und aus.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+&\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+Replace
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-: schaltet die Tabellen-Werkzeugleiste an und aus.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Extra-Werkzeugleiste
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Emphasize text, function of the Edit
\family sans
-Standard
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\family default
--Umgebung
+ dialog
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Aufzählung
-\family default
--Umgebung
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
\family sans
-Auflistung
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\family default
--Umgebung
+ dialog
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_List.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
--Umgebung
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Formats text using the current settings in the
\family sans
-Beschreibung
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\family default
--Umgebung
+ dialog
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-: Schachtelungstiefe erhöhen
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-: Schachtelungstiefe verringern
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inline\InsetSpace ~
+Formula
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-Abbildung
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Tabelle
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/label-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marke
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Querverweis
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Zitat
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/index-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toggle outline window on/off,
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Stichwort
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "Stichwort"
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Outline
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-: Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fußnote
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Randnotiz
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toggle math toolbar on/off
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/note-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Notiz\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ly
-\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toggle table toolbar on/off
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X-Notiz
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/url-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Extra Toolbar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Toolbar ! Extra"
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
+ width 100col%
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Te
-\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
-{}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
+ buttons:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-X-Code
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-Strg+L
-\family default
-)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "LaTeX-Code-einfügen"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\newline
-Siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Werkzeugleiste"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/layout.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-, Punkt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "LaTeX-Code-einfügen"
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Default
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Unterdokument
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-: Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
- und Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Unterdokument"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 4bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-: Textstil
+\begin_layout Standard
+Numbered list
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/layout_Itemize.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-: Absatz-Einstellungen
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-: Inhaltsverzeichnis anzeigen
+\begin_layout Standard
+Itemized list
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ansicht/Aktualisierung-Werkzeugleiste
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/layout_List.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-DVI
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Aktualisieren
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-DVI
+\begin_layout Standard
+List
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/layout_Description.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-PDF (pdflatex)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Aktualisieren
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-PDF (pdflatex)
+\begin_layout Standard
+Description list
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-:
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family sans
-Postscript
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\family sans
-Ansicht
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Aktualisieren
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Postscript
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Increase\InsetSpace ~
+List\InsetSpace ~
+Depth
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Änderungs-Werkzeugleiste
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Aenderungsverfolgung"
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Mathe-Kontrollflächen
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Decrease\InsetSpace ~
+List\InsetSpace ~
+Depth
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mathe-Kontrollflächen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/float-insert_figure.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Mathe-
-\family sans
-Werkzeugleiste
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mathe-Kontrollflächen"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Tabellen-
\family sans
-Werkzeugleiste
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tabellen-Einstellungen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/float-insert_table.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Datei
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Versions
-\family default
-k
-\family sans
-ontrolle
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Versionskontrolle"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Registrieren\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Importieren\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Datei!importieren"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Datei!exportieren"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\emph default
- Welche Typen in der Liste auftauchen, hängt davon ab, welche Pakete zusätzlich
- zu LyX und LaTeX geladen wurden.
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Faxen
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Das bearbeitete Dokument wird zunächst in eine PostScript®-Datei formatiert
- und zwischengespeichert.
- Dann wird ein Programm aufgerufen, mit dem diese zwischengespeicherte PostScrip
-t®-Datei gefaxt werden kann.
- Das Programm haben Sie
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-oder LyX
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-unter
-\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Konverter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript\InsetSpace ~
-->\InsetSpace ~
-Fax
-\family default
- festgelegt.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Neues Fenster
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Dieser Befehl öffnet ein neues LyX-Fenster mit allen bis jetzt geöffneten
- Dokumenten.
- Sie können die Dokumente in beiden Fenstern bearbeiten, und die Änderungen
- werden ins jeweils andere Fenster übernommen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fenster schließen
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index\InsetSpace ~
+Entry
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dieser Befehl schließt eines von mehreren LyX-Fenstern.
- Ist nur eins geöffnet, ist der Befehl deaktiviert.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Section
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
-\family sans
-Bearbeiten
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\family sans
-Einfügen (vorherige Auswahl)
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Hier finden Sie eine Liste der letzten zehn kopierten (
+
\family sans
-Strg+C
-\family default
-) Objekte, von denen Sie eines auswählen können.
- Das wird dann an der Cursor-Position eingefügt.
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
+Entry
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Einfügen ( speziell)
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\family sans
-Einfacher Text (Strg+Umschalt+V)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-Einfacher Text, Zeilen verbinden
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Footnote
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Auswahl (Strg+Alt+V)
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\family sans
-Auswahl, Zeilen verbinden
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Eingebettet Objekte
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Alles auswählen (Strg+A)
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Marginal\InsetSpace ~
+Note
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Markiert wie üblich das ganze Dokument.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\family sans
-Absatz nach oben/unten verschieben (Alt+Hoch/Runter)
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit können Sie Abschnitte, in denen der Cursor steht, nach oben und unten
- verschieben.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Textstil
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LyX\InsetSpace ~
+Note
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Benutzerdefiniert
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Das ist das Gleiche, als wenn Sie auf
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 22bp 22bp
+ filename ../images/url-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
- klicken.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Große Anfangsbuchstaben (Alt+Z
-\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn der Cursor am Anfang eines Wortes oder in einem Wort steht, wird der
- Buchstabe rechts davon groß geschrieben.
- Wenn Sie mehrere Worte markiert haben.
- werden alle Anfangsbuchstaben groß geschrieben.
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+URL
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Großbuchstaben (Alt+Z
-\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn der Cursor am Anfang eines Wortes oder in einem Wort steht, werden
- alle Buchstaben rechts davon groß geschrieben.
- Wenn Sie mehrere Worte markiert haben.
- wird alles Markierte groß geschrieben.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Kleinbuchstaben (Alt+Z Runter
-\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn der Cursor am Anfang eines Wortes oder in einem Wort steht, werden
- alle Buchstaben rechts davon klein geschrieben.
- Wenn Sie mehrere Worte markiert haben.
- wird alles Markierte klein geschrieben.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Weitere Menüs
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Menüs unter dem letzten Trennstrich erscheinen kontextabhängig, das
- heißt sie sind nur zu sehen, wenn der Cursor im entsprechenden Objekt steht.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
\family sans
-Ans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+T
\family default
-i
-\family sans
-cht
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Alle Einfügungen öffnen/schließen
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Das ist selbsterklärend.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Quelle ansehen
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In einem Fenster
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-wird der Paragraph, in dem der Cursor steht, so dargestellt, wie er in der
- .
-\family typewriter
-lyx
-\family default
--Datei gespeichert wird.
- Sie müssen also keinen Editor dafür aufrufen.
- Außerdem können Sie dort ankreuzen, dass Sie das gesamte Dokument sehen
- wollen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
\family sans
-Aktualisieren
+eX
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-DVI (Strg+Umschalt
-\family sans
-+
-\family default
-D)
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Aktualisieren der DVI-Vorschau (
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\family sans
-PDF (dvipdf
-\family default
-m
-\family sans
-),
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PDF!dvipdfm"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
- PDF (pdf
-\family default
-l
\family sans
-atex)
-\family default
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PDF!pdflatex"
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Child\InsetSpace ~
+Document
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- und
-\family sans
-PDF (ps2pdf)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PDF!ps2pdf"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show_character.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Aktualisieren der verschiedenen
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-PDF-Vorschauen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Postscript (Strg+Umschalt
\family sans
-+
-\family default
-T)
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Aktualisieren der Postscript-Vorschau (
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/layout-paragraph.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-DVI
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-(Strg+D)
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
+Settings
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Die DVI-Vorschau starten (
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-PDF (dvipdf
-\family default
-m
-\family sans
-), PDF (pdf
-\family default
-l
-\family sans
-atex) und PDF (pdf
-\family default
-l
-\family sans
-atex)
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thesaurus
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die verschiedenen PDF-Vorschauen starten.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+View / Update Toolbar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-Postscript (Strg+T)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Postscript-Vorschau starten (
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
+ filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
\end_inset
-)
-\emph on
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Außerdem werden unten alle geöffneten Dokumente aufgelistet, und das gerade
- bearbeitete ist angekreuzt.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Werkzeugleisten
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hier können Sie ankreuzen, welche der Werkeugleisten Standard, Ansicht/Aktualisi
-erung, Extra, Überarbeitung, Tabelle, Mathe-Kontrollflächen, Mathe und Befehlspu
-ffer Sie sehen wollen.
+The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
+ following buttons:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Einfügen
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases/AMS align, alignat, f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-lalign, gather und multline-Um\SpecialChar \-
-gebung
-\begin_inset OptArg
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Mathe
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Menüpunkte sind noch nirgends näher beschrieben außer in
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://www.ams.org"
+
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, aber Sie können sie ruhig ausprobieren.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Sonderzeichen
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\end_inset
-\family default
- \SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Phonetische Symbole
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Hierfür benötigen Sie das LaTeX-Paket
-\family typewriter
-tipa.sty
-\family default
-, das für Linguisten geschrieben wurde.
- Das
-\family typewriter
-tipa
-\family default
--Paket bietet eine bestimmte (sehr praktische) Art der Kurz-Notation, die
- man hier verwenden muss.
- Ein großes E beispielsweise steht für das phonetische Symbol
-\emph on
-Epsilon
-\emph default
-, das Zeichen @ für das
-\emph on
-Schwa
-\emph default
-.
- Gibt man zum Beispiel
-\family typewriter
-dZEsbEnt
-\family default
- ein, dann erhält man die phonetische Notation für
-\emph on
-Jazzband
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
\family sans
-Gleit
-\family default
-o
-\family sans
-bjekt
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Algorithmus
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Algorithmus"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Eingebettet Objekte
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Umflossenes Gleitobjekt
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Zweig
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dies geht nur, wenn Sie für Ihr Dokument mindestens einen Zweig definiert
- haben (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zweige"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\family sans
-Datei
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Ly
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
+ functionality is merged with
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF
+\family default
+.
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X
-\family sans
--Dokument
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Damit können Sie ein anderes LyX-Dokument in ein bestehendes LyX-Dokument
- direkt einfügen.
- Die Dokumentklasse des eingesetzten Dokuments geht allerdings verloren.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Einfacher Text
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Text!-datei"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
- als Zeilen/Absätze
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Postscript
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Funktioniert genauso wie
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Importieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-ASCII\InsetSpace ~
-Text\InsetSpace ~
-als\InsetSpace ~
-Zeilen/Absätze
-\family default
- (siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.xpm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-).
- Die Texte werden direkt eingefügt.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Postscript
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Externes Material
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Other Toolbars
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit können Sie Bitmap-Dateien mit unterschiedlichen Dateitypen einfügen:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-ChessDiagram sind Bilder mit der Endung .
-\family typewriter
-fen
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Description
-Datum fügt das heutige Datum ein.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
-\begin_layout Description
-LilyPond
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-RasterImage sind Bitmap-Dateien mit der Endung .
-\family typewriter
-gif
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-png
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-jpg
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-bmp
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-pbm
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-ppm
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-tga
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-tif
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-xpm
-\family default
-, .
-\family typewriter
-xbm
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+, the table toolbar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Toolbar ! Table"
-\begin_layout Description
-Xfig fügt ein Xfig-Bild ein
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ausführliche Erläuterungen finden Sie in
+ is explained in the
\emph on
- Eingebettete
+Embedded Objects
\emph default
-
-\emph on
-Objekte
-\emph default
-, Externes Material.
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
+\begin_layout Chapter
+The
\family sans
-Unterdokument
+Preferences
\family default
-
+ Dialog
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Unterdokument"
+name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Damit können Sie mehrere
-\family typewriter
-.lyx
-\family default
--Dateien in einem Dokument zusammenfassen, ohne diese in das Hauptdokument
- einzufügen.
- Dieses Handbuch wäre dafür geeignet, denn zum Bearbeiten müsste man nur
- relativ kleine Dokumente öffnen.
- Unterdokumente werden nicht direkt eingefügt, sondern erscheinen als graue
- Schaltflächen.
- Siehe auch
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen
-\emph default
-, Mehrteilige Dokumente, und
-\emph on
-Eingebettete
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-Objekte
-\emph default
-, Unterdokumente.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\family sans
-Box
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Box"
+name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-
+The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences.
+ It consists of submenus explained in the following.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_layout Section
+Look and Feel
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Stich
-\family default
-w
-\family sans
-ort
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Stichwort"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+User Interface
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:ui"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Customization ! of toolbars"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenklatureintrag
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Nomenklatur"
+name "Customization ! of menus"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\family sans
-Te
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X
-\family sans
--Code
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "TeX"
-
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Siehe Abschnitt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Werkzeugleiste"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+User Interface File
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Customization ! of toolbars"
\end_inset
-, Punkt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "LaTeX-Code-einfügen"
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Customization ! of menus"
\end_inset
- und
-\emph on
-Handbuchergänzungen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Programmlisting
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Der Text, den Sie im Feld Listing eingeben, wird in LyX mit dem Schreibmaschinen
-font dargestellt und ohne Zeilenumbrüche gesperrt gedruckt, sofern Sie in
- der Eingabe selber keine machen.
- Beispiel:
+The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
+ interface (ui) file.
+ An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
+ The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
+\shape italic
+stdtoolbars.inc
+\shape default
+ and
+\shape italic
+stdmenus.inc
+\shape default
+, respectively.
+ To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
+ files and edit the entries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset listings
-inline false
-status collapsed
+The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
+\family sans
+Menubar
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Menu
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Toolbar
+\family default
+ entries must be ended with an explicit
+\family sans
+End
+\family default
+.
+ They may contain
+\family sans
+Submenus
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Items
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+OptItems
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Separators
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Icons,
+\family default
+ and in the case of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+file
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ menus a
+\family sans
+Lastfiles
+\family default
+ entry.
+ The syntax for the entries is:
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
+\end_inset
-Der Text, den Sie im Feld Listing eingeben,
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Item
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-wird in LyX mit dem Schreibmaschinenfont dargestellt und ohne Zeilenumbrüche
- gedruckt, sofern Sie in der Eingabe selber keine machen.
-\end_layout
+menu or button name
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+LyX-function
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Datum
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das eingefügte Datum wird so erscheinen, wie Sie es festgelegt haben (siehe
- Anhang\InsetSpace \space{}
+\noindent
+\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Datumsformat"
+All LyX-functions are listed in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "LyX-func"
\end_inset
-).
- Beispiel: Mittwoch, 29.
- August 2007.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Navigieren
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+An example: Assuming you use the menu
\family sans
-Lesezeichen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lesezeichen"
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bookmarks
+\family default
+ quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
+ line
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
+\series bold
+Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit können Sie Lesezeichen setzen
-\family sans
-,
-\family default
-löschen und dorthin gehen.
-\end_layout
+\noindent
+\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
+to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Nächste Notiz
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bind-File
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notiz!nächste"
+name "Bindings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit gelangen Sie von einer Notiz zur nächsten.
+Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
+ Several binding files are available:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\family sans
-Nächste Änderung
+\begin_layout Description
+cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Damit gelangen Sie von einer Änderung zur nächsten, wenn Sie die Änderungsverfol
-gung entsprechend Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-
+\begin_layout Description
+(x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
\family sans
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Aenderungsverfolgung"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Emacs
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+XEmacs
\family default
- aktiviert haben.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nächster Querverweis
+\begin_layout Description
+mac.bind set of bindings for Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+OS systems.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit gelangen Sie von einem Querverweis
-\family sans
+There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
+\shape italic
+broadway.bind
+\shape default
+, and bind files for special languages.
+ The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
-\family default
-oder einer Marke zum/zur nächsten.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Gehe zur Marke (Strg+>)
-\end_layout
+pt
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie mit
-\family sans
-Nächster\InsetSpace \space{}
-Querverweis
-\family default
- bei einem gelandet sind, können Sie hiermit zur Marke gelangen.
+ for Portuguese.
+ If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
+ bind-file.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Abbildungs-, Tabellen-, Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some bind-files, like
+\emph on
+math.bind
+\emph default
+, have only a small scope.
+ When looking at the the end of the file
+\shape italic
+cua.bind
+\shape default
+, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit können Sie durch
-\family sans
-A
-\family default
-nklicken zu einem in den Verzeichnissen genannten Punkt gehen.
+If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
+s with a text editor.
+ The syntax of the entries is:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Dokument
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dokument!-menü@-Menü"
+\series bold
+\backslash
+bind
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+key combination
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX-function
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-LaTe
-\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
-\end_layout
+All LyX-functions are listed in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "LyX-func"
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-X-Protokoll
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dieses Protokoll enthält alle Ausgaben der LaTeX-Läufe, wenn Sie eine Druckvorsc
-hau erstellen usw.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Komprimiert
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Session
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie diesen Menüpunkt ankreuzen
+When the option
\family sans
-,
-\family default
- wird das Dokument in komprimierter Form gespeichert, bleibt aber trotzdem
- eine .
-\family typewriter
-lyx
+Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+/\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+restore window size, or use fixed size
\family default
--Datei.
+ is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
+ is started.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the option
\family sans
-Werkzeuge
+Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+/\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+restore window position
+\family default
+ LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
\family sans
-Wörter zählen
+Restore cursor positions
+\family default
+ sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
+ time.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Zählt die Wörter im Dokument oder der Auswahl, die Sie getroffen haben.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
+The option
\family sans
-Te
+Load opened files from last session
\family default
+ opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Documents
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Backup documents"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Backup ! Documents"
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X prüfen
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das ist etwas für LaTeX-Profis.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
+When the option
\family sans
-Te
+Backup documents
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+ is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-X
+Maximum last files
\family default
--
+ is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
+
\family sans
-Informationen
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Open\InsetSpace ~
+Recent
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Scrolling
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Zeigt Informationen über die vorhandenen
+The option
\family sans
-LaTe
+Cursor follows scrollbar
\family default
+ sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
+ scrolling.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Screen Fonts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Font ! Screen"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-X-Klassen
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-LaTe
-\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This section only deals with the fonts
+\emph on
+inside
+\emph default
+ the LyX window.
+ The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
+ set in the menu
\family sans
-X-Stile
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-BibTe
+Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X-Stile
-\family default
-, zeigt den Inhalt einer ausgewählten Datei an und liest die Informationen
- auf Wunsch neu ein.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, LyX uses
+\family typewriter
+Times
+\family default
+ as roman (serif) font,
+\family typewriter
+Arial
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+Helvetica
+\family default
+ (depends on the system) as
\family sans
-Neu konfigurieren
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
+\family default
+ font, and
+\family typewriter
+Courier
+\family default
+ as
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Liest alle für die Konfiguration von LyX erforderlichen Informationen neu
- ein und konfiguriert LyX.
- Danach ist ein Neustart notwendig.
+You can change the font size with the
+\family sans
+Zoom
+\family default
+ setting.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Screen DPI
+\family default
+ is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
+ The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
+ 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Danksagung
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Danksagung"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Eine Liste der LyX-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-
-Mitarbeiter
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
-
- und ihre Beiträge finden Sie unter
+The default
\family sans
-Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Über\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Font Sizes
+\family default
+ are the same as if a document font size of 10
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+pt would be used.
+ The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
\end_inset
-X\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ruhm\InsetSpace \space{}
-und\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ehre
-\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-\start_of_appendix
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Colors
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+You can here change all colors used by LyX.
+ Choose an item in the list and use the
+\family sans
+Alter
+\family default
+ button.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-X-Einstellungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "LyX-Einstellungen"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Graphics
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In diesem Kapitel werden die Möglichkeiten des Menüs
-\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\family default
- beschrieben, sofern das nicht bereits geschehen ist.
- Dann wird nur noch darauf verwiesen.
- Wenn Sie auf diesen Menüpunkt klicken, wird das Fenster
\family sans
-Ly
+Instant Preview
\family default
+ enables previewing snippets of your document.
+ This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Keyboard Map
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Keyboard Map"
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-X: Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen
-\family default
- geöffnet.
- Der Baum im linken Teilfenster zeigt, was alles eingestellt werden kann.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-begin{sloppypar}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
+ For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
+ If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace ~
+a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
+ one, you can use the keyboard map file named
+\emph on
+romanian.kmap
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Description
-Aussehen
-\family sans
\series bold
-\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Handhabung
+Note:
+\series default
+ Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Benutzerschnittstelle enthält folgende Einstellmöglichkeiten:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-GUI-Datei Der Standard ist
-\family sans
-default
-\family default
-, aber wenn Sie auf
-\family sans
-Durchsuchen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\family default
- klicken, werden Ihnen weitere Dateien angeboten.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Tastaturkürzel-Datei Der Standard-Einstellung ist
-\family sans
-cua
-\family default
-, aber wenn Sie auf
-\family sans
-Durch\SpecialChar \-
-suchen...
+\begin_layout Section
+Paths
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Directory settings"
+
+\end_inset
-\family default
- klicken, werden Ihnen weitere Dateien angeboten.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Sitzung
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Fenstergröße\InsetSpace ~
-speichern/wieder\InsetSpace \space{}
-herstellen\InsetSpace \space{}
-oder\InsetSpace \space{}
-feste\InsetSpace \space{}
-Größe
+Working\InsetSpace ~
+directory This is LyX's working directory.
+ It is the default when you
\family sans
-\series bold
-ver\SpecialChar \-
-wen\SpecialChar \-
-den
+Open
\family default
-\series default
- Wenn dieser Parameter nicht angekreuzt ist, können Sie die LyX-Fenstergröße
- über
+,
\family sans
-Breite
+Save
\family default
- und
+ or
\family sans
-Höhe
+Save\InsetSpace ~
+as
\family default
- festlegen.
+ files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Fensterposition\InsetSpace ~
-speichern/wieder\InsetSpace ~
-herstellen Wenn dieser Parameter ange\SpecialChar \-
-kreuzt
- ist, wird das LyX-Fenster dort geöffnet, wo es beim letzten Mal war.
+Document\InsetSpace ~
+templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New\InsetSpace ~
+from\InsetSpace ~
+Template
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Cursor-Positionen\InsetSpace ~
-wieder\InsetSpace ~
-herstellen Wenn dieser Parameter an\SpecialChar \-
-ge\SpecialChar \-
-kreuzt ist,
- wird der Cursor dort positioniert, wo er beim letzten Mal war.
-\end_layout
+Backup\InsetSpace ~
+directory
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Backup ! Directory"
-\begin_layout Description
-Geöffnete\InsetSpace ~
-Dateien\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-letzten\InsetSpace ~
-Sitzung\InsetSpace ~
-laden ist selbsterklärend und hilfreich,
- wenn man längere Zeit mit denselben Dateien arbeitet.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Dokumente
-\end_layout
+ Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
+ When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Sicherung\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Dokumente Hier können Sie die automatische Datensicherung während
- einer Sitzung (de)aktivieren und das Zeitintervall, in dem das passieren
- soll.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Backup documents"
-\begin_layout Description
-Maximale\InsetSpace ~
-Anzahl\InsetSpace ~
-letzter\InsetSpace ~
-Dateien Außerdem können Sie angeben, wie viele Dateien
- LyX maximal anzeigen soll.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Bilddurchlauf
-\end_layout
+, the
+\family sans
+Working directory
+\family default
+ will be used to save the backups.
+\newline
+The backup files have the ending
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Cursor\InsetSpace ~
-folgt\InsetSpace ~
-Rollbalken Wenn der Cursor aus dem Fenster zu verschwinden droht,
- wird er nachgeführt.
+.lyx~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Bildschirmschriften
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Bildschirmschriften"
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- Hier legen Sie die von LyX zur
-\emph on
-Darstellung
-\emph default
- verwendeten Schriften und damit verbundene Daten fest.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Roman Auswahl einer Schrift mit Serifen.
- Sie können natürlich auch eine serifenfreie oder Schreibmachinenschrift
- auswählen, aber das macht wenig Sinn.
- Sinn macht auf jeden Fall, Schriften aus derselben Gruppe zu wählen.
- Dann sind die Größenverhältnisse untereinander gewahrt.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Serifenfrei Auswahl einer serifenfreien Schrift.
-\end_layout
+XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
+ This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
+\newline
-\begin_layout Description
-Schreibmaschine Auswahl einer Schrift mit festen Abständen.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\begin_layout Description
-Vergrößerung\InsetSpace ~
-% Hiermit können Sie die Größe der dargestellten Schriften festlegen
-, je nachdem, ob sie Ihnen zu groß oder zu klein erscheinen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bildschirm\InsetSpace ~
-DPI Hiermit können Sie die Auflösung der Bildschirmschriften festlegen.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Schriftgrößen Hier können Sie die Größenverhältnisse der zehn verschiedenen,
- von LaTeX her bekannten, Schriftgrößen untereinander festlegen.
- Vielleicht macht es bei manchen Monitoren Sinn, die Größenverhältnisse
- zu ändern.
+Temporary\InsetSpace ~
+directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Farben Hier können Sie die Farben der verschiedenen LyX-Elemente ändern.
- Probieren Sie es, wenn Ihnen die eine oder andere Farbe nicht gefällt.
- Dabei wird nur die erste Änderung mit Übernehmen durchgeführt.
- Ab der zweiten müssen Sie die Änderung speichern und LyX neu starten.
- In der Dokumentation wird aber immer auf die Standardfarben Bezug genommen.
-\hfill
-x
+PATH\InsetSpace ~
+prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
+ When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
+ to find it on the system.
+ The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
+ LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
+ On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+/\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
+ are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
+ path ($PATH).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Farben In diesem Unterfenster werden die von LyX verwendeten Farben für
- folgende Elemente definiert:
+\begin_layout Section
+Identity
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Abstandsmarkierungen ist die Farbe, in der zum Beispiel ein
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
- dargestellt wird, siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can insert your name and email address.
+ The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "HFill"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
\end_inset
-.
+, to mark changes you make as yours.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Anhangskennzeichnung ist die Farbe für die Trennlinie zwischen Dokument
- und Anhang, siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Danksagung"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\begin_layout Section
+Language Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Auswahl ist die Hintergrundfarbe für markierten Text.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Language
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Balken\InsetSpace ~
-für\InsetSpace ~
-Tiefe ist die Farbe der Linien, die Sie hier links sehen.
+Default\InsetSpace ~
+language is the language used in new documents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Balken\InsetSpace ~
-für\InsetSpace ~
-Änderung ist die Farbe, mit der Änderungen angezeigt werden, wenn
- Sie unter
+Language\InsetSpace ~
+package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
+ language issues.
+ The default is the LaTeX-command
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-verfolgen
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{babel}
\family default
- angekreuzt haben.
-\end_layout
+ that loads the package
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Befehlseinfügung Wenn Sie zum Beispiel einen URL einfügen, können Sie hiermit
- die Farbe der Beschriftung ändern.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Description
-Befehlseinfügung\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) Wenn Sie zum Beispiel einen URL einfügen,
- können Sie hiermit die Farbe des Hintergrundes ändern, falls das zusehen
- ist.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
-\begin_layout Description
-Befehlseinfügung\InsetSpace ~
-(Rahmen) Wenn Sie zum Beispiel einen URL einfügen, können
- Sie hiermit die Farbe des Rahmens ändern, falls das zusehen ist.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Cursor ist die Cursorfarbe.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Einfügung\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) wird nicht benutzt
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Einfügung\InsetSpace ~
-(Rahmen) ???
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Einklappbare\InsetSpace ~
-Einfügung\InsetSpace ~
-(Rahmen) ist die Farbe, mit der der Text einer einklappbare
-n Einfügung -- zum Beispiel eine Fußnote -- umrahmt wird.
+\newline
+The
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
+ the document language.
+ A text label is for instance the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Table
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ at the beginning of every table-caption.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Einklappbare\InsetSpace ~
-Einfügung\InsetSpace ~
-(Text) ist die Farbe, mit der der Name einer einklappbaren
- Einfügung -- zum Beispiel eine
+Command\InsetSpace ~
+start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
+ document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
+ An example is the start command
\family sans
-Fußnote
+
+\backslash
+begin{arabtext}
\family default
- -- geschrieben wird.
+ that is needed to write Arabic using the package
+\series bold
+ArabTeX
+\series default
+, see
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "Arabic"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Gelöschter\InsetSpace ~
-Text ist die Farbe, mit der gelöschter Text angezeigt wird, wenn
- Sie unter
+Command\InsetSpace ~
+end Counterpart to
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung
+Command start
\family default
-
-\family sans
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-verfolgen
-\family default
- angekreuzt haben.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Grafik\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) ist die Farbe, mit der zum Beispiel der Hintergrund
- von Schaltköpfen in LyX dargestellt wird.
+.
+ Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
+ command toggles the package on and off.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Grauschrift-Einfügung ist die Farbe, mit der das Wort
-\emph on
-Grauschrift
-\emph default
- bei einer Grauschrift-Notiz geschrieben wird.
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+babel Whether babel is used or not.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Grauschrift-Einfügung\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) ist die Farbe, mit der das Wort
-\emph on
-Grauschrift
-\emph default
- bei einer Grauschrift-Notiz hinterlegt wird.
+Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
+ be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
+ used by all LaTeX-packages.
+ Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ package.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Hintergrund ist die Hintergrundfarbe des LyX-Fensters.
+Auto\InsetSpace ~
+begin ??
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Hinzugefügter\InsetSpace ~
-Text ist die Farbe, mit der neuer Text angezeigt wird, wenn
- Sie unter
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Änderungsverfolgung
-\family default
-
+Auto\InsetSpace ~
+end Counterpart to
\family sans
-Änderungen\InsetSpace \space{}
-verfolgen
+Auto\InsetSpace ~
+begin
\family default
- angekreuzt haben.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Knopf\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund\InsetSpace ~
-bei\InsetSpace ~
-Fokus) ist die Farbe, mit der zum Beispiel der Hintergrund
- von Einfügungen wie LyX-Code oder URL dargestellt wird, wenn der Cursor
- darauf zeigt.
+Mark\InsetSpace ~
+foreign\InsetSpace ~
+languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
+ the document language will be underlined blue.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Knopf\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) ist die Farbe, mit der zum Beispiel der Hintergrund von
- Einfügungen wie LyX-Code oder URL dargestellt wird, wenn der Cursor nicht
- darauf zeigt.
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+left\InsetSpace ~
+language\InsetSpace ~
+support Enables the use of languages, written from right
+ to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Knopf\InsetSpace ~
-(Rahmen) ist die Farbe, mit der der Rahmen solcher Einfügungen gezeichnet
- wird.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Spellchecker
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Kommentar ist die Farbe, mit der das Wort
-\emph on
-Kommentar
-\emph default
- bei einer Kommentar-Notiz geschrieben wird.
+\begin_layout Standard
+The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Kommentar\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) ist die Farbe, mit der das Wort
-\emph on
-Kommentar
-\emph default
- bei einer Kommentar-Notiz hinterlegt wird.
+\begin_layout Section
+Outputs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printer
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Printer"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Printer Settings"
\end_inset
-X-Fehler ???
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Default\InsetSpace ~
+printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
+ The name will be used when the
+\family sans
+Printer command
+\family default
+ is executed.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-{}
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
+ no effect.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X-Text ist die Farbe, mit der das Wort
-\emph on
-ERT
-\emph default
- geschrieben wird, wenn Sie auf
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
- BoundingBox 0bp 6bp 20bp 20bp
-
-\end_inset
- klicken.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Legende\InsetSpace ~
-(Rahmen) ist die Farbe, mit der eine Legende (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+Adapt\InsetSpace ~
+output\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+printer This option works only for the
+\family sans
+Printer command
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Legende,-Legende-oben-unten"
+\family sans
+dvips
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) umrandet wird.
+.
+ It activates a configuration file for dvips.
+ This is an option only for dvips experts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Mathe ist die Farbe, mit der ein mathematischer Ausdruck geschrieben wird.
+Printer\InsetSpace ~
+command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+/\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+LaTeX uses for printing.
+ The default is on most systems
+\family sans
+dvips
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Mathe\InsetSpace ~
-(Ecken) ist die Farbe, mit der ein mathematischer Ausdruck an den Ecken
-
-\emph on
-eingerahmt
-\emph default
- wird, wenn der Cursor
-\emph on
-nicht im Ausdruck
-\emph default
- steht.
- Wenn Sie mathematische Ausdrück in LyX leichter erkennen wollen, sollten
- Sie diese Farbe ändern.
+Printer\InsetSpace ~
+Command\InsetSpace ~
+Options Here you can specify printer options.
+ A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
+ of the program that provides the
+\family sans
+Printer command
+\family default
+ you are using.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Mathe\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) ist die Hintergrundfarbe eines mathematischen Ausdrucks,
- wenn der Cursor
-\emph on
-nicht im Ausdruck
-\emph default
- steht.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Date Format
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Date Format"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Mathe\InsetSpace ~
-(Linie) ist die Farbe, mit der das Rechteck umrahmt ist, in das Sie
- etwas schreiben können.
+\begin_layout Standard
+The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+For example the format
+\newline
+%d/%m/%y
+\newline
+prints the date as day/month/year.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Mathe\InsetSpace ~
-(Rahmen) ist die Farbe, mit der ein mathematischer Ausdruck an den
- Ecken
-\emph on
-eingerahmt
-\emph default
- wird, wenn der Cursor
-\emph on
-im Ausdruck
-\emph default
- steht.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Plain Text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Mathe-Makro\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) ???
+Output\InsetSpace ~
+line\InsetSpace ~
+length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
+ when using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+text
+\family default
+.
+ Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
+ line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Notiz ist die Farbe, mit der das Wort
-\emph on
-Notiz
-\emph default
- bei einer Ly
+roff\InsetSpace ~
+command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
+ with the
+\family typewriter
+groff/troff/nroff
+\family default
+ UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
+ Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-X-Notiz geschrieben wird.
+eX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Notiz\InsetSpace ~
-(Hintergrund) ist die Hintergrundfarbe für die Ly
+Te
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-X-Notiz.
-\end_layout
+X\InsetSpace ~
+encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
+
+\family sans
+T1
+\family default
+ is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
+
+\family sans
+T2A
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+T2B
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+T2C
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LCY
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+X2
+\family default
+ are for Cyrillic.
+ Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Obere/untere\InsetSpace ~
-Linie ist die Farbe, in der zum Beispiel eine horizontale Linie
- wie in Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Horizontale-Linien"
+\family sans
+T1, T2B
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- dargestellt wird
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Schattierte\InsetSpace ~
-Box ???
+.
+ The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
+ LyX sets up in the background.
+ So there is no need to change the default encoding.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Seitenumbruch ist die Farbe für die Trennlinie zwischen zwei Seiten.
+Default\InsetSpace ~
+paper\InsetSpace ~
+size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
+ The
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Sonderzeichen ist die Farbe für Sonderzeichen (Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-)
+Reset\InsetSpace ~
+class\InsetSpace ~
+options\InsetSpace ~
+when\InsetSpace ~
+document\InsetSpace ~
+classes\InsetSpace ~
+changes Removes all manually set document
+ class options in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog when changing the document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Sprache ist die Farbe, mit der Textteile unterstrichen werden, der Sie eine
- andere Sprache zugewiesen haben.
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
+\family sans
+External Applications
+\family default
+ field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
+ Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
+ manuals of the applications.
+ Currently the following commands can be set:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Tabelle\InsetSpace ~
-(Linie) ist die Farbe, mit der die Trennlinien zwischen Tabellenzellen
- gezeichnet werden.
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+CheckTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-text
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+X\InsetSpace ~
+command ??
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Tabelle\InsetSpace ~
-an/aus\InsetSpace ~
-Linie ist die Farbe, mit der die nicht vorhandenen Trennlinien
- zwischen Tabellenzellen gezeichnet werden.
-\end_layout
+BibTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Text ist die Farbe, mit der normaler Text geschrieben wird.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Description
-Unterer\InsetSpace ~
-Bereich ???
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Vorschau-Schnipsel ???
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Zeilenende-Markierung ist die Farbe, mit der ein manueller Zeilenumbruch
- dargestellt wird.
-\end_layout
+X\InsetSpace ~
+command Command for the program
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+ that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Grafik
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Grafik\InsetSpace ~
-anzeigen Hier legen Sie fest, wie Grafiken in LyX dargestellt werden
- sollen.
- Ist Ihr PC langsam, können Sie auch auf eine Darstellung verzichten.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Sofortige\InsetSpace ~
-Vorschau Hier legen Sie fest, wie schnell Grafiken in LyX dargestellt
- werden sollen.
+.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Tastatur siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zeichentabellen"
-
-\end_inset
+Index\InsetSpace ~
+command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Pfade
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Arbeitsverzeichnis Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie im Menü
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Öffnen
-\family default
- auf
+DVI\InsetSpace ~
+viewer\InsetSpace ~
+paper\InsetSpace ~
+size\InsetSpace ~
+options They only have an effect when the program
\family sans
-Dokumente
+xdvi
\family default
- klicken
+ is used as DVI-viewer.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Dokumentvorlagen Dieses Verzeichnis öffnet LyX, wenn Sie
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Neu\InsetSpace \space{}
-von\InsetSpace \space{}
-Vorlage\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paths
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
\family default
- wählen.
+ uses the Windows path style:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Sicherungsverzeichnis In diesem Verzeichnis werden Backups gespeichert.
+\begin_layout Standard
+C:
+\backslash
+test
+\backslash
+hello
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+instead of the Unix path style:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+C:/test/hello
+\end_layout
-X-Server-Weiterleitung Hier wird der Name einer Unix-Pipe angegeben.
- Über diese werden Daten aus externen Programmen an LyX gesendet.
-\newline
+\begin_layout Section
+Converters
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Beispiel
-\series default
-: Sie fügen eine Literatur-DB test.bib dem Dokument hinzu.
- Diese test.bib können Sie per
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
+ from one format to another.
+ You can modify them or create new ones.
+ To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
\family sans
-JabRef
+Converter
\family default
- bearbeiten.
- In
+ and\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+/\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+or
\family sans
-JabRef
+Extra\InsetSpace ~
+flag
\family default
- ist unter
+, and press then the
\family sans
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Optionen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Externe Programme\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Pfad\InsetSpace \space{}
-zur\InsetSpace \space{}
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X-Pipe
+Modify
\family default
- der gleiche Eintrag wie hier einzutragen.
-\newline
-Wollen Sie sich jetzt auf einen
- Eintrag aus der DB beziehen, wählen Sie den in JabRef aus und klicken auf
- das LyX-Symbol.
- Es wird in aktuellen LyX-Dokument an der Cursor-Position der Literaturverweis
- eingefügt.
-\newline
-JabRef und LyX müssen natürlich beide laufen.
- Unter Linux funktioniert das so, beim Mac sicher auch, bei Windows gibt
- es den Pipe-Mechanismus nicht.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Tempor
+ button.
+ To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
+ in the
\family sans
-ä
+From\InsetSpace ~
+format
\family default
-res\InsetSpace ~
-Verzeichnis Hier speichert LyX alle temporären Daten einer Sitzung.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-PATH-Präfix ???
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Identität Hier können Sie Ihren
+ and\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+/\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+or
\family sans
-\series bold
-Name
+To\InsetSpace ~
+format
+\family default
+ drop-down list, modify the
+\family sans
+Converter
\family default
-n
-\series default
- und Ihre
+ field, and press the
\family sans
-\series bold
-EMail
+Add
\family default
-\series default
--Adresse eintragen.
+ button.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Spracheinstellungen
+\begin_layout Standard
+When the
+\family sans
+Converter File Cache
+\family default
+ is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
+
+\family sans
+Maximum Age (in days
+\family default
+).
+ This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
+ a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Sprache
+\begin_layout Standard
+More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
+ the converter definition, is described in section
+\emph on
+Converters
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Standard-Sprache Hier wählen Sie die Standard-Sprache für alle Dokumente
- aus.
+\begin_layout Section
+File Formats
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Sprach-Paket ???
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
+ You can modify here the viewer and editor program that should be used for
+ certain formats.
+ To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
+ fields
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+GUI\InsetSpace ~
+name
+\family default
+, and press the
+\family sans
+Add
+\family default
+ button.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Befehl\InsetSpace ~
-Anfang ???
+\begin_layout Standard
+More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
+ is described in section
+\emph on
+Formats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Befehl\InsetSpace ~
-Ende ???
+\begin_layout Section
+Copiers
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Babel\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden ???
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Each Format can have a Copier associated with it.
+ These are defined in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\begin_layout Description
-Fremdsprachen\InsetSpace ~
-markieren Wenn Sie dies ankreuzen, werden Texte in einer anderen
- Sprache als der Standard-Sprache unterstrichen.
-\end_layout
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references:Copiers
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Since all conversions from one Format to another take place in LyX's temporary
+ directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
+ to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Global ???
+\begin_layout Standard
+For example, the file may refer to other files---images, for example---using
+ relative filenames, and these may become invalid when the file is copied
+ to the temporary directory.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Rechts-nach-links-Sprachunterstützung für die entsprechenden Sprachen
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Auto\InsetSpace ~
-Beginn/Ende ???
+ This is done by the Copier: It copies a file to (or from) the temporary
+ directory and may modify it in the process.
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Rechtschreibprüfung siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Rechtschreibprüfung-Optionen"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Copiers may also be used for other purposes.
+ For example, if appropriate converters are found, LyX will automatically
+ install copiers for the html and wordhtml formats.
+ When these formats are exported, the copier sees to it that not just the
+ main HTML file but various associated files (style files, images, and the
+ like) are also copied, and all these files are written to a subdirectory
+ of the directory in which the original LyX file was found.
+ The copier may of course be customized.
+ The optional -e argument takes a comma-separated list of extensions to
+ be copied; if it is omitted, all files will be copied.
+ The -t argument determines the extension added to the generated directory.
+ By default, it is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+LyXconv
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, so HTML generated from
+\family typewriter
+/path/to/filename.lyx
+\family default
+ will end up in
+\family typewriter
+/path/to/filename.html.LyXconv
+\family default
+.
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Ausgaben
+\begin_layout Standard
+The definitions of the copiers may use four variables:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Drucker
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+$$s The LyX system directory (e.g.,
+\family typewriter
+/usr/share/lyx
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Standard-Drucker Hier können Sie den Namen Ihres Standard-Druckers eintragen.
- Der Name wird dann beim Druckbefehl übernommen.
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+$$i The input file
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Ausgabe\InsetSpace ~
-an\InsetSpace ~
-den\InsetSpace ~
-Drucker\InsetSpace ~
-anpassen Diese Option funktioniert nur für den
-\family sans
-Druckbefehl
-\family default
-
-\emph on
-dvips
-\emph default
- und ist für Experten gedacht.
- Sie aktiviert eine Konfigurationsdatei für dvips.
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+$$o The output file
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Druckbefehl ist der Befehl, den LyX/LaTeX zum Drucken benutzt.
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+$$l The `LaTeX name'
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Optionen\InsetSpace ~
-für\InsetSpace ~
-Druckbefehl Die Erklärungen für die Optionen finden Sie in den
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The latter is to be given in a form suitable for inclusion in a LaTeX
\family typewriter
-man
-\family default
--Seiten des
-\family sans
-Druckbefehl
+
+\backslash
+include
\family default
-s.
+ command and is relevant only when exporting files suitable for such inclusion.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Datumsformat
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Units available in LyX
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Datumsformat"
+name "Units"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Datumsformat"
+name "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
- Legt fest, wie das Datum ausgegeben werden soll.
- Die Parameter gelten für die
-\family typewriter
-date
-\family default
--Funktion.
- Welche es gibt und was sie im Einzelnen bedeuten, können Sie auf der
-\family typewriter
-date
-\family default
--Hilfeseite nachlesen:
-\newline
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To understand the units described in this documentation,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Units"
\end_inset
+ explains all units available in LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement h
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Units"
+
+\end_inset
+Units
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Einfacher\InsetSpace ~
-Text
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Ausgabe\InsetSpace ~
-Zeilenlänge ist selbsterklärend.
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-roff-Befehl Der roff-Befehl ist eine Möglichkeit, mit den Befehlen
-\family typewriter
-groff
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-troff
-\family default
- und
-\family typewriter
-nroff
-\family default
- (siehe die bezüglichen Hilfeseiten) bessere ASCII-Tabellen zu produzieren.
- Ist das Feld leer, benutzt LyX den internen Formatierer.
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+unit
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+name/description
+\end_layout
-{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+mm
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-X
+\begin_layout Standard
+millimeter
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Te
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+cm
+\end_layout
-{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+centimeter
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-X-Kodierung Lassen Sie am besten die Voreinstellung, wenn Sie sich nicht
- mit LaTeX auskennen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+in
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Standard-Papiergröße ist selbsterklärend.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+inch
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Klassenoptionen\InsetSpace ~
-beim\InsetSpace ~
-Wechsel\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Dokumentklasse\InsetSpace ~
-zurücksetzen ???
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+pt
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Externe\InsetSpace ~
-Anwendungen Hier können Sie für die aufgelisteten Anwendungen Befehle
- mit Parametern Ihrer Wahl angeben.
- Bei Fehlern werden zur Zeit noch keine Meldungen ausgegeben, es sei denn,
- Sie starten LyX von der Kommandozeile.
- Zur Zeit gibt es folgende Möglichkeiten:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+in)
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-CheckTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+pc
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-X-Befehl
+\begin_layout Standard
+pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+pt)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-BibTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+sp
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-X-Befehl
+\begin_layout Standard
+scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+pt)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Befehl\InsetSpace ~
-für\InsetSpace ~
-Stichwortverzeichnis
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Description
-DVI-Betrachter\InsetSpace ~
-Papiergrößen-Optionen bezieht sich auf xdvi.
+\begin_layout Standard
+bp
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Konverter Im Unterfenster
-\family sans
-Konverter-Definitionen
-\family default
- finden Sie eine Liste der Konvertierungsmöglichkeiten, die LyX bietet.
- Wenn Sie ein Element anklicken, können Sie rechts die folgenden Einträge
- vornehmen:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Hinzufügen Wenn Sie in
-\family sans
-Von
-\family default
- ein Element auswählen, das bis jetzt in der Liste noch nicht vorkommt,
- können Sie dieses hiermit zur Liste hinzufügen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+in)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Ändern siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Dateiformat-Ändern"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+dd
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Entfernen Hiermit entfernen Sie das Element aus der Liste.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie eine
-\family sans
-Konverter-Definition
-\family default
- anklicken, sehen in
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Von\InsetSpace ~
-Format
-\family default
-\series default
- und
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Nach\InsetSpace ~
-Format
-\family default
-\series default
-, von wo nach wo konvertiert wird.
- Das können Sie durch einen Klick auf die jeweilige Auswahlliste ändern.
-\end_layout
+didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+dd
+\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Konverter Legt das Konvertierungsprogramm mitsamt Parametern fest.
+ 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+mm)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Zusatz-Flag manche Konvertierungsprogramme erlauben zusätzliche Flags (siehe
- die bezüglichen Handbücher).
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Description
-Konverter-Datei-Cache
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Konverter-Datei-Cache"
+\begin_layout Standard
+cc
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+dd)
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Aktiv Wenn Sie dies ankreuzen, werden Konversionen solange zwischengespeichert,
- wie in
-\family sans
-Maximales\InsetSpace ~
-Alter\InsetSpace ~
-(in\InsetSpace ~
-Tagen)
-\family default
- angegeben.
- Das bedeutet zum Beispiel, dass Grafiken nicht jedesmal konvertiert werden
- müssen, wenn Sie ein Dokument öffnen.
- Sie werden einfach aus dem Cache gelesen.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Description
-Maximales\InsetSpace ~
-Alter\InsetSpace ~
-(in\InsetSpace ~
-Tagen) Aufbewahreungszeit
+\begin_layout Standard
+Scale%
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit eine Änderung wirksam wird, müssen Sie auf Ä
-\family sans
-ndern
-\family default
- klicken, sonst wird die Änderung nicht gespeichert.
+% of original image width
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Dateiformate Im Unterfenster
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Dateiformate
-\family default
-\series default
- finden Sie eine Liste der Dateitypen, die LyX verwenden kann.
- Wenn Sie ein Element anklicken, können Sie rechts die folgenden Einträge
- vornehmen:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Hinzufügen Wenn Sie die Einträge in
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-GUI-Name
-\family default
- auf Werte setzen, die LyX nicht kennt, können Sie dieses neue Element hiermit
- zur Liste hinzufügen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+text%
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Ä
-\family default
-ndern Wenn Sie eins der obigen Felder geändert haben, müssen Sie auf
-\family sans
-Ändern
-\family default
- klicken, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Dateiformat-Ändern"
+\begin_layout Standard
+% of text width
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+col%
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Entfernen Hiermit entfernen Sie das Element aus der Liste
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Description
-Dokumentenformat Wenn dies angekreuzt ist, kann dieer Typ Dokumente enthalten.
+\begin_layout Standard
+% of column width
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Vektorgrafik-Format Wenn dies angekreuzt ist, kann dieer Typ Vektorgrafiken
- enthalten.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Description
-Format ist das Kürzel für das Dateiformat und oft mit
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Dateiendung
-\family default
-\emph on
-
-\series default
-\emph default
-identisch.
+\begin_layout Standard
+page%
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-GUI-Name ist der Name, der in den Menüs
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportieren
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family default
- usw.\InsetSpace \space{}
-zu sehen ist.
+\begin_layout Standard
+% of paper width
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Kürzel ist der Buchstabe, mit der der zugehörige Befehl in den entsprechenden
- Menüs gestartet werden kann -- zum Beispiel
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-H
-\family default
- für den Dateiexport nach HTML.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Description
-Dateiendung wie üblich das, was nach dem Komma steht (zm Beispiel Datei.
-\family typewriter
-lyx
-\family default
-).
+\begin_layout Standard
+line%
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Betrachter siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Tipp-für-xdvi"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+% of line width
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bearbeiter ist der Name des Programms, mit dem Sie dieses Dateiformat aus
- LyX heraus bearbeiten können.
- Dies gilt auch für
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Betrachter
-\family default
-\series default
-.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+theight%
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit eine Änderung wirksam wird, müssen Sie auf
-\family sans
-Ändern
-\family default
- klicken, sonst wird die Änderung nicht gespeichert.
+% of text height
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Kopierer Im Unterfenster
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Kopierer
-\family default
-\series default
- finden Sie ???.
- Wenn Sie ein Element anklicken, können Sie rechts die folgenden Einträge
- vornehmen:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Hinzufügen Wenn Sie in
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- ein Element auswählen, das bis jetzt in der Liste noch nicht vorkommt,
- können Sie dieses hiermit zur Liste hinzufügen.
+\begin_layout Standard
+pheight%
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Ändern siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Dateiformat-Ändern"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+% of paper height
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Entfernen Hiermit entfernen Sie das Element aus der Liste
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+ex
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Format enthält eine Liste von Dateiformaten, für die ein
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Kopierer
-\family default
-\series default
- definiert werden kann.
- Siehe auch
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+height of letter
\emph on
-Anpassung
+x
\emph default
--Handbuch.
+ in current font
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Kopierer Hier legen Sie den Programmaufruf mitsamt Parametern fest.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Dokument-Einstellungen
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Dokument-Einstellungen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+em
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+width of letter
+\emph on
+M
+\emph default
+ in current font
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In diesem Kapitel werden die Möglichkeiten des Menüs
-\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family default
- beschrieben, sofern das nicht bereits geschehen ist.
- Dann wird nur noch darauf verwiesen.
- Wenn Sie auf diesen Menüpunkt klicken, wird das Fenster
-\family sans
-Ly
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+mu
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-X: Dokument-Einstellungen
-\family default
- geöffnet.
- Der Baum im linken Teilfenster zeigt, was alles eingestellt werden kann.
- Im unteren Teil des Fensters gibt es die beiden Schaltflächen.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Klassen-Standards\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden Hiermit setzen Sie alle Einstellungen auf die
- Standardwerte der benutzten Dokumentklasse zurück.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Als\InsetSpace ~
-Dokument-Standards\InsetSpace ~
-speichern siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Dokument-Standard"
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Dokumentklasse siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Eine-Klasse-auswählen"
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Credits
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Credits"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Schriften Hier können Sie die in
-\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Aussehen\InsetSpace \space{}
-&\InsetSpace \space{}
-Handhabung
-\family default
- definierten
-\family sans
-Bildschirmschriften
-\family default
- ändern.
+\begin_layout Standard
+The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
+ (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Standard-Familie
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Basisgröße ist die Fontgröße in Punkten, die das Dokument verwendet.
+\noun on
+Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Roman
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Description
-Serifenfrei
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Skalierung\InsetSpace ~
-(%) Wenn Sie zum Beispiel den benutzten 11pt-Palatino-Font durch
- Helvetica ersetzen, sieht das Ergebnis wahrscheinlich zu groß aus.
- Wenn Sie es dann auf 95% herunterskalieren, wird es richtig aussehen.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Schreibmaschine
+\noun on
+David Johnson
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Skalierung\InsetSpace ~
-(%) siehe oben.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Echte\InsetSpace ~
-Kapitälchen\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden bedeutet, einen echten Font zu benutzen, anstatt
- Kapitälchen durch herunterskalieren von Großbuchstaben zu simulieren.
+\noun on
+Hartmut Haase
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Mediävalziffern\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden bedeutet, Ziffern zu verwenden die unter die Grundlinie
- reichen wie zum Beispiel die 3.
- Weitere Erkärungen hierzu finden Sie hier:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mediävalziffer"
-
-\end_inset
-
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://www.fonts.com/AboutFonts/Articles/fyti/OldstyleFigs.htm"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Siehe auch Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Mediävalziffern-verwenden"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.
+\noun on
+Ignacio García
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Textformat siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Globale-Absatztrennung"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "sub:Globale-Optionen"
+\noun on
+Ivan Schreter
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Absatz-einrücken"
+\noun on
+John Raithel
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.
+\noun on
+John Weiss
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Seitenformat siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Dokument-Einstellungen"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Seitenränder
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Seitenränder"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- Wenn Sie
-\family sans
-\series bold
-Standard-Ränder
-\family default
-\series default
- angekreuzt haben, werden die Randeinstellungen Ihrer verwendeten Dokumentklasse
- benutzt.
- Wenn nicht, können Sie eigene definieren:
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Oben,\InsetSpace ~
-Unten,\InsetSpace ~
-Innen,\InsetSpace ~
-Außen ist selbsterklärend
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Zenker
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Abstand\InsetSpace ~
-zum\InsetSpace ~
-Kopf ist der Abstand Unterkante Kopf bis Oberkante Rumpf (siehe
- auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latex-einführung"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\noun on
+Rich Fields
+\end_layout
-, Seite 35).
- Der dazugehörige LaTeX-Befehl ist
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\backslash
-headsep
-\family default
-.
+\noun on
+Pascal André
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Kopfzeilenhöhe Höhe der Kopfzeile (siehe auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latex-einführung"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\end_layout
-, Seite 35).
- Der dazugehörige LaTeX-Befehl ist
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\backslash
-headheight
-\family default
-.
+\noun on
+Paul Russel
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Abstand\InsetSpace ~
-zum\InsetSpace ~
-Fuß ist der Abstand Unterkante Rumpf bis Unterkante Fußzeile (siehe
- auch
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latex-einführung"
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_inset
+\noun on
+Robin Socha
+\end_layout
-, Seite 35).
- Der dazugehörige LaTeX-Befehl ist
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\backslash
-footskip
-\family default
-.
+\noun on
+Uwe Stöhr
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Einzelheiten zu diesen vier Gruppen finden Sie in
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "sub:Feineinstellung-der-Standardwerte"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The LyX Team:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
\end_inset
-f.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Sprache
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\newpage
+Bibliography created with the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Sprache siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Rechtschreibprogramm"
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+label "Credits"
+key "lyxcredit"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Standardkodierung\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Sprache\InsetSpace ~
-verwenden siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace \space{}
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zeichentabellen"
+
+\backslash
+addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
+\backslash
+bibname
+\backslash
+; 1}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- und Tabelle\InsetSpace \space{}
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "ISO8859-15-Zeichensatz"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+The command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+addcontentsline
+\series default
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ It creates a TOC entry.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Kodierung siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zeichentabellen"
+\begin_layout Standard
+A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
+ two different ones in one document.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+The LyX Team:
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Stil\InsetSpace ~
-der\InsetSpace ~
-Anführungszeichen siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Anführungszeichen"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Nummerierung\InsetSpace ~
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Inhaltsverzeichnis siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Aendern-der-Nummerierung"
-
\end_inset
- und
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
+Credits
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-, Punkt
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Nummerierung"
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Literaturverzeichnis
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The command
+\series bold
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Zitat-Stil Verwenden Sie
-\family sans
-Standard (nummerisch)
-\family default
-, wenn Ihnen
-\family sans
-Natbib
-\family default
- oder
-\family sans
-Jurabib
-\family default
- nichts sagen
+\backslash
+href
+\series default
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ It creates a hyperlink.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Abschnittsspezifisches\InsetSpace ~
-Literaturverzeichnis ???
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Mathe-Optionen siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Weitere-Symbole"
+:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Gleitobjekt-Platzierung siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Platzierung-von-Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen"
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
+\emph on
+The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+\emph default
+ Addison-Wesley, 2004
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Aufzählungszeichen siehe
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "Zurück-zu-Stufe-1"
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "latexguide"
\end_inset
+Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
+ Daly:
+\emph on
+A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+\emph default
+ Addison-Wesley, 2003
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Zweige ist für verschiedene Versionen desselben Dokuments gedacht
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "latexbook"
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Neu wenn hier ein Name eingetragen wird, kann er mit
-\family sans
-Hinzufügen
-\family default
- in die Liste der
-\family sans
-Verfügbare
-\family default
-n\InsetSpace ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Zweige
-\family default
- eingetragen werden.
-\end_layout
+Leslie Lamport:
+\emph on
+LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
-\begin_layout Description
-Verfügbare\InsetSpace ~
-Zweige listet alle verfügbaren Zweige auf und zeigt an, welcher
- aktiviert ist und mit welcher Farbe er markiert wird.
+\emph default
+ Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "texbook"
\end_inset
-X-Vorspann Er enthält LaTeX-Befehle, die nicht zum Klassenstandard gehören.
+Donald E.
+ Knuth.
+
+\emph on
+The TeXbook.
+
+\emph default
+ Addison-Wesley, 1984
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "TeXCatalogue"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+The TeX Catalogue:
+\newline
-\backslash
-end{sloppypar}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-In LyX verfügbare Maßeinheiten
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "LyX-Maßeinheiten"
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "LaTeXFAQ"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Einheiten"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
+target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um die in diesem Handbuch verwendeten Maßeinheiten zu verstehen, erläutert
- Tabelle\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "Maßeinheiten"
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "makeindex"
\end_inset
- alle in LyX verfügbaren Maßeinheiten.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-placement h
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "Maßeinheiten"
-\end_inset
-Maßeinheiten
+\backslash
+href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+ of the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+:
+\newline
-\series bold
-Maßeinheit
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Name/Beschreibung
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "caption"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-mm
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Millimeter
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-cm
+\backslash
+href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Zentimeter
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-in
-\end_layout
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Zoll (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-in = 2.54\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-cm
-\end_layout
+:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-pt
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "fancyhdr"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Punkt (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-in)
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-pc
+
+
+\backslash
+href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pt)
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-sp
-\end_layout
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-skalierter Punkt (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-pt)
-\end_layout
+:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-bp
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "floatflt"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-großer Punkt (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-in)
+
+
+\backslash
+href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-dd
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Didot (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-dd
-\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
-\end_inset
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
- 0,376\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-mm)
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-cc
-\end_layout
+:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-dd)
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "nomencl"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Skalierung%
+
+
+\backslash
+href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-% der originalen Bildbreite
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Textbreite %
-\end_layout
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-% der Textbreite
-\end_layout
+:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Spaltenbreite %
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "tipa"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Spaltenbreite
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Seitenbreite %
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-% der Seitenbreite
-\end_layout
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+tipa
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Zeilenbreite %
-\end_layout
+:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-% der Zeilenbreite
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "XeTeX"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Texthöhe %
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-% der Texthöhe
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Seitenhöhe %
-\end_layout
+ how to use LyX with XeTeX:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-% der Seitenhöhe
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Arabic"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-ex
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Höhe des Buchstabens
-\emph on
-x
-\emph default
- im aktiven Zeichensatz
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-em
-\end_layout
+ how to set up LyX for Arabic:
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die Breite des Buchstabens
-\emph on
-M
-\emph default
- im aktiven Zeichensatz
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Armenian"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-mu
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-mathematische Maßeinheit
-\series bold
-
-\series default
-(1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-em)
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ how to set up LyX for Armenian:
+\newline
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "lyxcredit"
+key "Farsi"
\end_inset
-The LyX source tree.
- File: CREDITS.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "latexbook"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-Leslie Lamport.
-
-\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
-\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "latexcompanion"
-
\end_inset
-Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
-\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion.
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\emph default
- Addison-Wesley, 1994
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "latexguide"
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly.
-\end_layout
+ how to set up LyX for Farsi:
+\newline
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "texbook"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
\end_inset
-Donald E.
- Knuth.
-
-\emph on
-The TeXbook
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "latex-einführung"
+key "Hebrew"
\end_inset
-Helmut Kopka:
-\emph on
-LaTeX, Band 1 -- Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-lage
-\emph default
-.
- Addison-Wesley, 1996
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Mathebefehle"
+\end_inset
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Uwe Stöhr: Mathebefehle für LyX, 2006:
+ how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
\newline
\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyXMathebefehle"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+key "LyX-func"
\end_inset
-The TeX Catalogue:
-\newline
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Note
+\end_inset
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit der Index den Namen
-\emph on
-Stichwortverzeichnis
-\emph default
- erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspann
+
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+ with a list of all available LyX-functions:
+\newline
-\backslash
-usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-addto
-\backslash
-captionsngerman {
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-indexname} {Stichwortverzeichnis}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-eingefügt.
- Denn voreingestellt ist
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-Index
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\newpage
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
+options "biblio/alphadin"
+bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
+
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das Paket
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
- sorgt dafür, dass die Legendeen in der ausgewählten Sprache erscheinen.
- Ehe man Legendeen ändern kann, muss es geladen werden.
- Außerdem wird
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
- von LyX automatisch nach dem LaTeX-Vorspann geladen.
- Das ruft aber keine Probleme hervor.
+The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Möchte man andere Legendeen ändern, ersetzt man
-\series bold
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-indexname
-\series default
- durch
-\series bold
\backslash
-<Legendes>name
-\series default
-.
- Eine Auflistung der möglichen Namen findet man unter
+addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
+\backslash
+bibname
+\backslash
+; 2}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Möchte man Legendeen für andere Sprachen ändern, ersetzt man
+The command
\series bold
-ngerman
+
+\backslash
+addcontentsline
\series default
- durch die Dokumentsprache und
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ It creates a TOC entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
+ two different ones in one document.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-captionsgerman
-\series default
- durch
-\series bold
-\backslash
-captions<Dokumentsprache>
-\series default
-.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
+
\end_inset
projects / features.git / commitdiff